PhD research

My PhD work focuses on time-reversal-symmetry-breaking superconductors: materials where the superconducting state does more than simply conduct without resistance. It also breaks an important symmetry of the underlying equations, opening a path to rich microscopic structure and experimentally observable signatures.

What the work is about

The core task is to build microscopic theories that are physically motivated enough to say something real about experiment, rather than remaining abstract formal exercises.

That means:

  • constructing models of unconventional superconducting order
  • understanding how symmetry breaking appears in those models
  • relating the theory back to measurable behaviour

Why it mattered beyond the thesis

Working at that level made a separate problem impossible to ignore. Scientific thinking is often split across too many tools, too many formats, and too much friction between writing, calculation, and collaboration.

That is a large part of why my research life expanded into software and systems-building. QuantaLumin, TutorLumin, and LuminOS all came from the same pressure: to make serious intellectual work more coherent.

Earlier work

Masters thesis on Majorana systems

The PhD builds on earlier work in quantum information and non-local correlations.
Software

Research pushed me into systems

The need for clearer scientific workflows led directly into markdown-first tools, websites, and collaborative operating environments.

The background chapters establish the conventional superconducting baseline, then narrow toward the thesis mechanism: TRSB from internal winding in multicomponent superconductors, the BdG and topological language used to analyse microscopic representatives, and the low-energy phase dynamics of coupled superconducting phases.

This thesis now supports a clear final boundary. Experimentally, both LaNiC and LaNiGa show superconducting time-reversal-symmetry breaking. The materials-faithful programme developed here therefore asks whether the minimal microscopic TRSB mechanisms advanced in the thesis can recover that fact on shared Wannier bases rather than only in reduced toy models.

The answer is scientifically useful even where it is negative. On the dense Fermi-aligned Wannier bases, the present reduced closure set does not recover TRSB as the thermodynamic ground state. For LaNiC, the seeded mixed-parity branch collapses onto the singlet control. For LaNiGa, interorbital unitary and nonunitary TRSB branches remain as self-consistent solutions, but both lie above the singlet control in free energy. This is not a demonstration that the materials are experimentally singlet superconductors. It is a demonstration that the current minimal materials-faithful closures do not yet explain the observed TRSB.

That distinction also clarifies the status of the two microscopic pictures developed across the thesis. The nonunitary multiorbital triplet mechanism has now been tested in a minimal materials-faithful form, and on the present reduced basis it is not selected as the preferred state. The singlet frustration or loop-supercurrent mechanism is not yet falsified by the material calculation, because the chapter-15 comparison used a conventional singlet control rather than the full frustrated multicomponent winding closure on the imported Wannier basis. The unified-theory chapter therefore remains a conceptual synthesis of the two languages, while a direct material-faithful realization of that equivalence remains open.

That is an appropriate place for a PhD thesis to stop. The thesis has established a reusable BdG and qttree framework, a real QE to Wannier to materials-study pipeline, a set of topological and reduced-model consequence studies, and a falsifiable materials comparison that sharply narrows what still needs to be explained. The remaining work is a coherent postdoctoral programme: richer closure families on the imported bases, explicit frustrated singlet loop closures in the materials setting, broader low-energy orbital reductions, and tighter quantitative comparison to experiment. Those are no longer missing foundations. They are the next research programme.

This tree holds thesis-facing result chapters only: cleaned narrative text, selected figures, and stable data artifacts. Shared reusable code lives in the common qttree package, while broader exploratory or supporting computational material is kept outside the thesis narrative.

This section is the thesis-facing result narrative. It is intentionally limited to three chapters. The computational notebooks and reusable implementations live in QuLab; this section keeps the argument, the selected evidence, and the conclusions.

  1. Majorana Resonance Study in a 2D SSH Extension with Soft Walls develops the topology-led boundary problem. A Weyl–SSH descendant model is used as a controlled laboratory for how Majorana-like near-zero spectral weight changes when a clean hard edge is replaced by a tunable impurity wall.
  2. Internally Antisymmetric Non-Unitary Spin-Triplet Pairing Theory of LaNiX2 {X=C,Ga} tests the proposed internally antisymmetric nonunitary triplet mechanism for LaNiC2 and LaNiGa2. The chapter separates robust BdG diagnostics from the harder question of whether local interactions or materials-faithful Hamiltonians actually select the state.
  3. Microscopic Theories of Time-Reversal Symmetry Breaking in Superconductors through Loop Supercurrent Ordering collects the loop-supercurrent mechanism, the branch language, the Josephson-island implementation route, the observable estimates, and the positive and negative microscopic-selection lessons into one coherent chapter.

Together these chapters cover the current qulab.research results as a thesis story rather than as a research-log index.

This section keeps thesis-level technical material without interrupting the main argument. Appendices should be narrow, cited from the chapter that uses them, and limited to derivations, reference tables, or supplementary constructions needed by the defended thesis.

This thesis took shape over a long period of reading, modelling, coding, and revision. I am grateful to the supervisors, collaborators, colleagues, and friends who helped sharpen the argument, challenged the weaker ideas, and kept the work moving when it would have been easier to leave it unfinished.

I am grateful to the University of Kent, and to the School of Engineering, Mathematics and Physics in particular, for the institutional setting in which this work was carried out. I also owe thanks to the wider condensed-matter and superconductivity community whose papers, preprints, seminars, and conversations provided both the materials context and the conceptual pressure that pushed this thesis toward its final form.

Finally, I thank my family and those close to me for their patience throughout the long and uneven process of finishing this work.

Adaptive Phase-Space Expansion Plan (archive note)

The live adaptive-scan workflow for this result family is now maintained in the canonical Notebook bundle:

~/Projects/Research/Notebook/content/unconventional-superconductivity/frustration-mediated-loop-supercurrent

That Notebook bundle retains code_40_adaptive_phase_space_expansion.py, the publishable and quick-run parameter presets, and the operational notes for targeted hybrid-global checks. The PhD tree now keeps only thesis-facing chapters, figures, and stable artifacts.

Internal Maintainer Notes (Not Thesis Content)

This directory is a thesis content tree; keep workflow notes here for maintainers/agents only.

To attach a missing PDF to an existing Papis entry (library papers), use:

1papis -l papers addto --doc-folder /home/henry/Resources/Papers/<papis_id> -f /path/to/file.pdf --file-name '{doc[ref]}.pdf'

Replace <papis_id> with the entry folder id and /path/to/file.pdf with the downloaded file path.

AGENTS.md

Guidelines for automated agents (and humans) modifying manuscripts intended for the Physical Review family of journals, with Physical Review Letters (PRL)–specific rules called out explicitly.

Primary references:

  • Physical Review Style and Notation Guide (styleguide-pr.pdf)
  • PRL Information for Authors (journals.aps.org/prl/authors)

This repository’s manuscript sources should follow the conventions below.

1) General principles

  • Prefer APS/Physical Review conventions over local preferences.
  • Keep style choices consistent within a manuscript (notation, capitalization, abbreviations, units).
  • Avoid introducing new terminology or abbreviations unless required; define unavoidable acronyms on first use.
  • Treat mathematical expressions as part of sentences (punctuate and capitalize accordingly).

2) Manuscript parts and ordering

Maintain the standard Physical Review ordering unless the target journal requires otherwise:

  • Title
  • Author list + affiliations + byline footnotes
  • Abstract (see PRL rule below)
  • Main text
  • Acknowledgments
  • Optional: author contributions / disclaimers / conflict-of-interest / ethics / data availability (see sections below)
  • References
  • Appendixes (PRL differs—see §8)

3) Titles

  • Titles must be self-contained, simple, and concise.
  • Avoid nonstandard abbreviations, acronyms, and terminology.
  • Do not start titles with unnecessary leading words (e.g., “A”, “An”, “The”, “On”).

PRL title capitalization

  • PRL uses Title Case: capitalize the first letter of each word except conjunctions, prepositions, and articles (unless preceded by a colon or em dash).

(Non-PRL Physical Review journals commonly use sentence case; keep the repository’s target-journal setting consistent.)

4) Author names, affiliations, and byline footnotes

  • Use a consistent author name form across publications (full first names recommended where possible).
  • Collaboration/group names may appear in parentheses between the author list and the institution list.
  • Byline footnotes are for contact/locator information (e.g., “Present address: …”, “Also at …”, “Deceased.”).
  • End byline footnotes with a period except for email addresses and URLs.

5) Abstracts

  • Abstracts should be concise and proportional to article length.
  • PRL: abstract length is limited to ≤ 600 characters.
  • PRL Comments/Replies: do not require abstracts. Errata do not require abstracts.

6) Headings and section structure

6.1 Physical Review (general) heading levels

Use the journal’s standard hierarchy and format headings consistently.

6.2 PRL heading style (important)

PRL generally uses run-in headings, not freestanding headings:

  • Run-in heading: paragraph indent, italic heading, first word capitalized, followed by an em dash, then text.
    • Example: Introduction—Text follows here

If a further level is used:

  • Paragraph indent, roman heading, colon, em space, then text.
    • Example: Global fit: Text…

Theorems/lemmas/proofs:

  • The leading single word (e.g., “Theorem 1”, “Proof”) may be italic on first appearance, but do not italicize long multi-sentence blocks.

7) Citations, references, and numbering

7.1 Consecutive numbering

  • In the body of the paper, cite references, figures, and tables consecutively in numerical order.

7.2 Reference callouts (Physical Review conventions)

  • For PRL (and PRA/PRC/PRD/PRE and other “Letters” styles), references typically appear as on-line numerals in square brackets:
    • Example: … as shown in Ref. [1].
  • Place bracketed reference numbers inside punctuation where appropriate and ensure spacing from the preceding word/symbol.

7.3 Figures and tables

  • Figures: Arabic numerals (1, 2, 3, …). Multi-part figures labeled (a), (b), … and cited as Fig. 1(a).
  • Tables: Roman numerals (I, II, III, …).

8) Equations and mathematical material

  • Display equations that are important, long, complex, or referenced later; keep only the simplest expressions inline.
  • Number displayed equations consecutively with Arabic numerals in parentheses: (1), (2), (3), ….
  • Place equation numbers flush to the extreme right of the equation line.
  • Ensure punctuation of equations matches the surrounding sentence (commas/periods, etc.).

9) Units, abbreviations, hyphenation, and symbols

9.1 Abbreviations

  • Single-word abbreviations: lowercase, usually unpunctuated (e.g., obs, av).
  • Acronyms: initial letters of a phrase, roman letters (e.g., DWBA, bcc).
  • Define acronyms at first occurrence unless truly standard for the target audience.

9.2 Hyphenation

  • Avoid hyphens that serve no useful purpose (e.g., prefer cutoff, not cut-off; output, not out-put).
  • Prefixes/suffixes are usually closed up (e.g., nonradioactive), but use hyphens where closing creates ambiguity or awkward doubling, or when attaching to proper nouns (e.g., non-Fermi).

9.3 Symbols in text and math

  • Use Greek letters as symbols rather than spelling them out when they function as variables/symbols.
  • Use upright (roman) type for English words, standard abbreviations, chemical symbols, and many multi-letter abbreviations.

10) Figures and tables quality

  • Ensure all text in figures is readable at final journal size.
  • Use consistent axis labeling and significant figures; include a leading zero (e.g., 0.2, not .2).
  • Prefer accessible color palettes for online figures.

11) Data availability statements

APS journals strongly encourage sharing data/code/software that support results.

PRL placement and styling

  • Place the data availability statement after the Acknowledgments (and any contribution/disclaimer paragraphs) and before References/Appendixes.
  • Use a run-in heading:
    • Data availability—Text follows…
  • Add a reference to the dataset/software in the reference list and cite it in the statement (include creators, year, repository, and persistent identifier such as a DOI).

12) Appendixes (PRL differs)

  • Most Physical Review journals: appendixes appear after Acknowledgments and before References.

PRL

  • Appendixes appear after the References in an End Matter section.
  • Heading style examples:
    • Appendix—Text… (single appendix)
    • Appendix A—Text… (multiple appendixes)
    • Appendix: Survey of results—Text… (single appendix with subtitle)

13) What automated agents must do (repo hygiene)

When changing manuscript sources:

  1. Preserve journal-specific formatting (especially PRL run-in headings, abstract character limit, appendix placement).
  2. Keep all numbering consistent:
    • reference order, figure order, table order, equation numbers.
  3. Do not introduce style drift:
    • capitalization rules, hyphenation patterns, units, and notation must remain consistent.
  4. Keep changes minimal:
    • avoid rewriting for voice unless explicitly requested; focus on correctness and APS style.
  5. If you change references:
    • ensure every reference is cited in the text and appears in the correct numerical order.
  6. If you modify figures/tables:
    • ensure captions and callouts remain consistent (Fig. 1(a), Table I, etc.).

14) Quick PRL checklist

  • Title is in Title Case (PRL rule).
  • Abstract ≤ 600 characters (PRL rule).
  • Headings are run-in with em dash (Introduction—…) (PRL rule).
  • Data availability uses run-in heading and is placed before references (PRL rule).
  • Appendixes are after References with PRL appendix heading style (PRL rule).
  • References/figures/tables cited consecutively and formatted correctly.

AGENTS.md

Guidelines for automated agents (and humans) modifying manuscripts intended for the Physical Review family of journals, with Physical Review Letters (PRL)–specific rules called out explicitly.

Primary references:

  • Physical Review Style and Notation Guide (styleguide-pr.pdf)
  • PRL Information for Authors (journals.aps.org/prl/authors)

This repository’s manuscript sources should follow the conventions below.

1) General principles

  • Prefer APS/Physical Review conventions over local preferences.
  • Keep style choices consistent within a manuscript (notation, capitalization, abbreviations, units).
  • Avoid introducing new terminology or abbreviations unless required; define unavoidable acronyms on first use.
  • Treat mathematical expressions as part of sentences (punctuate and capitalize accordingly).

2) Manuscript parts and ordering

Maintain the standard Physical Review ordering unless the target journal requires otherwise:

  • Title
  • Author list + affiliations + byline footnotes
  • Abstract (see PRL rule below)
  • Main text
  • Acknowledgments
  • Optional: author contributions / disclaimers / conflict-of-interest / ethics / data availability (see sections below)
  • References
  • Appendixes (PRL differs—see §8)

3) Titles

  • Titles must be self-contained, simple, and concise.
  • Avoid nonstandard abbreviations, acronyms, and terminology.
  • Do not start titles with unnecessary leading words (e.g., “A”, “An”, “The”, “On”).

PRL title capitalization

  • PRL uses Title Case: capitalize the first letter of each word except conjunctions, prepositions, and articles (unless preceded by a colon or em dash).

(Non-PRL Physical Review journals commonly use sentence case; keep the repository’s target-journal setting consistent.)

4) Author names, affiliations, and byline footnotes

  • Use a consistent author name form across publications (full first names recommended where possible).
  • Collaboration/group names may appear in parentheses between the author list and the institution list.
  • Byline footnotes are for contact/locator information (e.g., “Present address: …”, “Also at …”, “Deceased.”).
  • End byline footnotes with a period except for email addresses and URLs.

5) Abstracts

  • Abstracts should be concise and proportional to article length.
  • PRL: abstract length is limited to ≤ 600 characters.
  • PRL Comments/Replies: do not require abstracts. Errata do not require abstracts.

6) Headings and section structure

6.1 Physical Review (general) heading levels

Use the journal’s standard hierarchy and format headings consistently.

6.2 PRL heading style (important)

PRL generally uses run-in headings, not freestanding headings:

  • Run-in heading: paragraph indent, italic heading, first word capitalized, followed by an em dash, then text.
    • Example: Introduction—Text follows here

If a further level is used:

  • Paragraph indent, roman heading, colon, em space, then text.
    • Example: Global fit: Text…

Theorems/lemmas/proofs:

  • The leading single word (e.g., “Theorem 1”, “Proof”) may be italic on first appearance, but do not italicize long multi-sentence blocks.

7) Citations, references, and numbering

7.1 Consecutive numbering

  • In the body of the paper, cite references, figures, and tables consecutively in numerical order.

7.2 Reference callouts (Physical Review conventions)

  • For PRL (and PRA/PRC/PRD/PRE and other “Letters” styles), references typically appear as on-line numerals in square brackets:
    • Example: … as shown in Ref. [1].
  • Place bracketed reference numbers inside punctuation where appropriate and ensure spacing from the preceding word/symbol.

7.3 Figures and tables

  • Figures: Arabic numerals (1, 2, 3, …). Multi-part figures labeled (a), (b), … and cited as Fig. 1(a).
  • Tables: Roman numerals (I, II, III, …).

8) Equations and mathematical material

  • Display equations that are important, long, complex, or referenced later; keep only the simplest expressions inline.
  • Number displayed equations consecutively with Arabic numerals in parentheses: (1), (2), (3), ….
  • Place equation numbers flush to the extreme right of the equation line.
  • Ensure punctuation of equations matches the surrounding sentence (commas/periods, etc.).

9) Units, abbreviations, hyphenation, and symbols

9.1 Abbreviations

  • Single-word abbreviations: lowercase, usually unpunctuated (e.g., obs, av).
  • Acronyms: initial letters of a phrase, roman letters (e.g., DWBA, bcc).
  • Define acronyms at first occurrence unless truly standard for the target audience.

9.2 Hyphenation

  • Avoid hyphens that serve no useful purpose (e.g., prefer cutoff, not cut-off; output, not out-put).
  • Prefixes/suffixes are usually closed up (e.g., nonradioactive), but use hyphens where closing creates ambiguity or awkward doubling, or when attaching to proper nouns (e.g., non-Fermi).

9.3 Symbols in text and math

  • Use Greek letters as symbols rather than spelling them out when they function as variables/symbols.
  • Use upright (roman) type for English words, standard abbreviations, chemical symbols, and many multi-letter abbreviations.

10) Figures and tables quality

  • Ensure all text in figures is readable at final journal size.
  • Use consistent axis labeling and significant figures; include a leading zero (e.g., 0.2, not .2).
  • Prefer accessible color palettes for online figures.

11) Data availability statements

APS journals strongly encourage sharing data/code/software that support results.

PRL placement and styling

  • Place the data availability statement after the Acknowledgments (and any contribution/disclaimer paragraphs) and before References/Appendixes.
  • Use a run-in heading:
    • Data availability—Text follows…
  • Add a reference to the dataset/software in the reference list and cite it in the statement (include creators, year, repository, and persistent identifier such as a DOI).

12) Appendixes (PRL differs)

  • Most Physical Review journals: appendixes appear after Acknowledgments and before References.

PRL

  • Appendixes appear after the References in an End Matter section.
  • Heading style examples:
    • Appendix—Text… (single appendix)
    • Appendix A—Text… (multiple appendixes)
    • Appendix: Survey of results—Text… (single appendix with subtitle)

13) What automated agents must do (repo hygiene)

When changing manuscript sources:

  1. Preserve journal-specific formatting (especially PRL run-in headings, abstract character limit, appendix placement).
  2. Keep all numbering consistent:
    • reference order, figure order, table order, equation numbers.
  3. Do not introduce style drift:
    • capitalization rules, hyphenation patterns, units, and notation must remain consistent.
  4. Keep changes minimal:
    • avoid rewriting for voice unless explicitly requested; focus on correctness and APS style.
  5. If you change references:
    • ensure every reference is cited in the text and appears in the correct numerical order.
  6. If you modify figures/tables:
    • ensure captions and callouts remain consistent (Fig. 1(a), Table I, etc.).

14) Quick PRL checklist

  • Title is in Title Case (PRL rule).
  • Abstract ≤ 600 characters (PRL rule).
  • Headings are run-in with em dash (Introduction—…) (PRL rule).
  • Data availability uses run-in heading and is placed before references (PRL rule).
  • Appendixes are after References with PRL appendix heading style (PRL rule).
  • References/figures/tables cited consecutively and formatted correctly.

INT manuscript revision changelog

Changed

  • Expanded the Hubbard-Kanamori definitions, INT tensor notation, nonunitarity diagnostic, projection argument, Kanamori feedback description, numerical settings, and reproducibility note in main.tex.
  • Added publication figures:
    • figures/self_consistent_convergence_example.png
    • figures/wannier_band_validation.png
  • Updated publication index metadata to name the LaNiX2 (X = Ga, C)-inspired scope explicitly.

Data and scripts used

  • Figure generation code: henry/qulab/qulab/research/int/scripts/generate_figures.py.
  • Convergence data source: qulab.core.scmft.benchmarks.self_consistent.repaired_int_kanamori.repaired_int_seed_comparison_benchmark.
  • Wannier validation data source: henry/qulab/qulab/research/int/data/lanix2_wannier/LaNiGa2_full_soc_icarus/qe_bands_validation_aligned.json.
  • Material Hamiltonians:
    • LaNiC2_zhang2018_soc_icarus/wannier90_hr.dat
    • LaNiGa2_full_soc_icarus/wannier90_hr.dat

TODO / missing data

  • Full high-symmetry DFT-vs-Wannier validation for the active LaNiGa2 SOC basis remains missing.
  • The convergence history stores channel weights, residuals, and free energy; it does not store literal per-iteration Delta_upup and Delta_downdown amplitudes.
  • Full-basis unrestricted Kanamori Hartree/Fock feedback remains a production follow-up rather than a completed figure in this manuscript.

Assumptions

  • The code default U'=U-2J_H and J_P=J_H is the intended Kanamori convention unless explicitly overridden.
  • The LaNiGa2 Gamma-Z validation overlay is a survey-level smoke check, not publication-grade full-path validation.

This chapter presents a general framework for building the most general quadratic Hamiltonian consistent with the physical structure of the problem. That structure includes lattice translations, boundaries, inhomogeneous geometries, and defects; optional particle-hole (Nambu) doubling; internal structure such as sublattices, orbitals, and intra-cell positions; spin; and whatever set of symmetry generators is imposed for the model under consideration.

The same formalism is intended to cover both single-order and multi-order settings, including spatial textures, flux- or current-like phases, and regimes in which different orders either compete or coexist. In that sense, the aim of the chapter is not only to write down particular Hamiltonians, but to establish a general construction that can be applied across the later microscopic models in the thesis.

We also explain how this microscopic framework connects to, and generalises, the more macroscopic symmetry-based approach associated with Ginzburg and Landau.

Geometric input for the microscopic construction: a finite sample region with boundary , embedded in the ambient space and spanned by primitive lattice directions , , and . In the formalism below, this geometric data is encoded by the lattice Hilbert space together with the boundary conditions and mask operator.

Minimal tight-binding picture of a conductor. A local orbital energy sits on each site, while a hopping amplitude connects neighbouring sites. The quadratic Hamiltonians developed in this chapter promote this local on-site plus inter-site structure to the full lattice Nambu internal spin tensor product.

Unified structure: lattice shifts ⊗ Nambu ⊗ internal ⊗ spin

Hilbert-space factorization and index order

We fix the tensor-product order

All operators are written to respect this order. When Nambu space is absent, the factor is simply omitted and the formulas are interpreted in the normal, non-doubled space.

Shift operators as the lattice backbone (real space)

Definition of the shift symbol and the “/𝕄” convention

Fix a finite lattice with shape and boundary-condition label . Let 𝕄 be a defect/mask operator acting on .

Start from the “pure translation” shift 𝕊 defined by its action on site kets :

where specifies how is interpreted at the boundary.

To model inhomogeneous geometry, impurities, vacancies, or any other spatial inhomogeneity, let 𝕄 be a fixed site mask: a diagonal operator in the site basis with eigenvalues , selecting the active lattice degrees of freedom.

This equation defines the slash notation “”: the shift only connects active sites. Equivalently, one may work directly in the restricted active-site subspace. The same masking can be written compactly as:

Embedding into the full Hilbert space

Embed the masked shift into the full Hilbert space using the fixed order:

Accordingly, any quadratic term may be written as a sum of objects of the form (shift on ) ⊗ (matrix on ).

When translation is a good quantum number: 𝕊 becomes the unitary phase

If the lattice is translation-invariant (typically periodic and no defects so ), define Bloch plane-wave kets via the discrete Fourier transform 𝓕:

Then each shift is diagonal in the basis:

So any translation-invariant lattice Hamiltonian written in the shift notation,

where is a chosen (typically finite) set of lattice displacement vectors connecting sites/unit cells (e.g. n.n., n.n.n., etc.). For normal (number-conserving) hopping terms, is understood to act trivially on Nambu space, i.e. with acting on ; spin dependence can encode spin-orbit coupling, whereas spin-independent hopping corresponds to . All coefficients are independent of for a translation-invariant model, becomes block-diagonal in :

so the lattice part has reduced to the unitary phase factors (the lattice representation of translations, i.e. Bloch’s theorem) [1, 2].

In 1D with lattice spacing and nearest-neighbour shifts , the basic unitaries are . Restricting to nearest neighbours (n.n.), next-nearest neighbours (n.n.n.), etc. amounts to retaining a finite set of displacement vectors , and therefore produces a trigonometric polynomial in momentum. For example, a single-band 1D tight-binding model with hopping amplitudes to the th neighbour has

On a square lattice with spacing , keeping only n.n. hopping gives the familiar cosine dispersion

while adding an n.n.n. hopping contributes additional harmonics, e.g. .

In multi-orbital models the same structure holds, but and are replaced by matrices acting on (and possibly spin/Nambu). The resulting Bloch Hamiltonian is a matrix-valued trigonometric polynomial; in particular,

so cosine terms typically appear in Hermitian (even) hopping channels, whereas sine terms commonly appear in antisymmetric or purely imaginary (odd) inter-orbital couplings (e.g. hybridization terms). For example, an inter-orbital hopping channel along with produces an off-diagonal Bloch matrix element proportional to .

Intra-cell position phases and a clean Bloch convention

The discussion above accounts for the Bravais-lattice (unit-cell translation) part of Bloch’s theorem, where shifts contribute factors . For multi-orbital/unit-cell models there is an additional, purely conventional choice: whether intra-cell orbital positions are included explicitly in the Bloch basis. The following gauge transformation implements that convention, converting a “naive” built only from into the corresponding cell-periodic (orbital-position-aware) Bloch Hamiltonian.

When orbitals sit at different intra-cell positions , define the diagonal phase operator on internal space

Concretely, let denote the real-space orbital basis (and, if present, include spin as an additional tensor factor ). A standard orbital Bloch basis at fixed is

with the number of unit cells. The “position-phase” (cell-periodic) convention instead attaches the intra-cell phase,

In this notation, is precisely the internal-space unitary that maps between the two orbital Bloch conventions. At the level of operators, let annihilate an electron in orbital of unit cell . The corresponding orbital Bloch operators are

If is built ignoring intra-cell positions, the “cell-periodic gauge” convention is

This is a change of basis within the orbital/sublattice Bloch basis (a -dependent gauge choice), not a change of momentum. The band basis is obtained separately by diagonalizing at each , i.e. by a unitary such that

and defining band states (with the same construction for the corresponding field operators). Equivalently, the band annihilation operators are , i.e. .

In particular, each band eigenstate at fixed is a superposition of the orbital basis states in the same sector, with coefficients given by the eigenvectors of . For example, if the internal space consists of four sites arranged in a ring within the unit cell and only intra-cell hopping is present, then can be chosen -independent and reduces to a discrete Fourier transform on the ring, so the band index may be identified with a discrete internal (cluster) momentum with (i.e. ).

More generally, whenever the orbitals within a unit cell carry an internal discrete translation symmetry (e.g. a cyclic ordering of orbitals), one can define an internal translation operator acting on by its action on the orbital basis,

Its eigenstates are internal Bloch modes with eigenvalues , where and . If the internal couplings respect this symmetry (i.e. for each ), then can be block-diagonalized in , and the band label can be taken as a pair (internal momentum plus residual band index within each sector).

This “position-phase” correction underlies consistent symmetry actions for multi-sublattice/orbital Bloch bases [3, 4].

Quadratic Hamiltonians in normal and Nambu form

General normal-state quadratic form

In the absence of Nambu doubling,

with valued in .

Multiple normal orders, such as density waves, orbital order, and loop-current-like hopping patterns, enter additively:

Nambu-doubled quadratic form

If you include pairing, introduce a Nambu spinor valued in and write

A standard block structure is

with and acting on .

Multiple pairing orders are additive:

Particle–hole symmetry in BdG systems is intrinsic and constrains accordingly [5].

Encoding textures, currents, and frustration

Loop/current/flux phenomena are encoded as phases attached to internal and/or link-resolved structures.

Site/orbital phase texture operator

Define a diagonal phase field on (acts on ):

Normal bilinears are dressed by conjugation:

Pairing-type bilinears are dressed by the transpose on the right:

For bond-resolved terms

Loop currents correspond to nontrivial gauge-invariant loop products of these phases around cycles.

Competition vs coexistence from symmetry-allowed invariants

Given multiple order components (normal or pairing), symmetry decides which invariants can appear in

and whether phase-sensitive terms that lock relative phases are allowed [6, 7].

Accordingly, the couplings are not introduced independently, but are derived from the generator constraints discussed below.

Generator-based construction of the most general symmetry-allowed quadratic Hamiltonian

The construction may be written in a form that will be used throughout the later models in the thesis.

Basis expansion

Let be a Pauli basis on , a Hermitian basis on , and a Pauli basis on .

In Nambu-doubled form

In the normal (non-Nambu) case

The scalar form factors are lattice harmonics selected by symmetry.

Generator representations

For each generator , construct acting on as

When Nambu space is absent, the factor and the expansion are omitted.

Constraints

For unitary spatial symmetries

or in the normal case.

Time reversal (antiunitary), if imposed

and similarly for .

In BdG form, the intrinsic particle–hole constraint is

which is the basis for the standard symmetry classification of gapped free-fermion phases [5, 8, 9].

General form of the quadratic Hamiltonian

Quadratic model

or, when Nambu doubling is included,

Example: Friedel oscillations

A natural benchmark of the normal-state implementation is the response of a conductor to a single local impurity. In a clean metal the density is uniform, but a defect mixes states across the Fermi surface and produces oscillations with characteristic wavevector . It provides a natural introductory benchmark because it tests several parts of the framework at once: real-space masking, boundary conditions, impurity insertion, diagonalisation, and local observables such as the local density of states.

Friedel oscillations therefore serve as an early benchmark of Quantum Tensor Tree before we turn to self-consistent mean-field calculations. The calculation below is performed for a 2D square lattice with nearest-neighbour hopping, an open circular mask, and a single impurity at the origin. The oscillatory rings in the LDOS are the Friedel oscillations themselves, while the radial line cut shows that the observed period agrees with the expected value . This allows the analytical derivation to be compared directly with the numerical results. The same figure also exposes the weak lattice anisotropy that survives beyond the isotropic continuum approximation.

The canonical chapter-local Python benchmark driver for this example is friedel_qpi_native_figures.py. It is a thin wrapper over qttree benchmark construction and plotting, replacing the earlier Julia draft while still emitting the simple LDOS and QPI figures reused later in the methodology. The older tightbinding_lattice.py name is kept only as a compatibility alias while the thesis scripts are being consolidated.

The microscopic Hamiltonian used in the simulation is the normal-state tight-binding model

where the sum runs over nearest-neighbour pairs of active sites retained by the circular mask , so that the boundary is open, and the impurity is represented by a local onsite potential at the origin. The LDOS shown below is then

evaluated at . In the present low-filling benchmark, this energy is identified with the Fermi level used in the analytical estimate. For the numerical example shown here, we take , radius , , , , and .

Benchmark of Quantum Tensor Tree for Friedel oscillations in a 2D conductor with a single central impurity.
Benchmark of Quantum Tensor Tree for Friedel oscillations in a 2D conductor with a single central impurity. Top left: LDOS map on a circular open geometry. Top right: radially averaged LDOS together with a Friedel fit. Middle: eigenvalue spectrum and angular dependence of the LDOS at fixed radius. Bottom: the square-lattice band structure with the inferred Fermi wavevector, and a 3D rendering of the same LDOS profile. For the parameters shown here, mu/t = -3.81 gives kF a approximately sqrt(mu/t + 4) approximately 0.436 and therefore lambdaF/2 approximately 7.2a, consistent with the ring spacing in the numerical data.

Analytical Derivation in dimensions

Take an isotropic normal state with quadratic dispersion

and a point impurity

The retarded Green’s function of the clean system is

For an isotropic continuum band this has the Hankel-function form

and therefore, for ,

To first order in the impurity strength,

so the correction to the LDOS is

At fixed energy, then, the impurity produces oscillations with wavelength and envelope .

If instead one integrates over occupied states to obtain the density modulation,

the extra oscillatory integral contributes one further power of , so asymptotically

This is the general -dimensional Friedel law for the integrated density. The often-quoted decay therefore refers to the density integrated to the Fermi level, whereas the LDOS measured at fixed energy decays one power more slowly.

In particular,

Specialisation to the low-filling square lattice

Near the bottom of the square-lattice band,

so the lattice model reduces to the continuum form above with effective mass . In two dimensions one may therefore write

which at large distance reduces to

For the benchmark shown above, places the Fermi level close to the band bottom, so the continuum estimate is already accurate:

The observed ring spacing agrees with this prediction, so the example provides a compact validation of the real-space geometry, impurity implementation, and LDOS evaluation that are used throughout the later numerical work.

Thesis Role

This chapter is the topology-led boundary result of the thesis. It asks whether a local impurity wall inside a periodic superconducting SSH system can be tuned into an effective internal boundary carrying the arc physics of the clean open model.

The answer is deliberately finite-device and model-based. The clean parent is a two-dimensional Weyl-SSH construction in which fixed (k_y) slices behave as SSH chains [10, 11, 12]. The wall calculation does not claim a materials-faithful model of LaNiX2, and it does not identify a thermodynamic quantum critical point. It shows how a finite wall transfers Weyl/Majorana-arc spectral weight from the bulk continuum to a near-zero internal-boundary branch, and how self-consistency turns the same wall into a suppression of the local anomalous field.

A journal-style version of this work is archived with this chapter: soft impurity walls PRB manuscript. An early version was presented at ExoSup 2022, the Cargese Summer School on Exotic Superconductivity.

Clean Weyl-SSH Parent

The normal-state model has two sublattices, intra- and intercell SSH hoppings (v) and (w), and a diagonal interchain hopping (t_d). For the translation-invariant parent, each (k_y) slice is an SSH chain along (x) with effective hoppings

For (\delta\epsilon=0), the slice winding is

so (\nu(k_y)=1) when (|w_1(k_y)|>|v_1(k_y)|) and zero otherwise. The stacked SSH model therefore supplies a (k_y)-dependent one-dimensional winding number. Inter-sublattice spinless pairing becomes an effective (p)-wave gap after projection onto the winding Weyl bands; forced zeros of that gap intersect the Fermi pockets to create Bogoliubov-Weyl/Majorana nodes; and the change of the fixed-(k_y) one-dimensional BdG invariant across those nodes produces Majorana arcs on an edge.

Internal Wall Geometry

The imposed-pairing BdG problem uses an inter-sublattice cell pairing (\Delta_{AB}=\Delta_0), usually (\Delta_0=0.3), in the Nambu basis ((c_A,c_B,c_A^\dagger,c_B^\dagger)^T). The wall is a scalar onsite potential

where (W_\ell) is a one-cell-thick support of length (\ell). The wall is inside a periodic torus, not an imposed open boundary. The real-space plots use centered unit-cell coordinates, so the plotted wall is at (x=0). Unless stated otherwise, real-space densities are cell-resolved sums over the (A) and (B) sites in each unit cell.

Fixed-(\Delta_0) Arc Transfer

The imposed-(\Delta_0) calculation isolates the quasiparticle boundary problem. For representative wall strengths, the wall-projected spectral function (A(k_y,E)) shows the boundary branch detach from the bulk response and approach the near-zero hard-wall arc.

To quantify the transfer, the calculation labels the branch by hard-wall ancestry rather than selecting a new local minimum at each parameter point. For each sampled (k_y), the tracker seeds the wall-weighted positive-energy mode at the largest simulated wall strength and continues that state downward in (V) by eigenvector overlap. When nearby eigenvalues have comparable single-vector overlaps, a small nearby-state subspace is used; ambiguous steps are logged and can be marked in the viewer. This makes the tracked branch a reproducible object, distinct from a purely visual ridge fit to (A(k_y,E)).

The (k_y=0) point of the tracked branch provides a finite-size order parameter for the wall-driven transfer. Let (\epsilon_{\mathrm{arc}}(0;V)) be the wall-projected ADOS branch energy at (k_y=0), i.e. the distance from (E=0) to the selected positive-energy peak. The normalized order parameter is

In practice the hard-wall reference is represented by the largest simulated wall strength. The (41\times41) full-wall data show a sharp finite-device onset between (V=2.5) and (V=3). This is physically useful: it marks the wall strength where the tracked branch changes from a bulk-scale spectral feature into a hard-wall descendant. It is not reported as a critical point. Window scans of the Landau-style form

do not give a stable (V_c) or (\beta): fits that include the jump pin (V_c) to the first fitted point, while fits beginning after the jump drive (V_c) to an unphysical lower bound. A thermodynamic quantum-critical interpretation would require a size-scaling collapse of (\Psi_{\mathrm{arc}}(V,L)) and a consistent gap-closing diagnostic, neither of which is obtained from the present data.

Localization And Majorana Character

The same transfer is visible in real space. The LDOS profiles below show wall-normal localization of selected spectral contributions at fixed (k_y) and energy. The component-resolved wavefunction shows the corresponding signed BdG amplitudes for the strong-wall near-zero mode. Together these diagnostics check that the tracked spectral branch is not merely a relabelled bulk eigenvalue.

In the BdG basis (\Psi=(c_A,c_B,c_A^\dagger,c_B^\dagger)^T), a wall eigenstate has spinor (\psi=(u_A,u_B,v_A,v_B)^T). Particle-hole symmetry pairs the state at energy (E) with a partner at (-E). At an exact Majorana zero mode the spinor can be gauge-fixed so that (v_\alpha=e^{i\phi}u_\alpha^\ast). The strong-wall state is therefore read as Majorana-like when the tracked branch approaches this particle-hole self-conjugate limit while remaining on the arc connecting the projected Weyl-node endpoints.

Self-Consistent Wall Feedback

The imposed calculation treats the wall as a scatterer in a fixed BdG background. The self-consistent calculation asks a stronger question: how does the anomalous field respond to the wall?

The interaction is decoupled through the local Gor’kov field

with the local mean-field pairing field

Here (\kappa_{AB}(r)) and (\Delta_{AB}(r)) are local inter-sublattice cell fields. The plots show (|\Delta_{AB}(r)|), or averages of this magnitude over wall and off-wall cell sets, so the displayed quantity is insensitive to the global sign convention for the real pairing gauge used in the calculation. This self-consistent field is distinct from the imposed constant (\Delta_0) used in the fixed-pairing BdG problem.

The self-consistent result is the main physical correction to the fixed-pairing picture. The wall is not only a scattering potential for quasiparticles. It also creates a local depression of the anomalous field: (|\Delta_{AB}(r)|) is strongly suppressed on the wall support while the off-wall condensate remains finite. Attempts to fit the wall mean to the same finite-(V_c) ansatz as the fixed-(\Delta_0) arc are unstable. The safer interpretation is wall-local depletion with an empirical algebraic tail over the simulated interval, with an exponent of order unity rather than a claimed critical exponent.

| (V) | wall mean (|\Delta_{AB}|) | off-wall mean (|\Delta_{AB}|) | | —: | —: | —: | | 1.0 | 0.318 | 0.331 | | 1.1 | 0.234 | 0.329 | | 1.2 | 0.139 | 0.326 | | 1.3 | 0.0846 | 0.324 | | 1.5 | 0.0480 | 0.321 | | 2.0 | 0.0271 | 0.327 | | 3.0 | 0.0150 | 0.337 |

Local Marker And Symmetry Controls

The clean winding invariant is exact only in the chiral slices of the translation-invariant model. The scalar onsite wall is a local chiral-symmetry-breaking perturbation because it contributes a same-sublattice onsite term on the wall cells. This does not invalidate the wall-transfer calculation; it clarifies what is being tested. The bulk away from the wall remains governed by the chiral SSH structure, while the wall locally breaks that symmetry and acts as a boundary-forming perturbation.

The local chiral marker is therefore used as a diagnostic, not as a final quantized invariant:

where (\Gamma=+1) on (A), (\Gamma=-1) on (B), and (Q=1-2P_-) is the flattened occupied-state projector. The comparison below shows that a scalar onsite wall and a chiral hopping cut are distinct boundary mechanisms.

Finite-Size Diagnostics

The current data support a finite-device arc-transfer crossover rather than a thermodynamic quantum critical point. The diagnostics below are kept in this chapter because they document the negative result: the onset can be sharp on a single device, but the fitted exponent and finite-size onset do not stabilize.

Conclusion

Soft impurity walls provide a controlled finite-device route from clean momentum-space topology to a real-space internal boundary in a superconducting SSH lattice. In the fixed-(\Delta_0) problem, the (k_y=0) branch begins as a bulk-scale spectral feature and moves toward the near-zero hard-wall branch as (V) grows. In the self-consistent problem, the same wall suppresses (\kappa_{AB}(r)) and (\Delta_{AB}(r)) on the wall support while preserving a finite off-wall condensate.

The conservative conclusion is a linked chain of evidence: clean slice winding, slab Majorana arcs, wall-projected spectral evolution, eigenvector-continuous arc tracking, real-space mode localization, and self-consistent suppression of the wall pairing field. The current evidence does not justify a reported critical exponent. A stronger quantum-critical claim would require stable finite-size scaling of the order parameter and the relevant quasiparticle gap, performed on the same selected states. Until then, the result is a sharp and useful finite-device onset of Weyl-arc transfer, not an identified thermodynamic phase transition.

Numerical data and figures were generated with the qulab.research.ssh_2d module in QuLab [13].

Introduction

Paper 1 established a microscopic loop-supercurrent route to time-reversal symmetry breaking (TRSB) by branch ranking in a current-channel BdG closure, with strict winding/circulation filters and a triplet-penalty decomposition. The objective here is a narrower continuation question: starting from a loop-favored winding texture, what transition structure is implied when the normal-state sector is extended by Rashba spin–orbit coupling and Zeeman splitting?

Within the full thesis hierarchy, this chapter should be read as an effective topological sidecar rather than as a literal materials model. Its role is to ask what kinds of class-D topological structure can be induced once a TRSB superconducting texture has already been selected microscopically. The later LaNiX materials chapter is where the normal-state Hilbert space is earned from crystallography, DFT, and Wannierization. The present chapter instead probes a reduced orbital block that is best interpreted as a topology-facing descendant of that programme, especially on the LaNiGa side where nonsymmorphic low-energy structure and boundary physics are part of the materials motivation.

This manuscript is intentionally scoped as an analytic-first topological probe (Tier 1). Its central deliverable is an explicit mass-inversion transition fan at the time-reversal invariant momenta (TRIM) and a corresponding piecewise-constant proxy index. Numerical results are deliberately restricted to targeted confirmations (representative bulk band cuts and strip spectra) across a matched proxy transition. We do not present full two-parameter Chern/gap heatmaps here.

Program hierarchy from microscopic loop selection to fixed-texture topological probing and full 2D completion. Paper 1 supplies the branch-selected winding baseline; this paper (Tier 1) adds SOC+Zeeman at fixed texture and reports analytic TRIM transitions with targeted spectral checks; full 2D Chern/gap maps are deferred to Paper 3.

Additional diagnostic (real-space topology in open geometry). In open-boundary settings, topology can be monitored using local real-space markers built from projectors (local Chern marker) and their associated redistribution/flow (“marker currents”). We do not study non-equilibrium marker-current dynamics here; we include only a static local-marker visualization as a companion to the strip spectrum.

Scope and Model Hierarchy

To keep claims clean, we separate three layers:

  1. Established from paper 1: microscopic loop-branch selection in the current-channel model and the decomposition crossing controlled by diagonal triplet penalty.
  2. New in this follow-up: fixed-pattern topological probe (same orbital structure, added SOC+Zeeman, fixed winding pairing texture) + an optional real-space local-marker view in open geometry.
  3. Not claimed here: fully self-consistent re-optimization of all paper-1/current-channel mean fields after adding SOC+Zeeman.

Baseline from Paper 1 (context only)

The paper-1 Hamiltonian is

\begin{equation} H = H_0 + H_s + H_t, \end{equation} with onsite singlet pairing field

\begin{equation} \Delta_i = U_s\langle \hat c_{i\downarrow}\hat c_{i\uparrow}\rangle, \end{equation} and current-channel HS saddle

\begin{equation} a_{ij}=U_t\langle \hat J_{ij}\rangle,\qquad \hat J_{ij}=it\sum_\sigma(\hat c^\dagger_{i\sigma}\hat c_{j\sigma}-\hat c^\dagger_{j\sigma}\hat c_{i\sigma}). \end{equation} Branch ranking in paper 1 used

\begin{equation} F_{\rm eff}=F_{\rm BdG}+\Chi_{\rm trip}^{\rm edge}+\Chi_{\rm trip}^{\rm diag}, \end{equation} with strict loop acceptance criteria (e.g., (\Delta F_{\rm eff}<0), winding index (m=\pm1), circulation coherence).

[Insert paper-1 anchor figures with explicit provenance.]

Fixed-Texture SOC+Zeeman Extension

We add spinful SOC+Zeeman terms to the normal block while keeping a winding pairing texture motivated by the paper-1 loop branch.

A. Spinful normal block

\begin{equation} h_{\rm topo}(\mathbf{k}) = h_{\rm orb}(\mathbf{k})\otimes\sigma_0 + \lambda(\sin k_y,\sigma_x-\sin k_x,\sigma_y) + V_z\sigma_z, \end{equation}

with (\sigma_i) acting in spin space and (h_{\rm orb}(\mathbf k)) the orbital tight-binding block (parameters stated in figure captions and run logs).

Optional flux decoration (kept OFF in this paper). A natural multi-orbital extension is to allow Peierls phases on selected hoppings to represent engineered flux patterns in the orbital block. We define the bookkeeping for this extension (to keep codepaths consistent with Paper B), but set the flux parameter (\Phi=0) throughout Paper A.

B. BdG Hamiltonian

\begin{equation} \mathcal H_{\mathrm{BdG}}(\mathbf k)= \begin{pmatrix} h_{\rm topo}(\mathbf k) & \Delta \ \Delta^\dagger & -h_{\rm topo}^T(-\mathbf k) \end{pmatrix}. \end{equation}

The particle sector has dimension (4\times2=8) (orbital (\times) spin) and the full BdG matrix is (16\times16).

C. Fixed intracell winding pairing texture

Pairing is onsite singlet and orbital-diagonal with a fixed intracell winding pattern

\begin{equation} (\Delta_A,\Delta_B,\Delta_C,\Delta_D) = \Delta_0(1,e^{i\pi/2},e^{i\pi},e^{i3\pi/2}). \end{equation}

This texture is imposed (seeded from the loop program) and not re-optimized under SOC+Zeeman.

Native QTT geometry view of the fixed-texture Topo-BdG unit cell used in this Tier-1 probe. The figure is generated directly from the canonical shared model definition, making the plaquette basis and hopping graph explicit without introducing extra hand-drawn conventions.

D. Conventions and sign governance (Hewitt integration)

We fix a single set of conventions for all reported spectra, proxy indices, and (optional) Chern/marker checks.

Real-space unit cell and orbital order. Each Bravais cell contains four orbitals in the order

\begin{equation} (A,B,C,D)\equiv (0,0),(1,0),(0,1),(1,1), \end{equation} and the Bloch orbital spinor is

\begin{equation} \hat c_{\mathbf k}=\big(\hat c_{\mathbf k,A},\hat c_{\mathbf k,B},\hat c_{\mathbf k,C},\hat c_{\mathbf k,D}\big)^T. \end{equation}

Brillouin-zone orientation and integration convention. We use ((k_x,k_y)\in[-\pi,\pi)\times[-\pi,\pi)) with the standard right-handed orientation. Whenever a Chern sign is referenced (e.g. for optional selected-point validation), it is computed with the oriented area element (dk_x\wedge dk_y). TRIM are ordered as (\Gamma=(0,0), X=(\pi,0), Y=(0,\pi), M=(\pi,\pi)).

High-symmetry path direction. Band plots use the directed path (\Gamma\to X\to M\to \Gamma) (unless explicitly stated otherwise in the caption/run log).

Spin and Nambu (BdG) basis ordering. The spinful particle basis is ordered as

\begin{equation} \hat c_{\mathbf k}= \big(\hat c_{\mathbf k,A\uparrow},\hat c_{\mathbf k,A\downarrow}, \hat c_{\mathbf k,B\uparrow},\hat c_{\mathbf k,B\downarrow}, \hat c_{\mathbf k,C\uparrow},\hat c_{\mathbf k,C\downarrow}, \hat c_{\mathbf k,D\uparrow},\hat c_{\mathbf k,D\downarrow}\big)^T. \end{equation} The Nambu spinor is

\begin{equation} \Psi_{\mathbf k}=\big(\hat c_{\mathbf k},,\hat c^\dagger_{-\mathbf k}\big)^T, \end{equation} so (\mathcal H_{\rm BdG}(\mathbf k)) is (16\times16).

Sign-sensitive labels. Winding-like labels and some sign conventions can flip under equivalent relabelings (orbital permutations, unit-cell embedding changes, or altered symmetry-operator phases). We therefore treat signs as declared conventions and keep them fixed across all scripts and figures.

TRIM Structure and Analytic Mass-Inversion Proxy

The time-reversal invariant momenta (TRIM) are the four points (K) satisfying (K=-K) modulo reciprocal lattice vectors. For a square lattice:

\begin{equation} \Gamma=(0,0),\quad X=(\pi,0),\quad Y=(0,\pi),\quad M=(\pi,\pi). \end{equation}

Gap closings at these points control a clean analytic transition structure.

A. TRIM masses

Let (\epsilon_n(K,\mu)) be eigenvalues of (h_{\rm orb}(K)). Define the TRIM mass

\begin{equation} m_{n,K}(\mu,V_z) = V_z^2-\left(\epsilon_n(K,\mu)^2+\Delta_0^2\right). \end{equation} Candidate transition lines (“fan”) are

\begin{equation} V_z=\sqrt{\epsilon_n(K,\mu)^2+\Delta_0^2}. \end{equation}

B. Proxy index

Assign chirality weights

\begin{equation} \eta_\Gamma=\eta_M=+1,\qquad \eta_X=\eta_Y=-1, \end{equation} and define

\begin{equation} C_{\rm proxy}(\mu,V_z)=\frac12\sum_{n,K}\eta_K\left[\mathrm{sgn}(m_{n,K})-\mathrm{sgn}(m_{n,K}|_{V_z=0})\right]. \end{equation} This index is a proxy: it is intended to organize candidate transitions associated with TRIM mass inversions. It does not replace a full 2D Chern evaluation away from TRIM.

In class D, a gapped phase with integer (C) supports (|C|) chiral Majorana edge modes (with sign fixed by orientation convention), so the proxy is used only to pre-organize where this edge content can change through a bulk gap closing. Conceptually, this continuation keeps a common circulation thread: real-space loop circulation in paper 1, order-parameter winding in the fixed texture, and momentum-space Berry-curvature circulation in the topological sector.

Results (Tier 1)

A. Analytic proxy map and transition fan

[Insert fig_code_03_analytic_chern_proxy_map_01.png and cite the generated CSV analytic_chern_proxy_map.csv.] Captions must state grid sizes and all parameter values used.

B. Representative bulk band cut across a proxy transition

We select a representative chemical potential and SOC strength (stated in the figure caption/run log) and plot bulk BdG dispersions along a standard high-symmetry path (e.g., (\Gamma!!-!X!!-!M!!-!\Gamma)) at two Zeeman fields straddling the first proxy line.

[Insert fig_code_04_bulk_bands_analytic_transition_cut_01.png.] In-panel text reports a mesh-estimated minimum gap (\min_{\mathbf k} E_{\min}(\mathbf k)).

C. Strip bulk—boundary diagnostic across matched points

We compute strip spectra (open (x), periodic (k_y)) at two Zeeman fields bracketing the same proxy transition and color eigenvalues by an explicit edge-localization weight.

[Insert fig_code_05_bulk_boundary_correspondence_01.png and cite bulk_boundary_correspondence_summary.txt.]

D. Optional companion: local topology marker in open geometry (static)

At the same strip parameters, we optionally compute a static local marker built from the occupied-state projector in the open geometry, yielding a spatial profile that distinguishes bulk-like regions from boundary reconstructions. This is included solely as a companion visualization alongside the edge-weight strip spectrum.

[Optional insert fig_code_05b_local_chern_marker_strip_01.png and cite local_marker_strip_summary.txt.]

Limitations and Interpretation

  1. Fixed texture. The winding pairing texture is imposed and not re-optimized under SOC+Zeeman; no claim of a self-consistent SOC+Zeeman extension is made.
  2. Proxy nature. (C_{\rm proxy}) organizes transitions associated with TRIM mass inversions; it is not a proof away from TRIM.
  3. Targeted numerics. Numerical evidence here is restricted to representative band cuts and strip spectra across a matched transition; full 2D Chern/gap maps are deferred to a separate 2D completion.
  4. Local marker role. The open-geometry marker is a static visualization and does not replace bulk Chern evaluation; no dynamical marker-current claims are made.

Conclusion

We introduced an analytic TRIM mass-inversion construction for a fixed-texture SOC+Zeeman extension seeded from a loop/TRSB winding pattern, yielding an explicit transition fan and a piecewise-constant proxy index. Representative bulk and strip diagnostics support spectral reorganization and bulk–boundary contrast across a matched proxy transition, with an optional static local-marker companion in open geometry. This provides an analytic-first organizing framework and a concrete continuation target for a subsequent referee-proof 2D topological characterization.

References

  1. Paper 1 baseline (loop-supercurrent/TRSB program): ../microscopic-loop-supercurrent-trsb/index.md.
  2. T. Fukui, Y. Hatsugai, and H. Suzuki, “Chern Numbers in Discretized Brillouin Zone: Efficient Method of Computing (Spin) Hall Conductances,” J. Phys. Soc. Jpn. 74, 1674 (2005).
  3. A. Altland and M. R. Zirnbauer, “Nonstandard Symmetry Classes in Mesoscopic Normal-Superconducting Hybrid Structures,” Phys. Rev. B 55, 1142 (1997).
  4. X.-L. Qi, T. L. Hughes, and S.-C. Zhang, “Chiral topological superconductor from the quantum Hall state,” Phys. Rev. B 82, 184516 (2010).
  5. A. Kitaev, “Periodic table for topological insulators and superconductors,” AIP Conf. Proc. 1134, 22 (2009).
  6. T. Hewitt, Topological Insulators and Superconductors in One Dimension: Chiral Ladder Models and Symmetry Constraints (PhD thesis, University of Kent, 2023).
  7. M. D. Caio, M. Möller, M. A. Cazalilla, and M. Lewenstein, “Topological marker currents in Chern insulators,” Nat. Phys. 15, 257–261 (2019).
  8. G. Möller and N. R. Cooper, “Synthetic gauge fields for lattices with multi-orbital unit cells: routes towards a (\pi)-flux dice lattice,” New J. Phys. 20, 073025 (2018).

This chapter extends the same symmetry and tensor-product structure used for quadratic, free-fermion, and BdG models to quartic, two-body lattice Hamiltonians. The aim is to write the most general interacting Hamiltonian consistent with the physical structure of the problem: lattice translations, boundaries, inhomogeneous geometries, and defects implemented through masks; Nambu doubling when it is useful for pairing-channel bookkeeping and later mean-field decouplings; internal structure such as sublattices, orbitals, and intra-cell positions; spin; and the chosen set of symmetry generators.

The organising principle is that quartic Hamiltonians may be constructed systematically as symmetry-constrained combinations of products of bilinears, where each bilinear is the second-quantized lift of a single-particle operator written in the same tensor-product order as in the quadratic chapter. In this way, the interacting theory remains compatible with later mean-field reductions: once an interaction has been specified, the admissible quadratic orders are precisely the symmetry-allowed bilinears that can appear as decoupling channels.

From the condensed-matter side, this is the natural language in which on-site Hubbard interactions, extended density-density couplings, and multiorbital local interactions are usually formulated before one chooses a particular approximation scheme or pairing channel. [14, 15, 16, 17]

Unified structure: lattice ⊗ Nambu ⊗ internal ⊗ spin

We keep the same single-particle tensor-product order

When Nambu space is absent, that factor is omitted.

Define a composite internal index

and write fermion operators as

with the same intra-cell position-phase convention as in the quadratic chapter if desired.

From single-particle operators to many-body operators

Second-quantized lift of a single-particle operator

Given any single-particle operator (X) acting on (\mathcal H) (in the fixed tensor order), define its many-body (second-quantized) lift

where (m,n) range over the full one-particle basis (site ⊗ internal ⊗ spin, and Nambu if used).

This construction provides the bridge between the quadratic and quartic theories. Quadratic Hamiltonians are sums of operators of the form (\widehat X), whereas quartic Hamiltonians are built from products of such operators, typically in normal-ordered form.

Normal ordering and a canonical quartic container

A symmetry-compatible and nonredundant container for many interactions is

with Hermitian (X_\mu) and a real symmetric coupling matrix (g_{\mu\nu}=g_{\nu\mu}) (after choosing a Hermitian operator basis). Normal ordering removes the quadratic “Hartree” pieces from the algebraic definition, so that quadratic terms are handled in the quadratic chapter and quartic terms remain genuinely interacting.

Accordingly, the operators (X_\mu) should already respect the lattice structure, including shifts, masks, and boundaries, while symmetry acts on the remaining tensor factors.

Real-space parametrization using shifts and masks

Masked shifts and local projectors

Retain the mask ( \mathbb M ) on (\mathcal H_{\text{lat}}) and the masked shift

For interactions it is often convenient to also use site projectors on lattice space:

These give a clean “operator density at (\mathbf R)” construction.

Local bilinears as building blocks

Let (\Gamma) be any Hermitian matrix acting on (\mathcal H_{\text{(Nambu)}}\otimes\mathcal H_{\text{int}}\otimes\mathcal H_{\text{spin}}). Define the local bilinear (operator density) at (\mathbf R)

Equivalently, (\widehat O_\Gamma(\mathbf R)=\widehat X) with

Common choices of (\Gamma) include the charge-density channel (\Gamma=\mathbb 1), the spin-density channels (\Gamma=\sigma_j), the orbital-density channels (\Gamma=\lambda_i), and, when Nambu space is retained, combined channels of the form (\Gamma=\tau_\ell\otimes\lambda_i\otimes\sigma_j).

Two-site (finite-range) quartic terms via displacements

A large class of lattice interactions can be written as sums over displacements (\boldsymbol\delta\in\mathcal D):

This is the interacting analogue of restricting a quadratic model to a finite displacement set (\mathcal D).

Masking is implemented by restricting (\mathbf R) to active sites (or inserting (m_{\mathbf R}m_{\mathbf R+\boldsymbol\delta}) in the sum).

Special cases include the on-site Hubbard interaction, obtained with (\boldsymbol\delta=\mathbf 0) and (\Gamma) chosen to resolve the spin densities, or directly as (Un_{\uparrow}n_{\downarrow}); nearest-neighbour density interactions, for which (\Gamma=\mathbb 1) and (|\boldsymbol\delta|=a); spin-exchange terms with (\Gamma=\sigma_j) and (|\boldsymbol\delta|=a); and orbital-exchange or Kugel-Khomskii-type structures involving (\Gamma=\lambda_i) and (\Gamma=\lambda_i\otimes\sigma_j).

In this formulation, the lattice geometry is encoded in (\mathcal D) and (\mathbb M), while the (\Gamma)-structure is treated as internal, spin, and, when present, Nambu algebra subject to symmetry.

Examples relevant to later chapters

The interaction classes most relevant to the present thesis are those that lead naturally to superconducting, bond-resolved, and multiorbital mean-field channels. The general quartic framework becomes concrete in the following examples.

UsUt

Schematic interaction channels on a lattice. The central local process represents an on-site interaction between opposite-spin electrons occupying the same orbital, as in the attractive or repulsive Hubbard term; the label marks this local singlet channel. The right-hand process indicates a finite-range bond-resolved channel, where interactions couple neighboring sites; the label marks a nonlocal triplet channel that can naturally generate exchange, bond-order, current, or nonlocal pairing decouplings in the mean-field reduction.

On-site attractive Hubbard interaction and singlet pairing

The simplest superconducting example is the on-site attractive Hubbard interaction [14, 15]

In the present formalism this is an on-site quartic term, corresponding to (\boldsymbol\delta=\mathbf 0), and it is the natural starting point for on-site spin-singlet pairing. Decoupling in the anomalous channel gives

so that the resulting quadratic theory contains terms of the form

together with the corresponding Hartree shifts. This is the minimal interaction underlying the lattice BdG constructions used later in the thesis and the standard microscopic bridge to the BCS/Gor’kov mean-field description. [18, 19]

Nearest-neighbour density interactions and bond-resolved channels

A second important class consists of finite-range density interactions such as

This is the simplest example with a nontrivial displacement set (\mathcal D), and therefore makes explicit contact with the harmonic structure discussed above. In the superconductivity literature this is the standard extension beyond the on-site Hubbard term when one wants nonlocal charge, bond, or pairing channels. [15, 20, 21] On the square lattice one obtains

so the interaction already carries the lattice harmonics that later distinguish different ordering patterns. Decoupling in the particle-hole sector can favour charge order, whereas decoupling in the bond-singlet pairing sector gives

The symmetry of the bond pattern then distinguishes extended (s)-wave from (d_{x^2-y^2})-type pairing. This example is therefore the direct interacting analogue of the finite-displacement quadratic models discussed in the preceding chapter.

Bond-current interactions and loop-supercurrent channels

The loop-supercurrent chapters are naturally connected to interactions written in terms of bond-current operators. For an oriented bond (b=(\mathbf R,\mathbf R’)), define

A quartic current-channel interaction may then be written as

In the bilinear-product language, this is simply a coupling between bond bilinears rather than on-site densities. A mean-field decoupling introduces bond fields

which enter the quadratic Hamiltonian as directed bond terms, or equivalently as self-consistent imaginary hopping amplitudes. It is in this sense that current-channel interactions provide a microscopic route to time-reversal-breaking loop-current or loop-supercurrent states, including the loop-supercurrent constructions discussed later in the thesis. [22]

Multiorbital local interactions

When several orbitals or sublattices are retained inside the same unit cell, local interactions acquire a richer internal structure. The standard local multiorbital parametrization goes back to Kanamori, while the corresponding spin-orbital exchange descendants are often summarized as Kugel-Khomskii-type interactions. [16, 17] A standard multiorbital form is

written here for a single site or unit cell with orbital labels (a,b). Such terms are naturally expanded in the (\lambda_i\otimes\sigma_j) basis introduced above. They can generate orbital polarisation, spin exchange, interorbital singlet pairing, or more specialised multicomponent pairing penalties and couplings. This is precisely the class of interaction structure needed once internal degrees of freedom inside a unit cell become central to the later microscopic superconducting models.

Canonical interaction-vertex form and fermionic constraints

Vertex tensor form (most general quartic interaction)

In a general basis label (p=(\mathbf R,\alpha)) (or ((\mathbf k,\alpha)) in momentum space),

Fermion statistics and Hermiticity impose antisymmetry in the incoming legs,

antisymmetry in the outgoing legs,

and Hermiticity,

The bilinear-product container ( \sum g_{\mu\nu}:\widehat X_\mu\widehat X_\nu: ) is a structured way to parameterize such (V) while keeping symmetry constraints tractable.

Translation-invariant case: momentum conservation and lattice harmonics

Assume periodic boundaries and (\mathbb M=\mathbb 1). Translation invariance implies momentum conservation (up to a reciprocal lattice vector (\mathbf G)):

A common reduced parametrization uses transfer momentum (\mathbf q):

Finite-range interactions become trigonometric polynomials

If in real space you kept a finite displacement set (\mathcal D), then the (\mathbf q)-dependence is a finite harmonic expansion:

where each (V_{\boldsymbol\delta}) is a matrix in the internal/spin (and possibly Nambu-channel) indices.

This is the interaction analogue of the quadratic “Bloch polynomial” in (\mathbf k).

Generator-based symmetry constraints for quartic Hamiltonians

Symmetry action on fermion fields

Let a unitary spatial symmetry (g) act on the one-particle Hilbert space by

with (U_g(\mathbf k)) constructed exactly as in the quadratic chapter:

When Nambu space is absent, the factor (U_g^{(\text{Nambu})}) is omitted.

Time reversal (\mathsf T) (antiunitary) acts as

i.e. complex conjugation in coefficients plus the unitary matrix (U_{\mathsf T}) on internal/spin (and possibly Nambu) indices.

Constraint on the interaction vertex

In momentum space, invariance under a unitary symmetry (g) imposes

together with momentum conservation.

For time reversal (\mathsf T),

These are the direct interacting analogues of the quadratic constraints (U_g,\mathcal H(\mathbf k),U_g^\dagger=\mathcal H(g\mathbf k)) and (U_{\mathsf T},\mathcal H(\mathbf k)^*,U_{\mathsf T}^\dagger=\mathcal H(-\mathbf k)), but now acting on a rank-4 vertex.

Constraint in the bilinear-product container

If the interaction is written as

and the symmetry maps the basis by

then invariance is the matrix condition

For antiunitary symmetries, include complex conjugation of coefficients; with a Hermitian basis one typically works with real (g) after enforcing constraints.

In practice, one computes (R_g) by acting with (U_g) on the single-particle operators (X_\mu), and then enforces (g=R_g g R_g^T) as a system of linear constraints.

Basis expansions for interacting channels

Operator basis on internal, spin, and Nambu space

As in the quadratic chapter, one chooses Hermitian bases ({\tau_\ell}) for Nambu space when it is present, ({\lambda_i}) for the internal sector, and ({\sigma_j}) for spin.

Define channel matrices

Then local bilinears are

and finite-range interactions can be expanded as

Symmetry constraints act only on the index structure ((\ell,i,j)) and on the displacement classes (\boldsymbol\delta) (or their orbits under the point group), exactly mirroring the quadratic form-factor selection.

Mean-field bridge: recovering symmetry-allowed quadratic orders from quartic interactions

A quartic term written as a product of bilinears provides an immediate mean-field/Hubbard–Stratonovich entry point:

with an analogous construction for pairing-type decouplings when Nambu space is retained.

Two consequences follow. First, the allowed order parameters are precisely the symmetry-allowed bilinears: the generator constraints of the quadratic chapter determine which (\widehat O_\mu) may acquire expectation values without explicitly breaking the imposed symmetries. Second, the question of competition or coexistence among candidate orders is inherited from the symmetry-allowed invariants. Once a set of channels ({\widehat O_\mu}) has been selected, the Landau-type couplings among the associated mean fields are constrained by the same generator logic, with coefficients determined in principle by the microscopic couplings (g_{\mu\nu}).

Mean-field terms should therefore not be introduced independently, but obtained by decoupling a symmetry-allowed quartic Hamiltonian in symmetry-identified channels. This is the same logic that underlies standard superconducting mean-field theory, microscopic derivations of Ginzburg-Landau theory, and symmetry-based Landau expansions of unconventional order parameters. [23, 19, 24, 25]

Symmetry-first construction of quartic Hamiltonians

The construction proceeds in a natural sequence. One first fixes the lattice structure by specifying the lattice shape (\mathbf N), the boundary conditions, the mask (\mathbb M), and a finite displacement set (\mathcal D). One then chooses a bilinear operator basis of the form

with (\Gamma_\mu) drawn from (\tau\otimes\lambda\otimes\sigma), or from (\lambda\otimes\sigma) when Nambu space is absent. The quartic Hamiltonian is then written in the container

or, equivalently, in a displacement-resolved form with couplings (g^{(\boldsymbol\delta)}).

At that stage one imposes the intrinsic fermionic constraints, namely antisymmetry and Hermiticity, either directly on the vertex (V) or implicitly through the use of Hermitian bilinear bases and symmetric coupling matrices (g). The next step is to construct the generator representations (U_g(\mathbf k)) exactly as in the quadratic chapter, including the intra-cell phase conventions, and from these obtain the induced action (R_g) on the basis (X_\mu). Solving the resulting linear constraints, (g=R_g g R_g^T) together with the antiunitary variants, yields the most general symmetry-allowed coupling space.

If desired, this space may then be organised further by projection into irreducible representations of the point group or spin-rotation group, and may subsequently be reduced by controlled approximations such as mean-field decoupling, random-phase approximation, or functional-renormalization-group truncations.

General form of the quartic Hamiltonian

A symmetry-compatible quartic model can be written as

with generator constraints implemented as

and with translation invariance giving momentum conservation plus finite-harmonic (\mathbf q)-dependence when the interaction range is finite.

Thesis Role

Muon-spin-relaxation experiments report time-reversal-symmetry breaking in both noncentrosymmetric LaNiC(_2) and centrosymmetric LaNiGa(_2) [26, 27]. Thermodynamic probes also indicate multigap, largely nodeless superconductivity [28, 29]. Internally antisymmetric nonunitary triplet (INT) pairing was proposed to reconcile these facts by combining equal-spin triplet structure with an antisymmetric orbital label [27, 28, 30].

The chapter asks a narrower question than the phenomenology. If the INT gap is imposed, the algebraic and spectral signatures are straightforward. The nontrivial test is whether a controlled microscopic mean-field calculation selects that nonunitary branch over singlet, unitary triplet, mixed, or normal alternatives. The result is a benchmark, not an exclusion theorem: under the local Hubbard-Kanamori-like assumptions and survey-quality LaNiX(_2) Hamiltonians tested here, robust spontaneous nonunitary INT order is not obtained.

Normal State and Local Interaction

The minimal toy model uses two active orbitals (a,b) and spin. In the basis ((c_{a\uparrow},c_{a\downarrow},c_{b\uparrow},c_{b\downarrow})), the normal Hamiltonian is

For the retained two-dimensional figures,

Here (t) sets the hopping scale, (\mu) is the chemical potential, (s) is the orbital splitting, (v_0,v_1) are interorbital hybridisations, and the baseline spin-orbit term is longitudinal with respect to the chosen (\uparrow/\downarrow) quantization axis. Projection-repair scans additionally allow transverse texture terms such as (\lambda_x\tau_y\sigma_x).

The local interaction is the two-orbital Hubbard-Kanamori form [16],

with

Positive (U,U’,J_H,J_P) denote repulsive microscopic parameters. With the exchange operator ordered as above,

so the equal-spin interorbital triplet scale is

Hund exchange lowers the equal-spin interorbital triplet channel relative to interorbital singlet competitors. That is not the same as proving a superconducting instability: for ordinary repulsive parameters the INT channel may be the least repulsive descendant without being attractive unless the effective vertex is renormalized or supplied phenomenologically.

Linearized Channel Diagnostic

The inverse scalar pairing susceptibility is defined by the channel kernel

where (\chi_\alpha) is the normal-state pair susceptibility projected onto channel (\alpha), and (\mathbf U_\alpha) is the relevant component of the local interaction tensor. Equivalently, the plotted dimensionless eigenvalues are

for which (\lambda_\alpha=1) is the scalar linearized instability condition. For the retained diagnostic, the toy susceptibilities are held fixed at (T=0.05), while

INT Gap and Nonunitarity

The local INT gap is even in momentum and spin triplet, so the antisymmetry required by Fermi statistics resides in the orbital labels. In the internal basis ((a\uparrow,a\downarrow,b\uparrow,b\downarrow)),

Equivalently,

The minus signs in the matrix are the entries of the antisymmetric orbital tensor (i\tau_y). The state is nonunitary when

in the paired subspace, equivalently (i\mathbf d\times\mathbf d^*\ne0) [25]. Unequal equal-spin amplitudes, (|\Delta_{\uparrow\uparrow}|\ne|\Delta_{\downarrow\downarrow}|), split the nonzero eigenvalues of (\Delta\Delta^\dagger). This algebraic split is the diagnostic used below.

The spin-resolved density of states is computed from the electron block of the retarded BdG Green function,

where (\Pi_s) projects onto spin (s=\uparrow,\downarrow), and (\eta) is the Lorentzian broadening. Before the impurity/Dyson step this is the spectral sum

Fermi-Subspace Projection

Channel selection is not enough. The weak-pairing gap is the local INT matrix projected into the Fermi subspace,

A large local gap is ineffective if it maps a Fermi-level state mainly to a partner outside the retained low-energy subspace. This obstruction is clear in the representative Hamiltonian

Here (\xi(\mathbf k)) is a scalar dispersion, (\tau_y) is the orbital-antisymmetric hybridization/SOC structure, and the (\lambda_x\sigma_x,\lambda_z\sigma_z) terms are spin-orbital texture components. In this convention, (\lambda_z\sigma_z) is longitudinal with respect to the equal-spin quantization axis, while (\lambda_x\sigma_x) is transverse. This terminology is basis dependent.

The helicity projectors are

Using the equal-spin convention

the (\Delta_x) used in the projection rule denotes

For the simplified Hamiltonian above, the nonzero singular values of (P_\nu\Delta_{\rm INT}P_\nu^T) scale as

A purely longitudinal texture therefore leaves the same-helicity INT projection zero in this limit. A transverse spin-orbital component repairs the weak-pairing projection by rotating the normal-state eigenvectors so that the INT-paired partner stays in the low-energy subspace.

The plotted projection diagnostics are evaluated on

with

Self-Consistency and Free Energy

The BdG Hamiltonian used in the self-consistent tests is

For a local antisymmetrized interaction tensor (\mathbf U),

with (\ell) combining orbital and spin. The normal density and anomalous Gor’kov contraction are

The mean-field decoupling is

with self-consistency fields

An anomalous-only update keeps only (\Delta[\chi]). A density-density Hartree update keeps the diagonal direct pieces of (\phi[\rho]). The compact unrestricted Kanamori feedback keeps local Hartree/Fock normal contractions together with the anomalous update. The compact tests are reduced-basis benchmarks; the first full-basis material scans remain quick anomalous-first calculations, not production full-Wannier unrestricted Hartree-Fock-Gor’kov minimizations.

The ranked thermodynamic quantity is

where the constants remove the particle-particle and particle-hole double counting introduced by the decoupling. At finite temperature,

up to the common normal-state reference used in branch comparisons.

Stoner and Kanamori Feedback

The calculations separate scalar pairing attraction from nonunitary imbalance selection. A scalar attractive INT vertex controls the total triplet amplitude. It does not automatically favor (|\Delta_{\uparrow\uparrow}|\ne|\Delta_{\downarrow\downarrow}|). A minimal phenomenological route to stabilize nonunitarity would be a normal spin-polarization feedback term, for example

Both (\mathbf M) and (i\mathbf d\times\mathbf d^*) are odd under time reversal, so this coupling does not impose an external magnetic field. Minimizing over (\mathbf M) gives

leaving the two time-reversed domains to be chosen spontaneously. The present material calculations do not include such a tuned channel unless it is generated by the Kanamori feedback being tested.

The Stoner comparison is an implementation benchmark, not an additional material claim. It follows the density-channel functional used in Whittlesea’s thesis [31],

The ordinary density Stoner benchmark magnetizes with the expected sign convention, while the particular INT condensate-coupled loop still relaxes to zero for the tested toy parameters.

Material-Derived LaNiX2 Survey

The material-derived survey applies the same diagnostics to spin-orbit-coupled LaNiC(_2) and LaNiGa(_2) Wannier Hamiltonians. The workflow is Quantum ESPRESSO SCF, Quantum ESPRESSO NSCF on the Wannier mesh, pw2wannier90, Wannier90, import of wannier90_hr.dat, a shift to the QE Fermi reference, and then reduced- and full-basis INT diagnostics. The spin-orbit runs use noncollinear QE inputs with noncolin=.true. and lspinorb=.true.; the retained input files use ecutwfc=80, ecutrho=640, Marzari-Vanderbilt smearing, and degauss=0.02.

InputSCF/NSCF mesh(N_b/N_W)final spread
LaNiC(_2) SOC(8^2\times6 / 6^2\times4)(320/88)(206.16,{\rm A}^2)
LaNiGa(_2) SOC(6^2\times4 / 6^2\times4)(360/176)(929.75,{\rm A}^2)
LaNiC(_2) SOC dense(10^2\times8 / 8^2\times6)(320/88)(285.54,{\rm A}^2)

The active dense LaNiGa(_2) SOC Hamiltonian came from Icarus job 9011002. A later staged full-path smoke check, Icarus job 9011065, completed and generated the overlay below. It gives a near-(E_F) RMSE of (0.475,{\rm eV}) and the QE run reported two unconverged eigenvalues at one k point. This is provenance for a survey Hamiltonian, not production-quality validation.

Material(R)(P_{\rm INT})best seed(\Omega_{\rm MF}-\Omega_N)(q)
LaNiC(_2) SOC2450.735unitary INT(4.68\times10^{-6})(1.16\times10^{-6})
LaNiGa(_2) SOC2450.031unitary INT(1.37\times10^{-5})(2.14\times10^{-6})

Here (R) is the number of retained Wannier real-space translation blocks, (P_{\rm INT}) is the median retained INT Fermi-subspace projection, and (q) is the scalar-identity deviation of (\Delta\Delta^\dagger). Values (q\sim10^{-6}) are numerical-noise scale in these scans.

The full-basis quick scan removes the four-state truncation but remains anomalous-first. Both active materials select onsite singlet rather than INT in this first scan, remain above the normal reference in the quick free-energy estimate, and have best nonunitarity at numerical-noise scale.

Materialactive dimension (N)best seed(\Omega_{\rm MF}-\Omega_N)(q)
LaNiC(_2) SOC88onsite singlet(5.76\times10^{-5})(9.45\times10^{-7})
LaNiGa(_2) SOC176onsite singlet(5.54\times10^{-6})(8.99\times10^{-8})

Parameter and Provenance Summary

The code reserves (\mathbf U) for the bare local Kanamori interaction tensor. In self-consistency scans, the bare tensor (\mathbf U=(U,U’,J_H,J_P)) is distinct from the attractive vertex used in a normalized anomalous channel. Legacy figure parameters still quote the positive effective channel magnitude as (g_{\rm pair}); in this chapter it should be read as (|U^{\rm eff}{\rm INT}|), not as the bare repulsive (V{\rm INT}=U’-J_H).

The retained two-orbital toy normal state uses (t=1), (\mu=-2.7), (s=0.1), (v_0=0.15), (v_1=0), and baseline longitudinal spin-orbit coupling (\lambda_z=0.1). The displayed repaired toy example turns on (\lambda_x=0.6). The toy HFG convergence uses (|U^{\rm eff}{\rm INT}|=2.8), (U=3.0), (J_H=0.6), temperature (T=0.03), a (3\times3) mesh, mixing (\gamma=0.35), and 8 iterations. The reduced material figures use (|U^{\rm eff}{\rm INT}|=1.6), a (3.0,{\rm eV}) Fermi window, a (5\times5) projection grid, and a (2\times2) HFB mesh for 5 iterations. The feedback comparison uses (U=3.0), (J_H=0.6), a (3\times3) HFB mesh, (\gamma=0.3), and tolerance (10^{-7}). The first full-basis scan uses (|U^{\rm eff}_{\rm INT}|=1.2), a (1\times1) HFB mesh, (\gamma=0.35), and tolerance (10^{-6}).

For material-derived calculations, the normal-state hoppings are read from Wannier90 real-space Hamiltonian files. All material Hamiltonians are shifted so that the chosen QE Fermi reference is zero; the quick scans therefore use (\mu=0) after this shift and do not impose an additional fixed-filling constraint.

The retained figures are generated from the QuLab INT module, qulab.research.int. The main regeneration command in the publication source is:

1python -m qulab.research.int.scripts.generate_figures

Adding --include-retained-scans regenerates the older scan inventory. The material inputs live under the QuLab lanix2_wannier data directory. The active survey Hamiltonians are the LaNiC(_2) Zhang-2018 SOC and LaNiGa(_2) full SOC wannier90_hr.dat files, with QE/Wannier provenance in the colocated manifest.json, scf.in, nscf.in, wannier90.template.json, and wannier90.wout files. The curated PRB manuscript archive for this thesis chapter is stored in publication/; the canonical paper source remains ~/Workspaces/henry/publications/int-self-consistency-prb at commit 1ca438f.

Limitations

The material Hamiltonians are survey Wannier models with large spreads, not production-quality interpolations. This is especially important for LaNiGa(_2): the staged overlay is a smoke check, not a validated full-path interpolation near (E_F). The full interaction feedback is also incomplete at production scale. The compact tests include unrestricted Kanamori feedback, but the full-basis scans are quick anomalous-first calculations rather than production full-Wannier unrestricted Hartree-Fock-Gor’kov minimizations.

The completed evidence is a local-channel diagnostic, imposed BdG algebraic and spectral diagnostics, toy and compact HFG feedback tests, Stoner sign-convention benchmarking, and quick reduced/full-basis material surveys. What remains missing for a strong material claim is a production-quality SOC Wannier basis, a clean full-path DFT/Wannier overlay near (E_F), explicit filling or chemical-potential control beyond the QE Fermi shift, a full-basis unrestricted HFG feedback calculation, and robustness against interaction, seed, mesh, and Wannier-window choices.

Conclusion

INT pairing remains a coherent constrained channel and a useful diagnostic ansatz. It naturally connects Hund-favored interorbital triplet pairing, even-parity orbital antisymmetry, split (\Delta\Delta^\dagger), spin-resolved spectra, and condensate spin-polarization diagnostics. The self-consistency tests are the restrictive step. Scalar INT attraction does not by itself select a nonunitary imbalance, and the current material-derived LaNiC(_2)/LaNiGa(_2) survey Hamiltonians relax to unitary or onsite-singlet-like branches with nonunitarity at numerical-noise scale.

The defensible conclusion is therefore negative at survey level: the present local Hubbard-Kanamori-like calculations validate the INT ansatz as a channel and observable diagnostic, but they do not derive it as a robust self-consistent material ground state.

Having met the Meissner Effect in our previous chapter, that is, the total expulsion of magnetic fields inside superconductors, it may surprise the reader to discover there is an entire class of unconventional superconductors exhibiting intrinsic magnetic fields, spectacularly contradicting the Meissner Effect. Magnetism in materials have diverse microscopic origins, and time-reversal symmetry breaking (TRSB) superconductors are no exception, with different classes of them requiring different theories. These theories have a sense of momentum, which is a logical route to TRSB, because one need only have a system in which the electrons (or electron pairs, rather) circulate in one way, rather than the other, a classical picture of motion. This thesis is built around a more intrinsically quantum mechanical notation of time-reversal symmetry breaking, based on the orientation of the complex phase of the macroscopic superconducting state, called a Loop Supercurrent [22]; we also explore another route to TRSB through a multiorbital spin-triplet theory, which is known to exist in other materials.

Mathematically, time reversal is denoted by and is understood to be antiunitary, which means it is not a linear operator (one cannot achieve time-reversal (TR) in a continuous manner, it is intrinsically discontinuous). When a system is mathematically symmetric in time, we refer to it as time-reversal symmetric (TRS), and when such a system’s solutions break the TRS, we refer to such states as TRSB.

The standard textbook route to TRSB in a superconductor is a chiral momentum-space state such as or , usually described as a two-component order parameter selected from a two-dimensional irreducible representation. That route will be retained here because it is the canonical reference case. It is not, however, the primary organising principle of this thesis.

A central claim of the thesis is that TRSB need not be understood primarily through momentum-space chiral pairing states such as . Instead, TRSB can arise through internal winding of a multicomponent superconducting order parameter, with the broken-symmetry state selected by microscopic free-energy minimisation. The loop-supercurrent framework of Ghosh, Annett, and Quintanilla provides the main theoretical starting point for this alternative route. [22, 32]

This distinction is forced by the material motivation. LaNiC and LaNiGa both show TRSB signatures, yet the usual 2D-irrep route is not naturally available in their orthorhombic setting. The relevant multicomponent structure must therefore be internal, arising from spin, orbitals, bands, or symmetry-related sites within a unit cell. The chapter is organised around that problem.

The discussion proceeds from symmetry criteria to free-energy mechanisms. Conventional chiral states are introduced first as a contrast class. The emphasis then shifts to multicomponent GL theory, frustration, internal phase winding, and unit-cell loop supercurrents, with LaNiC and LaNiGa providing the main materials motivation throughout.

LaNiC and LaNiGa as the motivating material pair

Two materials recur throughout this thesis because they provide a natural paired case in the TRSB literature. TRSB has been reported in both LaNiC and LaNiGa, but LaNiC is noncentrosymmetric whereas LaNiGa is centrosymmetric. This makes it difficult to explain both materials using only the standard noncentrosymmetric parity-mixing narrative without introducing additional internal structure. [36, 27, 37, 32]

In both materials the principal experimental signature is the same: in zero applied field, ZF-SR detects an additional relaxation or field distribution that appears at, or just below, , consistent with spontaneous internal fields generated by the superconducting state. [26, 27, 32]

At the same time, thermodynamic probes often look comparatively conventional. In LaNiGa, several analyses favour a fully gapped, two-gap-like superconducting state. In LaNiC, the extent of gap anisotropy or nodal structure remains more sample- and probe-dependent, and recent work argues for two-gap TRSB superconductivity in the same material family. [28, 29, 32]

That LaNiGa line of argument is especially useful here because it makes the tension explicit: TRSB points toward a nonunitary triplet interpretation, while thermodynamic data look fully gapped rather than nodal. The 2016 preprint version of the two-gap LaNiGa analysis, together with Quintanilla’s short research blog note, is a concise entry point to that puzzle and to the proposed same-spin, different-orbital pairing resolution. [28, 38]

More recently, normal-state NMR, NQR, magnetization, XPS, and DFT measurements on LaNiGa have argued against strong magnetic fluctuations or strong Stoner enhancement in the normal state. That does not by itself determine the superconducting order, but it does sharpen the motivation for mechanisms in which TRSB is selected by internal multicomponent structure rather than by a strongly correlated magnetic normal state. [39]

The LaNiC/LaNiGa pair is also not isolated. Recent SR and thermodynamic work on the noncentrosymmetric 111 family LaNiSi, LaPtSi, and LaPtGe reports the same broad combination of ingredients: a fully gapped superconducting state together with spontaneous TRSB at . In that case the normal state is argued to be a Weyl nodal-line semimetal, so the onset of TRSB superconductivity is expected to drive a topological transition as well. That broadens the significance of the present thesis: internal multicomponent TRSB is not only a puzzle for two orthorhombic intermetallics, but part of a wider material landscape where unconventional superconductivity coexists with nontrivial normal-state band topology. [40]

The crystallographic contrast between the pair is already informative. LaNiC crystallises in the orthorhombic noncentrosymmetric Amm2 setting, whereas LaNiGa crystallises in the orthorhombic centrosymmetric Cmmm setting with three inequivalent Ga sites. The structural figures below are included for one reason only: to make that internal contrast visible before the later electronic-structure discussion. [41, 42, 43]

LaNiC2 overview

LaNiC2 overview

LaNiC2 local motif

LaNiC2 local motif

Native QTT views of the reported LaNiC crystal structure. The overview emphasises the noncentrosymmetric La-Ni-C chain network, while the local view highlights the short C motif together with its neighbouring Ni and La environment. The thesis-facing point is simply that a reduced Ni/C internal description is structurally plausible for later effective descendants. [41, 44]

LaNiGa2 overview

LaNiGa2 overview

LaNiGa2 local coordination

LaNiGa2 local coordination

Native QTT views of the reported LaNiGa crystal structure. The overview and local motif make clear that the low-energy problem is multiorbital and internally structured even before superconductivity is introduced. But unlike LaNiC, the thesis does not treat local coordination as the decisive materials input here; the later normal-state symmetry and Wannier discussion must carry that burden. [45, 43]

The structural point of these figures is therefore modest. Local coordination pictures can make the unit cell legible, but they do not determine the superconducting mechanism. For LaNiC they suggest that an internal Ni/C reduction may be meaningful; for LaNiGa they mainly warn that the problem is too multiorbital and symmetry-constrained to be read off from a neighbour graph. The physics burden therefore passes quickly from structure to electronic structure: projected bands, spin-orbit splitting, Wannier reduction, and the symmetry of the low-energy manifold. [46, 44, 47]

First-principles superconductivity literature

It is also useful to separate the existing microscopic literature on this material pair into three layers. First, there are conventional first-principles electronic-structure and electron-phonon studies, such as the Subedi-Singh calculation for LaNiC, Zhang et al.’s DFT and de Haas–van Alphen simulation paper for LaNiC, Singh’s fermiology study of LaNiGa, and the later DFPT analysis of LaNiGa by Tütüncü and Srivastava. Second, there are DFT-informed superconductivity papers that solve a semiphenomenological BdG- or KKR-based model on top of the ab initio electronic structure. Third, there are the later symmetry- and topology-focused papers, especially for LaNiGa, which establish the nonsymmorphic Dirac-line / Dirac-loop normal-state setting that any serious low-energy theory must preserve. [48, 49, 50, 51, 30, 47]

Within the literature surveyed for this thesis, no standard parameter-free superconducting density-functional calculation in the Oliveira-Gross-Kohn sense was identified for either LaNiC or LaNiGa. The nearest published microscopic results instead sit on the DFT-informed BdG side. That distinction matters for the later modelling chapters, because it means the existing literature already points toward a materials-faithful multiorbital BdG programme, but not yet to a settled ab initio SCDFT explanation of the pairing interaction.

For LaNiC, the clearest example is the 2018 paper by Csire, Újfalussy, and Annett, who describe a first-principles-based semiphenomenological Dirac-BdG treatment of nonunitary triplet pairing. Their central thermodynamic comparison is reproduced below. The thesis-facing point is not merely that a nonunitary triplet state can be written down, but that the nodal candidate is disfavoured while fully gapped interorbital equal-spin states remain viable. In their fit, the pairing strengths are fixed by requiring the self-consistent calculation to reproduce the experimental , so the paper remains DFT-informed BdG rather than parameter-free SCDFT. [52]

For LaNiGa, the closest existing quantitative superconductivity paper is the 2020 work of Ghosh, Annett, Gradhand, and Quintanilla. It starts from ab initio electronic structure and magnetic information, then introduces a phenomenological interorbital equal-spin pairing interaction on the Ni sector. The paper again uses a single adjustable interaction, fixed by the experimental , and the supplementary material explicitly formulates the technical implementation in KKR / Kohn-Sham-Dirac-BdG language. The figure reproduced below is therefore especially useful for this thesis: it ties together three quantities that any later microscopic model should try to reproduce simultaneously, namely the specific heat, the spontaneous internal moment below , and the two-gap spin-resolved quasiparticle density of states. [30, 53]

Taken together, these papers set the immediate target for the later modelling chapters. They do not yet provide a standard SCDFT account of superconductivity in LaNiC or LaNiGa, but they do show that DFT-informed multiorbital BdG theory can already reach experimentally meaningful observables. The next step for the present thesis is therefore not to start from a neighbour graph or a hand-drawn bond model, but to build symmetry-faithful low-energy models that can test whether the observed TRSB is better understood through nonunitary interorbital pairing, internally winding orbital order, or a combination of both. For LaNiGa, that programme must in particular remain compatible with the later nonsymmorphic normal-state literature, where the low-energy Dirac-line / Dirac-loop structure constrains the admissible superconducting models from the outset. [47, 39]

These materials therefore motivate two broad microscopic routes:

  • spin TRSB, usually in the form of nonunitary triplet or equal-spin pairing;
  • orbital TRSB, in the form of internal phase winding and loop supercurrents inside a unit cell.

The thesis focus is the second route. The reason is not that the first route is excluded, but that LaNiC and LaNiGa demand a framework in which TRSB can emerge from internal multicomponent structure even when the familiar chiral-momentum-space explanation is not naturally enforced.

That is the narrative handoff to the later materials chapter. The background task is to explain why LaNiC and LaNiGa force the problem beyond the standard two-dimensional-irrep story. The materials task is then narrower and harder: determine what symmetry-faithful low-energy basis and what candidate pairing structures remain viable once the actual normal-state electronic structure is respected.

MaterialInversionSymmetry setting (typ.)Main TRSB evidenceGap phenomenologyThesis-facing significance
LaNiCabsentorthorhombic, noncentrosymmetricZF-SR onset of spontaneous internal fields at or near broadly conventional thermodynamics; nodal or anisotropic structure debatedmotivates TRSB without a natural 2D-irrep explanation
LaNiGapresentorthorhombic, centrosymmetricZF-SR onset of spontaneous internal fields at or near often described as fully gapped with two-gap phenomenologyshows that the mechanism cannot be reduced to noncentrosymmetric parity mixing

Mechanism map

Terminology. “Two-component TRSB” here means a (nearly) degenerate two-component order parameter (often a 2D irrep) whose relative phase is complex, e.g. . [25] This is not the same as “multiorbital spin-triplet”, where internal orbital/band structure supplies the relevant multicomponent degree of freedom even if the crystal irrep is 1D. [32] “Nonunitary triplet” is a distinct TRSB route: can occur already for 1D irreps, with TRSB residing in internal spin structure rather than a chiral basis function. [27, 37] “Two-gap superconductivity” is spectral phenomenology: it means two distinct gap scales are inferred from low-energy quasiparticles (often associated with different Fermi-surface sheets) and does not, by itself, specify singlet vs triplet, unitary vs nonunitary, or orbital-diagonal vs interorbital pairing. In LaNiGa a prominent proposal is precisely that an interorbital equal-spin, nonunitary triplet state produces a fully gapped two-gap spectrum [28], but the reverse implication is not generally valid: two-gap behaviour can also occur in multiband singlet superconductors, including TRSB multiband singlet states such as [54]. A multiband example where the broken-symmetry state is often described as rather than a symmetry-protected 2D-irrep chiral state is BaKFeAs. [54] This is why LaNiC/LaNiGa are not clean textbook 2D-irrep chiral examples: the likely multicomponent structure is internal (spin/orbitals/bands) within an orthorhombic setting. [32, 28]

The mechanism classes used in this thesis are summarised in Table 2.1. Standard chiral momentum-space states are included mainly as a reference class against which the internally winding mechanisms of interest are contrasted.

Mechanism classSource of multicomponent structureTRSB variableTypical field phenomenologyRole in this thesis
Chiral state from 2D irrepcrystal symmetry, two-dimensional irreprelative phase , e.g. often edge-, defect-, or domain-wall-dominatedstandard reference case, not the main mechanism here
Nonunitary tripletinternal spin structure, often with SOClocal and strongly screened spontaneous fieldsmajor alternative mechanism for LaNiC/LaNiGa
Unit-cell loop supercurrentsinequivalent sites or orbitals within a unit cellinternal phase winding and loop chiralityintra-cell currents; fields concentrated near disorder and domainscentral microscopic mechanism of the thesis
Complex mixing of two 1D channelsnear-degenerate pairing channelsrelative phase between two scalar order parametersweak bulk fields with strong domain dependenceuseful bridge beyond the 2D-irrep route
Multiband or multi-orbital frustrationthree or more coupled internal phases phase structuredefect- and domain-wall-dominated fieldsgeneric precursor to internally winding TRSB states

Symmetry classification and the gauge-aware criterion for TRSB

Order parameters as representations of crystal symmetry

A superconducting order parameter is not merely a scalar gap amplitude. In a weak-coupling description the gap matrix transforms under the symmetry group of the normal state, and the allowed superconducting states are classified by irreducible representations of the crystal point group. In GL language, the order-parameter components are coordinates in the irrep space. Standard symmetry-based treatments are given in [25].

For a one-dimensional irrep, the primary order parameter is usually a single complex scalar. For a multidimensional irrep, several complex components condense and relative phases become physical low-energy degrees of freedom. This is the usual symmetry route to TRSB at the superconducting transition.

That route is important as a reference point, but it is not sufficient for the present thesis. In LaNiC and LaNiGa, the relevant orthorhombic point groups do not provide the natural two-dimensional irrep structure that would make the standard chiral explanation automatic. The multicomponent degree of freedom must instead be internal.

Time reversal and the gauge-aware criterion for TRSB

Time reversal is antiunitary. It complex-conjugates amplitudes and reverses momenta and spins. A superconducting state preserves TRS only if the order parameter is invariant under up to global gauge redundancy and, when relevant, up to basis changes inside a degenerate internal subspace.

This is the key point used repeatedly later: every superconductor is described by a complex order parameter, but TRSB does not mean merely that the order parameter is complex. It means that the complex structure cannot be removed by gauge choice.

At the many-body or mean-field level, a superconducting state preserves TRS if there exists a global phase such that

TRSB means that no such exists.

At the level of the pairing kernel, for spin- electrons with unitary spin part ,

must hold for some global phase . Failure of this condition is a practical TRSB criterion.

At the Bogoliubov–de Gennes (BdG) level, TRS means the existence of an antiunitary operator such that

Experimentally, TRSB is inferred through observables odd under , such as spontaneous internal fields, Kerr rotation, or anomalous interference.

A practical consequence is that spontaneous TRSB produces a discrete degeneracy: if is a TRSB state, then is distinct and degenerate in zero field. Domain formation is therefore generic, and weak-field probes are often dominated by domain walls, disorder, or boundaries rather than by a uniform bulk moment.

Ginzburg—Landau routes to TRSB

For a multicomponent order parameter , the GL free energy has the schematic form

where the terms encode the allowed symmetry couplings between components. Minimisation determines whether the ordered state preserves or breaks TRS.

Standard reference case: two-component irrep order

For a two-component order parameter transforming as a two-dimensional irrep, a standard quartic free-energy density is

with . [25, 32]

Write

and define the relative phase

If , the minimum is typically realised by a real configuration and TRS is preserved. If , minimisation favours

which is realised by

These states break TRS because time reversal maps to and the two are not gauge-equivalent.

This is the standard textbook route to chiral momentum-space states such as or . It is included here as the reference case, but it is not the primary organising principle for the material systems studied in this thesis.

Complex mixing of two one-dimensional channels

TRSB does not require a multidimensional crystal irrep. It can also arise when two distinct one-dimensional pairing channels are nearly degenerate. Let and be complex scalar order parameters associated with two one-dimensional irreducible representations. The quartic coupling

locks the relative phase through .

If , the minimum occurs at or and the coexistence state preserves TRS. If , the minimum occurs at

so the coexistence state takes the form and breaks TRS.

This mechanism is already closer to the thesis viewpoint, because the decisive issue is not momentum-space chirality by itself but free-energy selection among multiple internal order-parameter components.

From multicomponent GL theory to internal phase winding

Later chapters work with explicit mean-field and BdG Hamiltonians. The phase-locking terms that appear in GL theory arise microscopically by introducing multiple pairing fields, integrating out the fermions, and expanding the resulting effective action in powers of those fields:

When amplitudes are relatively stiff, the long-wavelength reduction is a phase theory,

with generated by intercomponent pair scattering.

This phase-only form is the natural bridge to internally winding TRSB states. The relevant components need not correspond to distinct Fermi pockets. They can be orbitals or inequivalent sites inside one unit cell. Once that happens, phase frustration becomes an internal free-energy problem rather than a momentum-space chirality problem.

Frustrated internal phases as a route to TRSB

TRSB frequently appears as the resolution of phase frustration. Several couplings try to lock relative phases to incompatible values, and the system lowers its free energy by choosing intermediate phase differences that are neither nor . The resulting complex structure is physical and cannot be removed by a global gauge transformation.

This mechanism is important for two reasons. First, it gives a general route to TRSB in multiband and multi-orbital superconductors without requiring a chiral spatial basis function. Second, it maps directly onto loop-supercurrent constructions in which the relevant phases live within a single unit cell.

Multiband and multi-orbital phase locking

In a minimal description one introduces

and writes

For there is no frustration: the single preferred phase difference can always be satisfied. For , competing signs and magnitudes of the couplings can produce incompatible constraints.

The canonical frustrated pattern is

together with its time-reversed partner

The order-parameter manifold then has a structure: the usual overall superconducting phase and a discrete chirality selecting one of two time-reversed minima.

Internal components within a unit cell

The components need not label different bands. In a Wannier or orbital basis they can label inequivalent internal degrees of freedom within one unit cell. Pair-hopping terms again reduce to phase-locking terms between the corresponding phases.

If the internal coupling graph contains loops, the minimal case being a triangle, frustrated couplings can stabilise circulating bond supercurrents,

Two opposite circulation patterns are then related by time reversal and define a loop chirality. This is the microscopic content of the internal-winding mechanism used later in the thesis.

Domains and weak spontaneous fields

A frustration-driven TRSB state forms domains in zero field because the two time-reversed minima are degenerate. Domain walls support spatial variation of the relative phases and can carry supercurrents and local magnetic fields even when the uniform bulk magnetisation is negligible.

This is why TRSB signatures are often experimentally subtle. The symmetry breaking is robust, but the observable fields may be concentrated near defects, disorder, or domain boundaries and further reduced by Meissner screening. [55, 56]

Experimental probes and their interpretive limits

TRSB is inferred through responses that are odd under time reversal. No single experiment measures the order parameter directly.

Zero-field SR

ZF-SR detects changes in the local magnetic-field distribution below through enhanced muon-spin depolarisation or relaxation. It is highly sensitive to small internal fields and is therefore central to the LaNiC/LaNiGa discussion. Its interpretation nevertheless requires care: SR detects local fields, not order-parameter phase directly, and the measured signal can be dominated by domain structure or inhomogeneous field localisation. [57, 58, 32]

Muon spin rotation detector array.
Representative schematic of the μSR probe. Implanted spin-polarised muons precess in the local internal magnetic field distribution and decay anisotropically, allowing spontaneous fields appearing below Tc to be inferred even when they are weak, spatially inhomogeneous, and strongly affected by domains or screening.
ZF-muon-spin-rotation measurement schematic.
ZF-μSR measurement schematic. Blue detector rings denote the forward and backward positron detectors, the ochre block is the sample, yellow circles mark implanted muons, and green circles mark decay positrons. Implanted muons precess in the local internal-field distribution and decay anisotropically into positrons, whose angular asymmetry is recorded by the detectors. In TRSB superconductors, spontaneous fields appearing below Tc broaden that field distribution and generate an additional relaxation channel even when the underlying fields are weak and spatially nonuniform.

Kerr, Josephson, and local magnetic probes

Polar Kerr rotation probes TRS-breaking optical response and therefore complements SR. Phase-sensitive Josephson interferometry probes superconducting phase structure more directly. Scanning SQUID or Hall imaging constrains whether spontaneous fields are edge-like, defect-bound, or associated with domain walls. These distinctions matter because internally winding and loop-current states are naturally expected to produce highly nonuniform local fields. [59, 60, 61, 62]

LaNiC and LaNiGa: TRSB beyond the 2D-irrep route

The key symmetry constraint is simple. In many canonical TRSB superconductors, including the usual chiral reference cases, TRSB at the primary transition is naturally explained by a multidimensional irrep: two order-parameter components condense together and a relative phase such as is selected. In LaNiC and LaNiGa, the relevant orthorhombic point groups have only one-dimensional irreducible representations, so the simplest chiral-irrep mechanism is not naturally available.

The two materials nevertheless differ in a way that matters for the later SOC discussion. LaNiC is noncentrosymmetric with point group (C_{2v}) (mm2), so antisymmetric spin-orbit coupling and parity mixing are symmetry-allowed ingredients of a material Hamiltonian. LaNiGa is centrosymmetric with point group (D_{2h}) (mmm), so it does not reduce to the same antisymmetric-SOC story even though it shares the orthorhombic one-dimensional-irrep constraint. This is why the thesis treats spin-orbit texture as a material-specific projection problem rather than as a generic SOC/no-SOC switch.

This is why these materials are central here. They force the multicomponent structure to be internal rather than inherited directly from crystal representation theory. Historical reference systems such as SrRuO or UPt remain useful contrasts, but they are not the organising centre of the present thesis. [63, 59, 64, 60]

Coupled-magnetisation mechanism for TRSB in LaNiC/LaNiGa

A GL mechanism emphasised in this material family is that a superconducting instability in a triplet channel can couple linearly to a subdominant magnetisation and thereby lower the free energy of a nonunitary TRSB state. [27, 30, 32]

Within the LaNiGa discussion, the crucial microscopic claim is not merely that the state is triplet, but that pairing can occur between electrons of the same spin on different orbitals. That preserves overall fermionic antisymmetry while allowing an even-parity, fully gapped, two-gap superconducting state that still breaks time-reversal symmetry. This was the central interpretation advanced in the 2016 LaNiGa penetration-depth / heat-capacity / upper-critical-field analysis and highlighted in the accompanying commentary. [28, 38]

A useful earlier notebook calculation makes the practical ambiguity of this proposal concrete. In a two-orbital impurity model, the spin-resolved local spectrum distinguishes the multiorbital-singlet and nonunitary-triplet cases rather clearly at low broadening, but the total local DOS becomes much harder to tell apart once the phenomenological broadening is increased to the scale of the orbital splitting. That is precisely why the earlier notebook work treated QPI and other structured probes as more discriminating than a broadened tunnelling spectrum by itself.

Author calculation from the earlier two-orbital impurity-model notebook. Left: the low-broadening case (\epsilon=0.0125) resolves the spin/orbital structure cleanly. Right: at (\epsilon=0.1) the same spin-resolved spectra are visibly smeared, although the nonunitary-triplet branch still retains an internal asymmetry between the spin channels. The model uses (43\times 43) sites, an impurity at the origin with (V/t=1.21), and the original parameter sets used in the earlier notebook comparison.

The newer normal-state study is useful here as a counterweight. If LaNiGa lacks strong precursor magnetic fluctuations in the normal state, then any successful TRSB mechanism has to work without leaning too heavily on the usual strongly correlated narrative. That makes internally structured order parameters, multiorbital pairing, and unit-cell-scale phase structure even more relevant to the thesis viewpoint. [39]

The 111-family result is useful for a different reason. There the argument is not built around LaNiGa-style same-spin different-orbital pairing, but around a minimal spin-triplet description of superconductivity emerging from a Weyl nodal-line normal state. That provides a second route by which TRSB, full gaps, and nontrivial normal-state topology can coexist, and it is therefore an important wider backdrop for the thesis emphasis on internal superconducting structure beyond the simplest chiral-irrep story. [40]

Nonunitary triplet order

For a spin-triplet superconductor the order parameter may be encoded by a complex vector. In a reduced GL description one may use a complex vector order parameter . A standard TRSB diagnostic is the nonunitarity vector

If , the state is unitary. If , the state is nonunitary and breaks TRS.

Importantly, can be nonzero even when the crystal irrep is one-dimensional. The TRSB then resides in the internal spin structure of the condensate rather than in a chiral momentum-space basis function.

GL free energy with magnetisation coupling

Introduce a subdominant magnetisation and write

with .

If is subdominant, minimisation at quadratic order gives

Substituting back yields

The negative sign is the key result. Any configuration with nonzero is favoured by this coupling. A nonunitary TRSB state can therefore be stabilised already at even though the crystal point group has only one-dimensional irreducible representations. [27, 37, 28, 30]

For illustration, take

Then

so the state is nonunitary, TRSB, and induces .

Loop supercurrents and internally winding states

The loop-supercurrent framework is the culmination of the present chapter. Its central claim is that TRSB can be selected by free-energy minimisation in an internal Josephson network formed by superconducting phases attached to inequivalent sites or orbitals within one unit cell. The broken symmetry is then carried by internal phase winding rather than by a conventional momentum-space chiral basis function.

This is the route that most directly matches the thesis. It naturally produces small, local spontaneous fields, it accommodates orthorhombic materials in which a 2D-irrep explanation is not available, and it makes the relevant degree of freedom a loop chirality rather than a macroscopic edge-current pattern. [22, 32]

Internal Josephson networks and loop chirality

Suppose several superconducting components associated with inequivalent internal degrees of freedom are coupled in a frustrated way. The unit cell then acts as an internal Josephson network. If the coupling graph contains loops and the preferred phase differences are incompatible, the minimum is a compromise phase pattern with circulating bond supercurrents.

The two opposite circulation patterns are related by time reversal and form a pair. TRSB is therefore tied to a discrete choice of loop chirality. This is the internally winding alternative to standard chiral momentum-space pairing.

Gauge-invariant loop variables

On a lattice or network the gauge-invariant phase difference on a bond is

The corresponding bond current is proportional to . Summing link phases around a closed path gives a loop holonomy. In the present setting that holonomy is not a formal gauge-theory detour; it is the natural collective coordinate for internally frustrated superconducting phases on a fixed microscopic network.

GL reduction in the loop-chirality subspace

The effective two-component order parameter relevant for loop supercurrents is not a two-component crystal-irrep order parameter. It arises instead from a doubly degenerate superconducting instability at quadratic order in a subspace spanned by two time-reversed loop-current basis states and . [22]

Expand

so that the order parameter is

Time reversal exchanges the basis states and implies

Write

and define the relative phase

The quartic free energy in this instability subspace reduces to

with

Minimising over the amplitude gives

For , so that , the ground state is found by minimising .

The minima occur in time-reversed pairs:

which exchange and and therefore correspond to opposite loop-supercurrent circulation. In a special regime there is a continuous ring of degenerate minima satisfying

The relevant structural point is that the effective two-component space here is internal. It is generated microscopically from orbitals, sites, or bands and then resolved by quartic free-energy minimisation into a pair of internally winding TRSB states.

Summary

This chapter has established the main conceptual framework used throughout the thesis for discussing TRSB in superconductors. Standard chiral momentum-space pairing from a two-dimensional irrep remains the canonical textbook route to TRSB, but it serves here mainly as a contrast class. The central emphasis is that TRSB can also arise from internal multicomponent structure, with the broken-symmetry state selected by microscopic free-energy minimisation. When phase locking among internal superconducting components is frustrated, the resulting state acquires a structure, forms domains, and generates weak but symmetry-diagnostic spontaneous fields.

LaNiC and LaNiGa are important because they motivate TRSB mechanisms that are not naturally explained by the standard 2D-irrep route. Within this material family, nonunitary triplet order coupled to a subdominant magnetisation provides one symmetry-consistent mechanism. The central thesis mechanism, however, is that loop supercurrents can carry TRSB through internal phase winding and a discrete loop chirality inside the unit cell.

Later chapters construct microscopic representatives of this internally winding TRSB mechanism and study their symmetry and boundary consequences.

[…] something unexpected occurred. The disappearance did not take place gradually but abruptly. […] Thus the mercury at has entered a new state, which, owing to its particular electrical properties, can be called the state of superconductivity.

This chapter reviews the conventional theory of superconductivity used in the later discussion of time-reversal-symmetry breaking (TRSB), internal winding, and loop-supercurrent states. The focus is selective: dissipative metallic transport, magnetic screening, Ginzburg–Landau (GL) order-parameter language, vortices and flux quantisation, the minimal microscopic pairing picture, and the gauge structure of a charged condensate.

The hierarchy of effective descriptions is standard but still structurally important. Drude theory describes ordinary dissipative transport. London theory captures equilibrium magnetic screening. GL theory introduces the complex order parameter, the coherence length , and the penetration depth . Microscopic pairing theory explains superconductivity as a Fermi-surface instability of the normal metal. These descriptions are valid in different regimes and will later be generalised to multicomponent condensates with internal phase structure. [66, 67, 68, 18]

Conductors and low-energy electronic structure

Classical transport and the relaxation-time picture

A minimal starting point is the Drude model. Let denote the applied electric field, the carrier momentum, the carrier velocity, the effective carrier mass, the carrier charge including its sign, the carrier density, and the relaxation time. In the relaxation-time approximation, acceleration by the field and momentum loss by scattering are written

where the overdot denotes a time derivative. The current density is

Differentiating this relation gives

In steady state,

The Drude model is quantitatively incomplete, but its role here is simple: it defines the ordinary dissipative regime that superconductivity departs from. [66]

Fermi surface as the low-energy organising principle

In a metal, low-energy excitations are concentrated near the Fermi energy. States deep below the Fermi surface are Pauli-blocked and do not participate in low-energy rearrangements. Superconductivity is therefore not a generic two-body bound-state problem in vacuum. It is an instability of a filled Fermi sea, controlled by the low-energy structure near .

This viewpoint will remain important later. Even when the order parameter acquires nontrivial internal structure, the instability is still organised by the same low-energy electronic manifold.

Phase transitions and symmetry: Landau’s framework

Landau theory describes a continuous phase transition in terms of an order parameter whose equilibrium value changes at a critical point:

For superconductivity, the ordered phase is described by a new macroscopic variable absent in the normal metal. GL theory is Landau’s phase-transition framework adapted to a charged condensate. [24]

Later chapters use symmetry in two related ways. First, symmetry classifies superconducting phases through the BdG time-reversal, particle-hole, and chiral algebra. Second, crystal symmetry determines which spin-orbital terms are allowed in multiorbital effective Hamiltonians. The technical machinery for both uses is introduced in the symmetry and topology chapter; here, the important point is simply that superconductivity is an ordered state whose possible order parameters and low-energy Hamiltonians are constrained by symmetry.

Conventional superconducting phenomenology

Discovery and definition: Onnes and Meissner

At the start of the twentieth century it was unclear what should happen to metallic resistance as . Onnes’ experiments showed that the resistance of mercury does not merely decrease smoothly, but drops abruptly near , signalling a new phase. [65]

The decisive magnetic result came later. Meissner and Ochsenfeld showed that superconductors expel magnetic flux from their bulk below the critical temperature. [69] Superconductivity is therefore not simply perfect conduction. It is a distinct equilibrium phase characterised by both vanishing DC resistance and the Meissner effect.

London theory of the Meissner effect

The London equations provide the first successful phenomenology of superconducting electrodynamics. [67] Their importance is clearest when a superconductor is compared with a perfect conductor.

In the collisionless Drude limit ,

Taking the curl and using Faraday’s law,

gives

This permits frozen-in magnetic flux. It does not force flux expulsion, because the integration constant is set by the magnetic history of the sample.

The London generalisation is to replace this history-dependent perfect-conductor behaviour by an equilibrium constitutive relation for the superconducting state:

Equivalently, the superconducting current is tied directly to the gauge field in a phase-rigid condensate, so that the equilibrium state screens the magnetic induction rather than merely preserving its initial value. Combining this with Ampère’s law,

and taking another curl gives

Magnetic field therefore decays exponentially into the sample over the penetration depth . London theory captures the Meissner effect and introduces the first intrinsic superconducting length scale. [70, 71]

Ginzburg—Landau theory

Ginzburg and Landau introduced a phenomenological theory of superconductivity in terms of a complex order parameter

[68] Above the transition , while below it . The symbol is a coarse-grained condensate field, not a single-particle wavefunction; is proportional to the superfluid density in the simplest normalisation, and is the macroscopic superconducting phase.

A minimal GL free-energy functional is

where is the normal-state reference free energy, changes sign at the transition, stabilises the ordered state, and are the effective mass and charge of the condensate degree of freedom, is the electromagnetic vector potential, and is the magnetic induction. The quadratic and quartic terms set the local condensation energy, the covariant-gradient term penalises spatial phase or amplitude variations and couples the condensate to electromagnetism, and is the magnetic-field energy. The amplitude encodes condensate strength, while the phase controls currents and gauge coupling.

Varying with respect to and gives

and

GL theory introduces two characteristic lengths:

The first controls magnetic screening; the second controls how rapidly the order parameter heals after a perturbation. Later chapters reuse exactly this phase-amplitude language, but for multicomponent condensates rather than a single complex scalar.

Gor’kov later derived GL theory from BCS theory near , placing the phenomenology on a microscopic footing. [19]

Type I and Type II superconductors

The ratio

determines the magnetic character of the superconductor.

For the material is Type I: It remains in the Meissner state up to a critical field. For the material is Type II: Magnetic flux penetrates above a lower critical field in the form of vortices while superconductivity survives up to an upper critical field.

Around a vortex the condensate phase winds by , the order parameter is suppressed in the core, and the defect carries quantised magnetic flux. Abrikosov showed that these vortices form regular lattices. [72, 61]

The Type I/Type II distinction is the first place where the phase stiffness, magnetic screening, and topological defects of the condensate appear together in a single framework.

Flux quantisation

Single-valuedness of the complex order parameter produces a global quantisation condition. Around a closed loop ,

In equilibrium away from singularities,

Using Stokes’ theorem,

Experiments by Doll–Näbauer and Deaver–Fairbank found , giving direct evidence that the superconducting carriers have charge . [73, 74] The theoretical interpretation is not limited to those early low-temperature samples. Byers and Yang showed that the flux response of a superconducting cylinder is fixed by gauge invariance and the global phase of the many-body state, while later measurements in high- materials found the same flux quantum . [75, 76] This universality is why flux quantisation is treated as evidence for a coherent charge- condensate rather than as a material-specific detail.

Flux quantisation is not an incidental effect. It is the global expression of condensate phase coherence and will later reappear when relative phases and loop variables are introduced inside a unit cell.

Microscopic pairing theory

The microscopic theory of conventional superconductivity was established in three steps:

  1. Cooper showed that an arbitrarily weak attractive interaction produces pairing near the Fermi surface.
  2. Bardeen, Cooper, and Schrieffer extended this to a coherent many-electron ground state.
  3. The resulting BCS theory explained the gap, thermodynamics, and electromagnetic response of conventional superconductors. [18, 61]

The detailed algebra is deferred to the appendices. Only the structural results are needed here.

Effective attraction and the Cooper instability

Electrons repel through the Coulomb interaction, but in a metal that interaction is screened. In addition, lattice vibrations can mediate an effective attraction in a narrow shell near the Fermi surface, typically set by a phonon scale such as . Pairing is therefore a low-energy effective interaction rather than a bare microscopic attraction.

Consider two electrons above a filled Fermi sea with opposite momenta and energies

Suppose the interaction is attractive only in a thin shell near the Fermi surface,

for

and vanishes outside that shell. Solving the two-body problem in the presence of the Fermi sea gives a bound state with binding energy

in the weak-coupling limit.

The qualitative conclusion is the important one: any arbitrarily weak attraction in the Cooper channel destabilises the Fermi sea. Superconductivity is therefore a Fermi-surface instability. [61]

Bardeen—Cooper—Schrieffer theory

BCS theory describes the superconducting state as a coherent many-body state of paired electrons. [18] The standard variational ground state is

with

The theory yields a gapped quasiparticle spectrum and a collective condensate phase. Superconductivity is therefore not a gas of independent bound pairs, but a coherent many-body state with long-range phase order.

At the mean-field level, the same four-fermion interaction can be reorganised into distinct contraction channels. For the present chapter the important contrast is between direct density renormalisation (Hartree), exchange renormalisation (Fock), ordinary Cooper pairing in the BCS channel, and the anomalous Gor’kov structure that appears once particle number is not fixed term-by-term in the paired description.

Interaction-channel diagrams for BCS, Hartree, Fock, and Gor'kov contractions.
Interaction channels in mean-field decompositions of four-fermion terms. Arrows show the schematic fermion-line or operator-flow convention used in the diagram, not a separate claim about physical velocity. (a) BCS pairing channel: effective scattering of time-reversed pairs (k ↑, −k ↓) → (k′ ↑, −k′ ↓). (b) Hartree channel: momentum- and spin-conserving direct contractions, producing density terms of the form ⟨c†pσ′cpσ′⟩ c†c. (c) Fock channel: exchange contractions, giving terms such as ⟨c†pσ′c⟩ c†cpσ′. (d) Gor'kov anomalous channel: pairing contractions encoded by anomalous averages ⟨c−k↓ck↑⟩, characteristic of superconducting mean-field theory.

Empirical anchors

BCS theory is supported by several standard observations. The excitation gap appears in tunnelling spectroscopy and in activated low-temperature thermodynamics. [77] Coherence effects appear in phenomena such as the proximity effect and the Hebel–Slichter peak. [78, 79, 80] The isotope effect shows that lattice dynamics enter the pairing interaction in conventional superconductors. [81, 82]

These results matter here only as the minimal microscopic theory needed for what follows. Later chapters will keep the condensate language but generalise the internal structure of the order parameter.

Gauge structure and phase rigidity

The supercurrent is controlled by the gauge-invariant phase gradient,

A stationary supercurrent therefore does not require an electric field in the same way as normal-state transport. This is the low-energy expression of phase rigidity.

The same structure explains magnetic screening. The GL kinetic term

implies that once the condensate amplitude is nonzero, the electromagnetic field becomes massive within the medium and magnetic field decays over the scale . In condensed-matter language this is the Anderson mechanism. [23, 83, 84]

Writing

identifies as the phase fluctuation and as the amplitude fluctuation. For a global broken symmetry the phase mode would be gapless. With dynamical electromagnetism included, that mode is absorbed into the gauge sector, while the amplitude mode remains gapped. [85, 86, 83, 84]

Josephson relations and internal relative-phase dynamics are deferred to Chapter 4, where they are needed in the multicomponent setting relevant to the thesis mechanism.

Conclusion

This chapter has set the conventional baseline for the thesis. The central lesson is that superconductivity is not just a metal with infinite conductivity: it is an equilibrium condensate with phase rigidity, gauge coupling, magnetic screening, and quantised circulation. The Meissner effect, London penetration depth, GL order parameter, vortices, and flux quantum are different expressions of this same charged coherent state.

The microscopic BCS picture supplies the complementary low-energy view. Pairing is organised by the Fermi surface, and the superconducting order parameter is a collective field built from electronic pair correlations. In the simplest single-component case, the phase mostly controls electromagnetic response and supercurrent. In the multicomponent systems studied later, however, relative phases, orbital structure, spin structure, and internal winding can become independent variables in the free energy. That is the point of carrying the conventional framework forward: it provides the reference language against which time-reversal-symmetry breaking, loop-supercurrent order, and internally structured pairing can be identified.

Supporting derivations of the Cooper instability, the BCS variational state, Anderson pseudospins, and the geometric form of GL theory are collected in the appendix chapter on conventional superconductivity derivations.

This chapter provides the BdG symmetry and topological language used later to analyse microscopic representatives of internally winding TRSB states, including SSH-type lattice models. The aim is not a general survey of topological condensed matter. Only the structures used later are retained: intrinsic BdG constraints, physical time-reversal and chiral symmetries, the relevant Altland–Zirnbauer (AZ) classes, the corresponding invariants in , and the boundary-state logic needed for later microscopic modelling.

The methodological order is symmetry first. One fixes the BdG symmetry algebra, identifies the corresponding AZ class, computes only the invariants available in that symmetry class and dimension, and then interprets edges, domain walls, vortices, or impurity-induced boundaries. The 2D SSH-type model enters precisely for this reason. It provides a controlled lattice representative in which chiral symmetry, winding structure, and boundary localisation are transparent before superconducting pairing is added.

Strategy: symmetry first

The workflow used later is to fix the physical symmetry content, especially whether TRS is preserved or broken, then write the corresponding BdG Hamiltonian with its intrinsic particle-hole constraint, identify the AZ class from the BdG symmetry algebra, compute only the invariant appropriate to that class and dimension, and interpret boundary or defect states from the invariant rather than from model-specific intuition alone.

This matters directly for internally winding TRSB states. A state that preserves physical TRS belongs to a different BdG class from one of its TRSB partners. Once the loop-current chirality is selected, the symmetry class changes, and so does the available topological diagnostic.

Crystal symmetry and effective Hamiltonian terms

Point groups, space groups, and little groups

Crystal symmetry enters effective Hamiltonians at several levels. A point group records the rotations, mirrors, and inversions that leave a chosen point fixed. It controls the transformation of local objects such as orbitals, spin components, angular momentum, and onsite order parameters. A space group adds translations to these point-group operations. If an operation combines a point-group action with a fractional translation, the space group is nonsymmorphic. Such operations can enforce band sticking and degeneracies at high-symmetry momenta or along high-symmetry lines, so they cannot always be replaced by ordinary point-group reasoning.

At a particular momentum , the relevant symmetry is the little group of : the subset of crystal operations that maps back to itself up to a reciprocal lattice vector. The little group constrains band degeneracies and the allowed form of the low-energy Hamiltonian near that momentum. Thus a material-specific tight-binding or Wannier Hamiltonian is not just a fit to band energies; it must preserve the symmetry representation content of the low-energy states.

Irreducible representations and invariants

The local states, momentum polynomials, spin components, and order-parameter components can be classified by irreducible representations of the relevant point group or little group. A term is symmetry-allowed if the full product of all its factors transforms as the totally symmetric representation. Equivalently, the term must be a scalar under all operations in the symmetry group.

For a normal-state Bloch Hamiltonian, covariance under a crystal operation means

where acts on the internal orbital, sublattice, and spin degrees of freedom. If a term is written as

then it is allowed only when

for every symmetry operation . In representation language, this is precisely the statement that the combined object transforms as the identity representation.

The same symmetry-first logic also controls which microscopic or effective Hamiltonian terms may be written before any topological invariant is computed. The standard invariant method is to assign each factor in a proposed term to a representation of the crystal point group and then keep only products that contain the totally symmetric representation [87, 88]. For a term written schematically as

where is a momentum form factor, acts in an orbital or sublattice subspace, and acts on spin, the term is allowed only if

in the appropriate point-group notation. The same construction underlies Landau free-energy invariants, except that the matrices are replaced by order-parameter components [89].

Polar vectors, axial vectors, and inversion

The distinction between polar and axial vectors is essential in spin-orbit-coupled models. Position, momentum, electric field, and crystal gradients are polar vectors. They change sign under inversion. Spin and orbital angular momentum are axial vectors. They are even under inversion because they are generated by cross products of two polar vectors, such as .

In a centrosymmetric point group this means that a momentum form factor and a spin matrix generally carry different inversion parity. A spin-dependent Hamiltonian term must therefore combine spin, orbital, and momentum factors so that the total product has even parity and transforms as the identity representation. This is why a spin-orbit term may be onsite in one orbital subspace but must be momentum-dependent in another.

Spin-orbit and multiorbital matrix structure

This is particularly important for spin-orbit coupling. Spin transforms as an axial vector, like angular momentum, not as a polar vector. Therefore a spin-dependent hopping, hybridisation, or pairing term must carry whatever orbital and momentum transformation character is needed to make the full product a scalar. In multiorbital models, an apparently artificial Pauli-matrix structure such as an imaginary interorbital spin-flip term can be the low-energy remnant of an atomic spin-orbit matrix element or of downfolding from a larger orbital manifold [90]. Later, this invariant-method logic is used to distinguish a symmetry-allowed diagnostic texture from a material-specific claim about a particular Wannier Hamiltonian.

For example, in an orthorhombic setting the spin matrix transforms as the axial-vector component . With the conventional assignment

an onsite interorbital spin-orbit term is allowed only if

Equivalently, the orbital matrix itself must transform as . If the corresponding term is momentum dependent,

the invariant condition becomes

BdG symmetry algebra

Intrinsic BdG particle—hole constraint

BdG Hamiltonians possess an intrinsic particle–hole constraint because the Nambu basis is redundant. Let be a BdG Hamiltonian in Nambu space. There exists an antiunitary operator

such that

This implies a spectrum symmetric about zero energy and eigenstates in pairs.

The important conceptual point is that this particle–hole relation is intrinsic to the BdG description. It is not an optional microscopic symmetry in the same sense as physical TRS.

Physical time-reversal symmetry

Time-reversal symmetry is an optional physical symmetry. When present, it imposes

For spin- electrons, one typically has .

This distinction is used repeatedly later. Preserving TRS keeps the system in a time-reversal-invariant BdG class. Selecting one of two internally winding TRSB partners removes that symmetry and shifts the topological classification accordingly.

Chiral symmetry and spectral flattening

When both TRS and the AZ particle–hole symmetry are present, their product defines a unitary chiral symmetry operator obeying

Chiral symmetry is often the cleanest route to winding-number invariants because it allows an off-diagonal form

A standard classification step is spectral flattening:

performed without closing the bulk gap or breaking the symmetry algebra. Topology is then the homotopy class of the flattened Hamiltonian subject to the same symmetry constraints. [8, 9, 91]

Stable classification and the AZ subset used later

The periodic table of free-fermion phases is a stable classification. The word stable means that adding trivial, decoupled bands does not change the topological phase. This is why the classification is naturally stated in K-theoretic language: it organises gapped Hamiltonians modulo the physically harmless operation of adjoining inert degrees of freedom. [8, 91]

Only a small subset of the periodic table is used later. The recurring BdG classes are BDI, D, and DIII. Other classes can appear when additional spin-rotation constraints are imposed, but they are not the main diagnostic cases for the thesis.

BdG AZ classTRSPHSCSMain later use
BDIyeschiral winding in 1D and in momentum-resolved 1D cuts of SSH-type models
DnoTRSB BdG Hamiltonians, Chern phases, and chiral boundary structure
DIIIyestime-reversal-invariant reference class before TRS is broken

Here TRS means , TRS means , and PHS refers to in the AZ sense. The periodicity of the full table is the familiar Bott periodicity of the stable classification, but the later chapters only need the subset displayed above. [92, 8, 9, 91]

Invariants and boundary logic

1D chiral winding number

If chiral symmetry allows an off-diagonal block form

then the winding number is

This integer invariant controls the number of protected zero modes at a boundary as long as the chiral symmetry is maintained. It is the basic topological diagnostic for SSH-type representatives and for fixed-momentum cuts of the 2D model discussed below. [9, 91]

2D class D Chern number

For a fully gapped 2D BdG system without TRS, the relevant invariant is the Chern number of the occupied BdG bands:

with the Berry curvature of the negative-energy eigenspace. Nonzero implies chiral boundary structure. In superconducting language this means chiral Majorana edge modes counted by the net chirality. [92, 8]

and 3D winding diagnostics

In class D, the 1D invariant is . In class DIII, one obtains indices in and an integer winding invariant in . The detailed formulas are not needed repeatedly in the later chapters, but the interpretive rule is: preserving TRS keeps one in a DIII-type setting, while selecting a TRSB partner generally moves the system into class D and replaces helical boundary logic with chiral boundary logic.

Bulk—boundary and defect correspondence

A bulk invariant constrains boundaries and defects. In BdG systems the physically important boundaries are often not sample edges but vortices, domain walls, Josephson interfaces, and impurity-generated internal boundaries. The same symmetry-first logic applies to all of them: if the invariant changes across an interface, low-energy boundary states are expected. [93, 91]

This point is especially relevant to internally winding TRSB states, because the natural defects are domain walls between opposite loop chiralities and interfaces where the internal phase structure changes.

Gapped versus nodal BdG systems

The periodic table classifies fully gapped phases. Nodal BdG Hamiltonians can still be topological when nodes carry their own topological charge. In three dimensions, isolated point nodes act as Weyl nodes and enforce surface arcs connecting their surface projections. This distinction between gapped and nodal topology is kept here only because later boundary-state reasoning requires it; the present chapter does not attempt a general review of nodal superconductors. [94, 95, 96]

SSH-type representatives

The SSH material is included because it is part of the later modelling logic, not as a generic pedagogical detour. SSH-type lattices provide controlled representatives for chiral symmetry, winding numbers, and boundary localisation. Once embedded into BdG form, the same lattices become useful representatives for superconducting boundary states and for internally structured TRSB constructions.

1D SSH chain

The SSH chain is the canonical 1D chiral lattice model. In momentum space it may be written as

with sublattice operator

The winding number distinguishes the two dimerisation patterns, and a domain wall between them binds a midgap boundary state. This is the simplest example of symmetry-protected boundary localisation.

Extended 2D SSH lattice

For later use it is convenient to keep a concrete 2D representative. A standard four-orbital square-lattice model has Bloch Hamiltonian

with

Chiral symmetry is explicit in this block-off-diagonal form. [97, 11]

The useful viewpoint is dimensional reduction. For fixed , the 2D model becomes a family of 1D chiral Hamiltonians indexed by transverse momentum. Edge states on an -normal boundary are then controlled by the momentum-resolved winding number

Boundary bands appear precisely over those values of for which the reduced 1D problem is topological.

This is why the 2D SSH-type model is useful later. It gives a controlled lattice representative for chiral symmetry, winding structure, and boundary-state analysis, and it does so in a form that can be upgraded systematically to BdG Hamiltonians.

BdG upgrade

To connect SSH edge logic to superconducting boundary physics, embed the model into BdG form by introducing a chemical potential and pairing:

This automatically satisfies the intrinsic BdG particle–hole constraint. Depending on the pairing structure and on whether physical TRS is preserved, the resulting Hamiltonian may fall into class BDI, D, or DIII.

The dimensional-reduction logic survives the BdG embedding. Fixing again produces a family of 1D BdG Hamiltonians. Over ranges of these reduced Hamiltonians can be topological, implying boundary-localised Majorana bands, flat bands, or arc-like structures depending on which symmetries remain and whether the bulk is gapped or nodal.

This makes the SSH-type model a useful controlled representative for later microscopic analysis. It is a lattice setting in which symmetry classification, winding structure, and boundary consequences can be followed explicitly before additional ingredients such as internally winding TRSB order are introduced.

Summary

The role of topology in the thesis is now fixed. BdG Hamiltonians carry an intrinsic particle–hole constraint, while physical TRS and chiral symmetry determine the AZ class and hence the relevant invariant. The later chapters primarily use the BDI, D, and DIII sectors of the periodic table, together with winding and Chern diagnostics and the associated bulk–boundary logic.

The SSH material is included because it supplies a controlled lattice representative for this programme. In particular, the 2D SSH-type model is used later as a symmetry-clean representative for winding structure, boundary-state analysis, and superconducting BdG extensions relevant to internally winding TRSB states.

The detailed representation bookkeeping used for later orthorhombic multiorbital Hamiltonians is collected in the appendix chapter on representation bookkeeping.

Mean-field theory replaces an interacting fermion Hamiltonian by a quadratic (Gaussian) variational Hamiltonian whose parameters are fixed by self-consistency:

The quadratic problem can be solved exactly (diagonalised), and all required expectation values are computed within that Gaussian reference state.

For superconducting order this is the standard route from BCS and Gor’kov mean-field theory to the BdG equations and their de Gennes real-space formulation, while in lattice-model language the same closure yields Hartree, Fock, and pairing channels for Hubbard-type and multiorbital interactions. [18, 19, 78, 14, 15, 16]

Throughout we keep the fixed tensor-product bookkeeping

where (\mathcal H_{\mathrm{int}}=\mathrm{span}{|m\rangle : m\in\mathscr M}) denotes the internal or orbital one-body space.

We therefore present each object first in compact tensor notation and then in explicit indices, consistent with the symmetry/tensor construction of the preceding chapters.

Conventions, dictionary, and Kronecker bookkeeping

This section fixes once-and-for-all the translation between explicit indices and operator/tensor (Kronecker) notation.

One-body space and composite indices

Let the physical (non-Nambu) one-body space be

and introduce a composite index

Collect annihilation operators into a column vector (\hat c) over (\mathcal H_1),

The equal-time correlators needed for self-consistency are then

In operator language, (ρ) and (χ) are matrices on (\mathcal H_1), i.e. (ρ,χ\in \mathrm{End}(\mathcal H_1)).

Kronecker placement and “who acts where”

If (A) acts on (\mathcal H_{\mathrm{lat}}) and (B) on (\mathcal H_{\mathrm{spin}}), then

acts on (\mathcal H_{\mathrm{lat}}\otimes\mathcal H_{\mathrm{spin}}), with the remaining factors understood to carry identities.

We will write identity operators as (𝟙_{\mathrm{lat}}), (𝟙_{\mathrm{Nambu}}), etc., and use a Pauli basis ({τ_\ell}) on Nambu space and ({σ_j}) on spin space:

It is also convenient to define raising/lowering combinations

so that Nambu block matrices can be written compactly as sums of Kronecker products.

Transpose, swap, and antisymmetry

In real-space/orbital/spin indices, the transpose (T) means swapping the composite indices:

Equivalently, introduce the swap operator (𝒫) on (\mathcal H_1\otimes\mathcal H_1) defined by

Then “antisymmetry under exchange” is expressed by the antisymmetriser (𝒜=(𝟙-𝒫)/2). In particular, fermionic antisymmetry of the pairing channel will be written as

i.e. (𝒫) projects out symmetric components in the combined indices.

Quadratic mean-field Hamiltonian: tensor form and explicit indices

Nambu spinor and BdG form

Introduce the Nambu spinor on the doubled one-body space (\mathcal H_{\mathrm{Nambu}}\otimes\mathcal H_1),

Then any quadratic BdG mean-field Hamiltonian can be written as

where (\boldsymbol{\mathcal H}^{\mathrm{MF}}) is a Hermitian matrix acting on (\mathcal H_{\mathrm{lat}}\otimes\mathcal H_{\mathrm{Nambu}}\otimes\mathcal H_{\mathrm{int}}\otimes\mathcal H_{\mathrm{spin}}), and (\mathcal E_{\mathrm{gs}}) is the mean-field ground-state (double-counting) constant.

In Nambu block form,

where (\boldsymbolΣ) collects all normal self-energies (Hartree/Fock-like) and (\boldsymbolΔ) is the anomalous (pairing) mean field. This is the standard Gor’kov/de Gennes BdG structure written in the tensor conventions used throughout the thesis. [19, 78]

A compact Kronecker representation of this BdG structure is

where (\boldsymbol h^{\mathrm{MF}}) and (\boldsymbolΔ) act on (\mathcal H_1) and the (τ)-matrices act on (\mathcal H_{\mathrm{Nambu}}).

Tensor expansion compatible with the symmetry construction

To maintain continuity with the shift/tensor template, expand (\boldsymbol{\mathcal H}^{\mathrm{MF}}) in a basis on the internal/Nambu/spin factors, with lattice operators as coefficients:

where ({τ_\ell}) is a Pauli basis on (\mathcal H_{\mathrm{Nambu}}), ({λ_i}) is a Hermitian operator basis on (\mathcal H_{\mathrm{int}}), ({σ_j}) is a Pauli basis on (\mathcal H_{\mathrm{spin}}), and (\mathbb X_{\ell i j}) are operators on (\mathcal H_{\mathrm{lat}}) (typically built from masked shifts, projectors, or inhomogeneous geometry operators).

This viewpoint emphasises that the mean-field problem remains “quadratic plus symmetry constraints”: once a symmetry generator set is chosen, the allowed channels (τ_\ell\otimesλ_i\otimesσ_j) are constrained exactly as in the free-fermion construction, while the lattice coefficients (\mathbb X_{\ell i j}) are determined self-consistently.

Explicit-index interaction channels

In explicit indices, the most general quadratic mean-field interaction on an arbitrary lattice (Ω) can be written as

Here (\symbf ρ) is Hartree-like (density) renormalisation, (\symbf Φ) is Fock-like (exchange/hopping renormalisation), and (\symbf Δ) is Gor’kov-like pairing. These channels exhaust the Wick contractions of a two-body interaction into quadratic (Gaussian) fields.[^1] In model Hamiltonians this is precisely the decomposition used for on-site and extended Hubbard interactions, as well as for multiorbital Kanamori-type local interactions. [14, 15, 16]

It is sometimes useful to recognise these as kernels on (\mathcal H_1):

with the precise identification fixed by the chosen microscopic interaction tensor (\symbf U) and by the “diagonal vs off-diagonal” decomposition in the chosen basis.

Variational free energy and mean-field stationarity

Mean-field free-energy decomposition

For the full interacting Hamiltonian (\hat{\mathcal H}=\hat{\mathcal H}_0+\hat{\mathcal H}I), the exact free energy is Mean-field theory approximates this by evaluating the expectation values in the Gaussian (quadratic) reference ensemble generated by (\hat{\mathcal H}^{\mathrm{MF}}{\mathrm{BdG}}):

Writing

one obtains the standard decomposition

Stationarity (saddle-point) of (F) with respect to the variational fields yields the self-consistency equations.[^2]

Stationarity as a restricted variational principle

Conceptually, mean-field theory minimises the exact free-energy functional over the restricted family of Gaussian density matrices:

This restriction is precisely what makes Wick factorisation exact inside the trial ensemble, and what turns the interacting problem into a closed fixed-point problem for the quadratic kernels (Σ) and (Δ). In the superconducting context this restricted variational logic is the standard mean-field closure behind BdG theory. [18, 78]

Wick reduction of (\langle \hat{\mathcal H}I\rangle{\mathrm{MF}})

For a density–density interaction (schematically (\hat{\mathcal H}_I=\sum U,\hat n\hat n)), Wick’s theorem gives, in explicit indices,

The exchange minus sign is enforced by fermionic anticommutation.

In composite-index language, a typical (model-dependent) rewriting is

where (U_{\alpha\beta}) is the interaction kernel in the (|\alpha\rangle) basis (site/orbital/spin).

To evaluate these expectation values systematically we introduce Matsubara kernels (imaginary-frequency resolvent kernels), rather than real-frequency Green’s functions.

Matsubara kernels for BdG mean-field theory

Imaginary-time kernel and Matsubara transform

Define the imaginary-time Nambu kernel

where (\hatΦ(τ)=e^{τ \hat{\mathcal H}^{\mathrm{MF}}{\mathrm{BdG}}}\hatΦ e^{-τ \hat{\mathcal H}^{\mathrm{MF}}{\mathrm{BdG}}}) and (\mathsf T_τ) is imaginary-time ordering.

The fermionic Matsubara components are

For a quadratic mean-field Hamiltonian, the kernel is the matrix inverse (imaginary-frequency resolvent)

This is the Matsubara analogue of the resolvent: it is the unique object from which all bilinear correlators follow by frequency summation (or integration at (T=0)). This is just the imaginary-frequency Green-function formulation of the same BdG mean-field problem. [19, 78]

Spectral expansion in the BdG eigenbasis

Let (\boldsymbol{\mathcal H}^{\mathrm{MF}}Ψ_r=\mathcal E_rΨ_r). The intrinsic BdG particle–hole symmetry implies a paired spectrum (\pm \mathcal E_r). The resolvent kernel has the spectral representation

where (\barΨ_r) is the particle–hole conjugate of (Ψ_r) (defined precisely below).

Normal/anomalous blocks and explicit-index kernels

Write the Nambu kernel in block form

where (\mathcal K) is the normal (particle–particle) kernel and (\mathcal L) is the anomalous (pairing) kernel. In Kronecker language, this block structure corresponds to the decomposition in (τ)-space.

In explicit indices (site (\mathbf i,\mathbf i’), spin (σ,σ’), orbitals (m,m’)), write (Ψ_r=((u_{\mathbf iσ m})r,(v{\mathbf iσ m})_r)). Then

and

Define the transpose in the combined non-Nambu indices by

Intrinsic BdG particle–hole symmetry implies the block relations

so that

Densities from Matsubara kernels

Equal-time correlators as Matsubara sums

For self-consistency we require normal and anomalous equal-time correlators:

These follow from the Matsubara kernels by

and in explicit indices,

Carrying out the Matsubara sums using the spectral representation yields the familiar BdG-eigenvector formulas at finite temperature:

Zero-temperature limit ((T\to0)): imaginary-frequency integrals and projectors

At finite temperature the Matsubara frequencies are discrete,

In the zero-temperature limit (β\to\infty), Matsubara sums become imaginary-frequency integrals:

so one may compute observables directly from (\boldsymbol{\mathcal K}(iω)) without analytic continuation to real frequency.

Equivalently (and most usefully in BdG numerics), equal-time correlators become projectors onto the occupied (negative-energy) BdG subspace. Define the occupied projector

In Nambu block form this projector has the universal structure

where the transpose is taken in the combined non-Nambu indices. Thus (ρ) and (χ) may be obtained either from the imaginary-frequency integral formula above or directly from (𝒫_-). In explicit indices (including negative-energy eigenvectors),

which is precisely the (T\to0) limit of the finite-(T) Fermi-factor formulas, (f(\mathcal E)\to Θ(-\mathcal E)).

Self-consistency equations: tensor/Kronecker form and explicit indices

The variational stationarity condition (\delta F=0) yields

The resulting saddle-point equations can be expressed compactly as “interaction tensor (\times) densities”.

Compact tensor form (channel superoperators)

Write the microscopic interaction kernel as a tensor (U) in the composite basis,

Introduce the diagonal-extraction superoperator (𝒟) (in the chosen local basis) defined by

and recall that matrix transpose is ((A^T){\alpha\beta}=A{\beta\alpha}).

Then the three mean-field channels may be represented schematically as

with the understanding that “(U)” here denotes the appropriate contraction of interaction indices with the density matrices in the same basis used to define (U_{\alpha\beta}). This tensor form makes the physics transparent: Hartree couples to the diagonal density, Fock to exchange (transpose), and pairing to the anomalous correlator.

The intrinsic fermionic antisymmetry constraint (independent of TRS) is

i.e. only antisymmetric components in combined indices contribute to pairing.

Explicit-index form (matching your notation)

In explicit-index form (as used throughout your construction),

The symmetry (\symbf{U}{\mathbf{i},\mathbf{j},σ,τ,m,n}= \symbf{U}{\mathbf{j},\mathbf{i},τ,σ,n,m}), together with fermionic algebra, implies in common gauges

The resulting mean-field Hamiltonian is therefore

Homogeneous bulk BCS benchmarks

Before turning to spatially inhomogeneous textures, it is useful to examine the same self-consistency equations in uniform bulk settings. Even in this simplest limit, the fixed-point problem already shows the characteristic separation between weak, intermediate, and strong coupling, together with a strong dependence on the underlying normal-state density of states. This is the usual BCS-to-strong-coupling mean-field phenomenology for attractive lattice models. [18, 15]

Illustrative two-dimensional bulk BCS benchmark showing the self-consistent zero-temperature gap as a function of interaction strength for chemical potential . The weak-coupling regime is exponentially suppressed, the intermediate regime marks the rapid onset of pairing, and the strong-coupling regime crosses over toward large local pair formation.

Bulk BCS temperature and density-of-states comparison for simple one-, two-, and three-dimensional model dispersions. The left panel shows the self-consistent gap decreasing toward the critical temperature in each dimension, while the right panel shows how differences in the normal-state density of states help set the pairing scale and the most favorable chemical-potential window.

Gaussian fluctuations about the mean-field saddle

Mean-field theory corresponds to a saddle point of the variational free-energy functional restricted to Gaussian density matrices. To go beyond static mean-field theory, we expand the free energy to quadratic order in fluctuations of the mean fields. This yields a controlled description of collective modes (RPA, Anderson–Bogoliubov, amplitude modes, etc.) and provides the starting point for diagrammatic and numerical extensions. In superconductors this is the standard route from static BdG mean field to RPA/Gaussian collective-mode theory. [23, 83, 78]

Throughout this section, all indices and tensor placements follow the conventions fixed above.

Fluctuating fields and parametrisation

Write the BdG kernel as a saddle-point value plus fluctuations:

In Nambu block form,

where

represent fluctuations in the normal and anomalous channels.

In composite-index notation,

We group all fluctuating fields into a single vector:

with the understanding that symmetry constraints (Hermiticity, antisymmetry) are enforced either explicitly or by restricting the independent components.

Expansion of the free energy

The mean-field free energy may be written as

where the trace includes Matsubara frequency, Nambu space, and (\mathcal H_1).

Expanding to second order about the saddle point,

First variation (vanishes at self-consistency)

The linear term is

where

Using the saddle-point equations derived above, one has

which is simply the statement that mean-field theory is stationary.

Second variation: general structure

The quadratic fluctuation action is

This has a universal structure:

where (\mathcal M) is the Gaussian fluctuation kernel (inverse propagator of collective modes).

Explicit evaluation of the fermionic loop

Write the trace explicitly:

Separating normal and anomalous parts gives three types of contributions:

(i) Density—density (normal—normal)

(ii) Pairing—pairing

(iii) Mixed normal—anomalous

These expressions are exact for Gaussian fluctuations.

Interaction contribution and RPA structure

The interaction part contributes a local quadratic form:

with

Combining fermionic loops and interaction terms yields the standard RPA / Gaussian-fluctuation kernel

where (\Pi) is the generalized susceptibility matrix constructed from two BdG propagators. This is the superconducting analogue of the usual RPA inverse propagator, now written in Nambu-channel form. [23]

Explicit susceptibility tensor (ready for coding)

Define a collective-channel index (A=(\alpha\beta,\mu)) with

Then

where the vertex matrices are

At zero external frequency ((Ω_m=0)), this kernel controls static stability; its zeros correspond to Goldstone modes and instabilities.

Physical content

  • Positive-definiteness of (\mathcal M) ⇔ local stability of the mean-field saddle.
  • Zero eigenvalues ⇔ spontaneous symmetry breaking (phase mode).
  • Poles of (\mathcal M^{-1}(iΩ)) ⇔ collective excitations.
  • Restricting to the pairing sector reproduces the standard BCS amplitude/phase fluctuation theory.
  • Keeping full index structure allows spatially inhomogeneous and multiorbital collective modes.

In the superconducting case this reproduces the familiar Anderson-Bogoliubov phase mode and its gauge-coupled descendants. [23, 83]

Minimal numerical recipe

  1. Solve BdG → obtain (\boldsymbol{\mathcal K}(iω_n)).
  2. Build (\Pi) via Matsubara sums of kernel products.
  3. Form (\mathcal M = U^{-1}-\Pi).
  4. Diagonalise (\mathcal M) (static) or (\mathcal M(iΩ)) (dynamic).
  5. Interpret eigenvectors in composite-index space.

This formulation is directly compatible with sparse real-space BdG codes and symmetry-restricted tensor constructions.

BdG eigenproblem and quasiparticles

Solve the BdG eigenproblem

with components (u_r={(u_{\mathbf iσ m})r}) and (v_r={(v{\mathbf iσ m})_r}). The corresponding Bogoliubov quasiparticles (\hatγ_r) diagonalise the quadratic Hamiltonian:

with the (\pm\mathcal E_r) pairing enforced by intrinsic BdG particle–hole symmetry. This is the standard Bogoliubov quasiparticle construction in the de Gennes formulation. [78]

Time-reversal symmetry (TRS) and intrinsic BdG particle—hole symmetry (PHS)

This section treats time-reversal symmetry (TRS) as an optional physical symmetry constraint on (\boldsymbol{\mathcal H}^{\mathrm{MF}}), and particle–hole symmetry (PHS) as an intrinsic constraint of the BdG/Nambu representation.

TRS: definition and BdG constraint (operator and tensor form)

Let (\hat{\mathcal C}) denote complex conjugation in the chosen basis. For spin-(\tfrac12) electrons define the antiunitary time-reversal operator on (\mathcal H_1),

In real space,

and in translation-invariant systems TRS flips momentum (\mathbf k\mapsto -\mathbf k).

On BdG/Nambu space, take the induced unitary part acting diagonally in particle/hole components:

TRS of the BdG mean-field Hamiltonian is then the conjugation constraint

In Nambu blocks this implies

where (U_{\mathsf T}=𝟙_{\mathrm{lat}}\otimes 𝟙_{\mathrm{int}}\otimes(-iσ_y)) acts on the non-Nambu factors.

TRS as a constraint on tensor/Kronecker channels

Using the expansion

TRS becomes a selection rule on allowed channels:

and the lattice operators (\mathbb X_{\ell i j}) must satisfy the corresponding relations (including (\mathbf k\mapsto -\mathbf k) if applicable). In practice this is the cleanest way to enforce TRS while building a symmetry-adapted mean-field ansatz. This is also the natural language used in symmetry classifications of unconventional superconducting order parameters. [25]

Intrinsic BdG PHS: definition, spectrum pairing, and pairing antisymmetry

BdG Hamiltonians possess an intrinsic antiunitary particle–hole symmetry because the Nambu basis is redundant. Define

with unitary part (U_{\mathsf C}=𝟙_{\mathrm{lat}}\otimes τ_x\otimes 𝟙_{\mathrm{int}}\otimes 𝟙_{\mathrm{spin}}). The intrinsic BdG constraint is

Consequently, if (\boldsymbol{\mathcal H}^{\mathrm{MF}}Ψ=EΨ), then (\barΨ:=U_{\mathsf C}Ψ^) satisfies (\boldsymbol{\mathcal H}^{\mathrm{MF}}\barΨ=-E\barΨ), explaining the (\pm E) pairing of the BdG spectrum. In components, this corresponds to the familiar mapping ((u,v)\mapsto(-v^,u^*)) (up to Nambu convention).

Independently of TRS, fermionic antisymmetry imposes antisymmetry of the pairing kernel under exchange of combined indices:

In swap-operator language this is (𝒫,Δ,𝒫=-Δ), i.e. (Δ) lives in the antisymmetric sector selected by (𝒜).

Symmetry constraints on Matsubara kernels

Recall

From TRS one obtains

and from intrinsic BdG PHS,

These kernel constraints are the Matsubara-resolvent versions of the usual BdG symmetry relations and imply the block identities used above, such as (\bar{\mathcal K}(iω_n)=-\mathcal K(-iω_n)^{\mathrm T}) and (\bar{\mathcal L}(iω_n)=\mathcal L(iω_n)^\dagger).

Aside: Relation to DFT, Kohn—Sham, and SCDFT

Mean-field BdG theory and Kohn–Sham (KS) density-functional theory share a common structural theme—both solve a self-consistent quadratic problem—but differ in what is taken as fundamental and what is approximate.

Mean-field as a restricted variational principle

Mean-field theory may be viewed as a restricted variational problem: one minimises the exact free-energy functional over the subset of density matrices generated by quadratic trial Hamiltonians,

leading to saddle-point (self-consistency) equations for (Σ) and (Δ). The microscopic interaction tensor (\symbf U) explicitly determines which channels appear and how they couple.

DFT and Kohn—Sham: a universal functional and an auxiliary quadratic system

Ground-state DFT asserts that the ground-state density determines the external potential (up to a constant), and that the ground-state energy may be written as a universal functional of the density [98]. The KS construction introduces a non-interacting auxiliary system that reproduces the interacting density [99]. In lattice language one may write schematically

with (v_{xc,\mathbf i}[n]=\delta \mathcal F_{xc}/\delta n_{\mathbf i}). Thus the form of the quadratic problem resembles Hartree-like self-consistency, but the interpretation is different: interactions are encoded in universal functionals rather than via decoupling a chosen microscopic (\symbf U).

Finite-temperature DFT (Mermin) and the mean-field free energy

Because the present derivation is explicitly at finite temperature, the closest DFT analogue is Mermin’s extension of DFT to thermal ensembles, formulated as a variational principle for the free energy [100]. This is the clean point of contact: both approaches are naturally expressed at the level of a thermodynamic potential and solved by self-consistent Euler–Lagrange equations, though the underlying functionals and approximations differ.

SCDFT: a Kohn—Sham—BdG structure

Superconducting DFT extends DFT by enlarging the basic variables to include an anomalous (pair) density (χ(\mathbf r,\mathbf r’)=\langle \hatψ_\downarrow(\mathbf r)\hatψ_\uparrow(\mathbf r’)\rangle), leading to KS-like equations with a BdG structure [101]. This gives a clean mathematical mapping to self-consistent BdG, but only at the level of the fixed-point equations. The two theories are not equivalent: their Nambu matrices can be written in the same form, but the entries are generated by different closures.

On the SCDFT side one solves a superconducting Kohn–Sham problem of the form

Here both the normal KS operator and the pairing field are functionals of the normal and anomalous densities. In continuum language one may write schematically

and the densities are reconstructed self-consistently from the quasiparticle amplitudes. This is the superconducting analogue of the KS construction: the quadratic auxiliary problem is chosen so as to reproduce the interacting densities, not because the electrons are assumed to interact only through a particular microscopic model tensor.

By contrast, the self-consistent BdG problem developed in this chapter starts from a chosen low-energy Hamiltonian and a chosen interaction tensor (\symbf U). After mean-field decoupling one obtains

with (ρ_{\alpha\beta}=\langle \hat c^\dagger_\beta \hat c_\alpha\rangle) and (χ_{\alpha\beta}=\langle \hat c_\beta \hat c_\alpha\rangle) exactly as in the rest of this chapter. In the simplest pairing-only closure this is just the usual gap equation (Δ\sim -U,χ), while Hartree and Fock corrections sit in (Σ_{\mathrm{MF}}[ρ]).

A basis-level dictionary

Once both theories are expanded in a finite localized basis, the algebraic correspondence is immediate:

Normal density maps to the Hartree/Fock density matrix, anomalous density maps to the pair amplitude, the KS pairing field maps to the BdG gap matrix, and the KS normal potential maps to the mean-field normal Hamiltonian. This is why a Wannier-basis KS-BdG calculation and a multiorbital lattice BdG calculation can look almost indistinguishable numerically even though they arise from different theories.

Where the mapping stops

The decisive difference is the origin of the self-consistency closure. In SCDFT, the pairing field arises in principle from an exchange-correlation functional derivative with respect to the anomalous density,

and the normal KS potential likewise comes from functional derivatives with respect to the normal density [101]. In model BdG, by contrast, the gap and self-energy come from the explicit decoupling of a chosen microscopic interaction tensor (\symbf U). One may therefore regard self-consistent BdG as a restricted KS-BdG-shaped fixed-point problem with a model closure, but not as SCDFT itself.

That distinction matters physically. A lattice BdG solver is an effective low-energy mean-field theory: it is excellent for testing candidate order parameters, symmetry constraints, multiband structure, or TRSB mechanisms inside a chosen model space. It does not automatically supply the material-specific exchange-correlation pairing kernel, retardation effects, screened Coulomb physics, or full density feedback that belong to a bona fide superconducting density-functional treatment. The mathematically honest statement is therefore that self-consistent BdG and KS-BdG share a common Nambu structure, while SCDFT differs in how the normal and anomalous fields are generated.

Completing the finite-basis functional derivation

The cleanest way to make the relation precise in the notation of this chapter is to write a finite-basis free-energy functional directly in terms of the normal and anomalous one-body densities,

Here (ρ) and (χ) are the density matrices already introduced above, while (\mathcal T_s) and (\mathcal S) are understood as the kinetic and entropic contributions of the quadratic auxiliary problem. Stationarity with respect to the Gaussian reference state then produces a KS-BdG-shaped Euler equation on the Nambu-doubled one-body space,

with

This is the finite-basis SCDFT statement relevant to the thesis: once the closure is supplied by a bona fide functional of (ρ) and (χ), the quadratic fixed-point problem solved by the code is already of KS-BdG type.

Model BdG is recovered as the special case in which one chooses a restricted approximate functional rather than a universal superconducting density functional. For example, if one writes

with a pairing contribution of the schematic form

then variation immediately gives a BdG-style closure

together with the corresponding normal self-energy from (\mathcal F_{\mathrm{normal}}^{\mathrm{model}}[ρ]). In that sense every self-consistent quadratic BdG theory can be embedded in an SCDFT-shaped variational structure; what changes from theory to theory is the choice of functional closure.

This is also the precise point at which the scope of the present codebase should be understood. Our generalized quadratic solver is already broad enough to host either kind of closure:

  1. a model closure of the form (Σ[ρ]), (Δ[χ]), giving ordinary self-consistent BdG;
  2. a functional closure of the form (V_{xc}[ρ,χ]), (Δ_{xc}[ρ,χ]), giving a finite-basis SCDFT-style implementation.

What it does not provide automatically is the microscopic construction of the superconducting exchange-correlation functional itself. That object still has to be supplied, approximated, or derived. So the code already contains the universal quadratic backend required by SCDFT, but SCDFT as a first-principles theory is only obtained once that functional layer is specified.

“Our narrative is by no means a recommendation of how research should be done, it simply reflects what we thought, how we acted and what we felt. However, it would certainly be gratifying if it encouraged a more relaxed attitude towards doing science.”

Gerd Binnig and Heinrich Rohrer, Nobel Lecture, December 8, 1986 [102]

Throughout, calligraphic symbols denote propagators, while boldface symbols denote variational mean-field tensors.

Green’s Functions and Physical Observables

This chapter collects the Green’s functions associated with the Bogoliubov–de Gennes mean-field Hamiltonian and shows how physical observables are obtained from them. No reference to the variational derivation or self-consistency equations is required.

Nambu—Gor’kov Green’s function

The terminology “Green’s function” traces back to George Green’s original 1828 essay. [103]

Let the Bogoliubov–de Gennes Hamiltonian satisfy

with particle–hole–symmetric spectrum (\pm\mathcal E_n).

The Nambu–Gor’kov Green’s function is defined as the resolvent

In the eigenbasis,

Matrix structure

In superconductivity, the anomalous (pair) propagator was introduced by Gor’kov in his Green’s-function formulation of BCS theory. [104]

In Nambu space the Green’s function decomposes as

It is convenient to bundle spin and orbital indices into a single multi-index (\alpha\equiv(\sigma,m)). Then the normal and anomalous blocks admit the BdG spectral representations

The particle–hole–conjugate blocks (\bar{\mathcal G}) and (\bar{\mathcal F}) are fixed by the symmetry relations below, so we do not restate them as separate sums.

Symmetry relations

Hence the full Nambu–Gor’kov Green’s function may be written as

From Green’s functions to experimental observables

Experimentally accessible quantities fall into two broad classes. The first comprises single-particle spectra, which are obtained from the retarded Nambu–Gor’kov Green’s function

Physical spectra measured by probes such as ARPES and STM are extracted from the electron block (\mathcal G^R), traced over spin and orbital indices.

The second class comprises linear-response functions, obtained from retarded correlators of densities, currents, and spins,

where (\hat A) and (\hat B) may denote charge-density, current, or spin operators. Microscopically these quantities are built from products of one-particle Green’s functions, supplemented by vertex corrections when required by symmetry or conservation laws.

Single-particle observables (ARPES/STM)

In a translationally invariant system,

and, up to matrix-element effects, ARPES measures (I(\mathbf k,\omega)\propto f(\omega),A(\mathbf k,\omega)). This is the momentum-resolved single-particle spectral function.

The real-space counterpart is the local density of states measured by STM/STS,

for a featureless tip density of states and weak energy dependence of the tunnelling matrix element.

In the presence of impurities, one considers the modulation of the local density of states,

The Fourier amplitude (g(\mathbf q,\omega)) is the basic quasiparticle-interference observable. In a (T)-matrix treatment, (\delta N) is controlled by (\mathcal{\mathbf G},\mathcal{\mathbf T},\mathcal{\mathbf G}) in Nambu space.

Linear-response observables (Kubo dictionary)

Let (\Pi^R_{ij}(\omega)) be the retarded current–current correlator (\Pi^R_{ij}(\omega)\equiv \chi^R_{j_i j_j}(\omega)). Then the conductivity follows from

where the subtraction enforces gauge invariance together with the diamagnetic term. This quantity governs both the optical conductivity and the microwave response.

The London kernel (K_{ij}) is the static long-wavelength current response,

where (K_T) is the transverse part. The temperature dependence of (\lambda(T)) is correspondingly a sensitive probe of nodal structure through the superfluid stiffness.

At optical frequencies Kerr rotation is controlled by the antisymmetric part of the optical response, commonly expressed through (\sigma_{xy}(\omega)) (from (\Pi_{xy})) together with the sample’s electrodynamics (dielectric function / refractive index). Microscopically, (\sigma_{xy}) is again a current–current Kubo response in the TRSB state.

For spin operators (\hat S^\alpha),

The Knight shift is proportional to the uniform static susceptibility, (K(T)\propto \chi^{\alpha\alpha}(\mathbf q{=}0,\omega{=}0)). The NMR relaxation rate probes the low-frequency spin response,

Neutron scattering, in turn, measures

From the grand potential (\Omega) (computable from BdG eigenvalues, equivalently (\ln\det \mathcal{\mathbf G}^{-1})), one obtains the specific heat and condensation energy via

Thermal conductivity (κ_{ij}) follows from heat-current correlators (Kubo), and (κ(T)) again strongly constrains nodal structure.

Field and current probes (real-space equilibrium observables)

Experiments such as ZF-(\mu)SR, scanning SQUID, or Hall magnetometry probe internal fields (\mathbf B(\mathbf r)) produced by equilibrium supercurrents (\mathbf j(\mathbf r)) and/or magnetization (\mathbf M(\mathbf r)),

In BdG/quasiclassical formalisms, (\mathbf j(\mathbf r)) can be expressed directly in terms of Green’s functions (paramagnetic contribution plus diamagnetic term), so that (\mathcal{\mathbf G}\Rightarrow \mathbf j \Rightarrow \mathbf B\Rightarrow P(B)) (for (\mu)SR).

Observable dictionary (experiment (\leftrightarrow) correlator)

Experimental methodMeasured quantityTheory objectGreen’s-function content
ARPES(I(\mathbf k,\omega))(A(\mathbf k,\omega))(-\frac{1}{\pi}\Im,\mathrm{Tr}_{\sigma,m},\mathcal G^R(\mathbf k,\omega))
STM/STS(dI/dV(\mathbf r,V))(N(\mathbf r,\omega)) (LDOS)(-\frac{1}{\pi}\Im \sum_{\sigma,m}\mathcal G^{R,m,m}_{\sigma\sigma}(\omega;\mathbf r,\mathbf r))
QPI / FT-STS(\lvert g(\mathbf q,\omega)\rvert)(\delta N(\mathbf q,\omega))(\mathcal{\mathbf G}\mathcal{\mathbf T}\mathcal{\mathbf G}) (impurity (T)-matrix)
Optical/microwave(\sigma_{ij}(\omega))conductivitycurrent–current (\Pi_{ij}=\chi_{j_i j_j})
Penetration depth(\lambda(T))superfluid stiffnessstatic transverse current response (K_T)
Kerr rotation(\theta_K(\omega))TRSB optical responseantisymmetric (\sigma_{xy}(\omega)) from (\Pi_{xy})
Knight shift(K(T))(\chi_s(0,0))spin–spin (\chi_{SS})
NMR (1/T_1)relaxation ratelow-(\omega) spin fluctuations(\sum_{\mathbf q}\Im\chi^{+-}(\mathbf q,\omega)/\omega)
Neutrons(S(\mathbf q,\omega))dynamical susceptibility(\Im,\chi_{SS}(\mathbf q,\omega))
ZF-(\mu)SR / scanning SQUID(P(B)), (\mathbf B(\mathbf r))fields/currents(\mathcal{\mathbf G}\Rightarrow \mathbf j,\mathbf M \Rightarrow \mathbf B)
Specific heat(C(T))(\Omega(T))BdG spectrum or (\ln\det \mathcal{\mathbf G}^{-1})

Retarded and advanced Green’s functions

Density of states

Local density of states (LDOS)

(Global) density of states

Anomalous density of states

Equal-time observables (real-frequency representation)

Normal density matrix

At (T=0),

Anomalous (pair) density

At (T=0),

Equal-time observables (Matsubara representation)

Normal density matrix

Anomalous (pair) density

Interpretation

(\mathcal G) encodes single-particle propagation together with charge, spin, and orbital densities, while (\mathcal F) encodes pairing correlations. Their spectral weights determine the density of states and anomalous density of states, whereas frequency integrals or Matsubara sums yield the corresponding equal-time observables.

No reference to the interaction or mean-field self-consistency is required at this stage.

Scanning tunnelling microscopy

History

The scanning tunnelling microscope is the finest resolution microscope ever developed, making manifest the complete departure of quantum physics from classical. The device itself uses the quantum wave-particle duality of matter –“all things possess a portion of every thing”, believed Anaxagoras[105], and indeed, the wavefunction describing any piece of confined matter extends beyond limits of its barriers1. The wavefunction of the electrons from the tip of the probing stylus overlaps with that of those in the sample. Quantum mechanics dictates that an overlap implies a finite probability amplitude for the electrons to tunnel. Nevertheless, the idea was bounced around between theorists for twenty years, but not taken seriously enough to attempt realising until the work of Gerd Binnig and Heinrich Rohrer in 1981[102].

Theory

The scanning tunnelling microscope is an instrument consisting of a sharp conducting tip which scans the surface of a flat conducting sample. When a voltage bias is applied between the tip and sample, a tunnelling current flows.

In order to calculate the probability amplitude of a current, we use time-dependent perturbation theory, which Fermi famously referred to as the ‘golden rule’ for transition rates[106]. The elastic tunnelling current at bias from the sample to the tip is

where we have summed over spin degrees of freedom , (e>0) is the elementary charge; comes from time-dependent perturbation theory; is the matrix element, is the density of states of the sample (tip), and is the Fermi distribution. There will also be a smaller tunnelling amplitude from the tip to the sample

The total current from the sample to the tip is the sum of the two individual currents, integrated over all energies. Up to a sign convention for the current direction,

where (e>0) is the elementary charge and energies are measured relative to the sample chemical potential. For a featureless tip DOS and weak energy dependence of the tunnelling matrix element, this reduces (at low (T)) to the familiar proportionality

and in real space (\rho_s(\omega)) is replaced by the local density of states (N(\mathbf r,\omega)) of the sample.

In practice one therefore chooses a tip material with a relatively flat density of states within the probing energy range. For these reasons, the tip material is usually chosen to be tungsten2, sharpened in situ by field emission onto a gold surface. Conveniently, gold also has a flat density of states, so scanning its surface provides another check of the flatness of the tungsten density.

The first theoretical calculation of the tunnelling current was described by Bardeen in 1961[107]. He assumed the tip and the sample density of states are independent of one-another; decay exponentially through the tunnelling barrier; and the wavefunctions of the sample and tip insignificantly influence one-another. In the case of these three minimal assumptions, the tunnelling matrix elements are independent of the energy difference between the two systems. Further, this implies the matrix will remain unchanged even if either of the systems enters the superconducting state. A more Hamiltonian reformulation was published in 1961 by Cohen et al[108]. Under these minimal assumptions one often takes (M) energy independent and approximates the tip DOS as constant in the relevant window, leading to (dI/dV\propto \rho_s(eV)) at low (T). According to basic quantum mechanics[109], the tunnelling probability through a square barrier is given by the WKB approximation as

where (s) is the barrier width and (\phi) is the effective barrier height.

Realisation

In practice, STM requires an atomically flat and chemically clean surface so that the measured tunnelling matrix elements are controlled by the electronic structure of interest rather than by uncontrolled surface disorder or contamination.

Experimental observables: topographic maps, spectral maps and quasiparticle interference

Within the present framework of multiorbital two-dimensional superconductivity with impurity scattering, STM provides a direct route from the theoretical Green’s functions to experimentally accessible observables. The role of impurities is particularly important, since they generate the interference patterns that make it possible to visualise quasiparticle structure at atomic scales. This real-space-to-momentum-space STM program was worked out in detail in the Davis-group cuprate literature, where spectroscopic imaging, FT-STS, and quasiparticle-interference analysis were explicitly tied together. [110, 111, 112]

2026-04-01T14:33:32.167882 image/svg+xml Matplotlib v3.10.8, https://matplotlib.org/ *{stroke-linejoin: round; stroke-linecap: butt}

Native QTT geometry view of the Friedel benchmark model used as the running STM example in this chapter: a circular open square lattice with a single central impurity site highlighted and a stylized STM tip positioned above it. The schematic is generated directly from the same canonical lattice builder used by the chapter-local native driver.

Density of states

Even without impurities, the local spectrum is directly accessible through the differential tunnelling conductance measured at a given point. Electrons tunnel between sample and tip under an applied bias voltage (V), and at low temperature one has

where the local density of states is

The spatial average gives the global density of states,

Spectroscopic-imaging STM also made this local spectral structure directly visible in the cuprates, including the spatial evolution of pairing and pseudogap phenomenology. [113]

The same observable can be evaluated on a symmetry-faithful materials basis. As a concrete control example, the figure below compares the local spectrum of the converged LaNiGa singlet-control state in the clean system, at the impurity site, and a few unit cells away from it. In the present methodology chapter this is used only as an illustration of the STM dictionary on a realistic multiorbital basis: the impurity response is computed on the fixed converged state rather than from a fully self-consistent impurity recalculation.

Local density of states on the aligned LaNiGa singlet-control basis, comparing the clean system with the impurity site and two nearby points for a scalar impurity of strength . The impurity redistributes spectral weight most strongly near the coherence features, while the spectrum several unit cells away already relaxes toward the clean reference.

Friedel oscillations

Impurities in the quasiparticle sea produce oscillatory modulations of the local density of states, known as Friedel oscillations. When resolved by scanning tunnelling microscopy, these oscillations encode information about quasiparticle dispersion, lifetime, and pairing structure, and therefore provide a direct benchmark for the theory. The Davis-group FT-STS studies of Bi2212 are a canonical experimental realization of this logic, resolving impurity-induced modulations in real space and then identifying the associated scattering wavevectors in Fourier space. [110, 111, 112]

Linecut

For inhomogeneous samples it is often useful to compare spectra along a prescribed path rather than only at isolated points. A linecut is obtained by recording the density of states as the tip moves along a line, for example radially away from an impurity.

Linecuts of the impurity-induced local density of states for square lattices of increasing side length , shown along the straight and diagonal directions from the impurity and also rescaled by the percentage distance to the next impurity image. The largest-system analytical Friedel fit is overlaid as a dashed black curve. This makes the finite-size and direction dependence of the STM linecut explicit while preserving the common oscillation period set by the underlying Fermi wavevector.

The same linecut observable also separates two physically distinct controls. Moving the chemical potential upward through the band changes the Fermi wavevector and therefore shortens the Friedel period, while changing the impurity strength primarily alters the near-impurity amplitude and phase shift, with much weaker effect on the far-field wavelength. These control scans are useful because they distinguish band-structure information from the local scattering potential in the same native benchmark.

Linecuts of the impurity-induced LDOS for fixed impurity strength and varying chemical potential . As moves upward in the band, the oscillation period decreases, reflecting the larger underlying Fermi wavevector.

Linecuts of the impurity-induced LDOS for fixed chemical potential and varying impurity strength . The local response near the defect changes strongly with , but the far-field oscillation period remains set mainly by the band filling rather than by the impurity amplitude itself.

The same linecut construction can then be reused on a symmetry-faithful materials basis. On the converged LaNiGa singlet-control state, the impurity-induced linecut remains the same STM observable, but the multiorbital band structure and gap anisotropy now determine which coherence features dominate along different directions.

Impurity linecuts of the LaNiGa singlet-control local density of states along the two lattice axes and the diagonal direction, again for a scalar impurity of strength . The strongest spectral rearrangement remains localized near the impurity, but the relative weight of the coherence-scale structures depends on the direction of the scan through the underlying multiorbital electronic structure.

Topography

To probe the integrated density of states, one may perform a topographic measurement in which the tip height is adjusted to maintain constant current at fixed bias voltage:

Density of states map

A density-of-states map is obtained by scanning the surface at fixed energy and recording the resulting spatial pattern of (N(\mathbf r,\omega)). Already at the normal-state level, the impurity geometry strongly reshapes this STM image. A single defect produces approximately concentric Friedel rings, a defect pair introduces directional interference fringes, and a circular corral reorganizes the oscillatory weight into a partially confined standing-wave pattern. The figure below is regenerated from the native QTT tight-binding benchmark rather than from the older chapter-local scripts, so all three maps now come from the same canonical code path used elsewhere in the methodology.

Normal-state LDOS maps for three impurity geometries on the same (43\times 43) square-lattice benchmark with (\mu/t=-3.46), (V/t=0.1), and (\eta/t=0.05): a single impurity, an impurity pair displaced by (\pm(3,3)) from the centre, and a fifteen-site circular corral of radius (14.5a). These are the real-space scattering patterns from which later Fourier-space QPI maps are constructed.

On the symmetry-faithful LaNiGa basis the same real-space map can be examined at a finite bias where the coherence structure carries substantial spectral weight. The resulting LDOS pattern is no longer a simple textbook Friedel ring pattern, but it still visualizes directly where the impurity perturbs the local tunnelling spectrum in real space.

Finite-bias LDOS map for the LaNiGa singlet-control state at (\omega=-2.6) with impurity strength (V=1.21). The dominant spectral rearrangement is concentrated near the defect and extends anisotropically along a preferred diagonal direction set by the multiorbital band structure.

Bogoliubov quasiparticle interference

The tunnelling conductance may also be analysed in momentum space through the Fourier transform of the impurity-induced modulation,

This quantity is the Bogoliubov quasiparticle-interference amplitude. The underlying real-space oscillations are Friedel oscillations, with characteristic wavelength (\lambda_\text{Friedel}=\frac{1}{2}\lambda_\text{Fermi}) arising from quasiparticle scattering at the Fermi surface3. The resulting interference pattern therefore provides a momentum-space characterisation of the relevant parts of the Fermi surface. In practice, the early cuprate FT-STS/QPI experiments provide the direct template for this dictionary from (\delta N(\mathbf r,\omega)) to dispersing scattering vectors on the underlying Fermi surface. [111, 112]

Constructing quasiparticle interference from STM dataReal-space STM maplocal density of states N(r, omega)impurityxyimpurity-induced Friedel oscillations in the measured dI/dV mapProcessing pipelineisolate the modulation and transform itN(r, omega)subtract backgroundN0(omega)delta N(r, omega) = N - N0two-dimensional Fourier transformg(q, omega) = FT[delta N]Momentum-space QPI mapFT-STS intensity |g(q, omega)|q_xq_ykk'qq = k' - kscattering vectors appear as enhanced intensity in q-spaceisolatetransformSTM measures real-space modulations; QPI is the Fourier-space view of the same impurity-driven interference pattern.

Schematic construction of quasiparticle interference from STM data. An impurity first generates a real-space modulation in the local density of states measured by the differential tunnelling conductance. Subtracting the homogeneous background isolates , and a two-dimensional Fourier transform then yields the FT-STS amplitude . Enhanced features in the resulting -space map correspond to impurity scattering vectors between equal-energy states.

Quasiparticle-interference map for the single-impurity square-lattice benchmark at impurity coupling strength and chemical potential . This is a direct example of the momentum-space FT-STS observable that the present code can generate from the impurity-induced modulation of the local density of states.

The same Fourier-space construction can also be carried out on the LaNiGa singlet-control state. At finite bias, the resulting FT-STS map exhibits extended diagonal weight rather than a featureless isotropic ring, reflecting the underlying anisotropy of the material-specific scattering channels.

Finite-bias FT-STS map for the LaNiGa singlet-control state at (\omega=-2.6) with impurity strength (V=1.21). The dominant QPI intensity lies on broad diagonal streaks in (\mathbf q)-space, illustrating how the same impurity-scattering formalism carries over from the square-lattice benchmark to a symmetry-faithful multiorbital basis.

The particle-hole symmetry of interband scattering interference patterns depends on the relative sign of the energy gap on those bands. The energy (anti)symmetrised phase-resolved Bogoliubov scattering interference amplitudes [114] are defined as

which at the for interband scattering, have distinct properties depending on the relative sign of the two gaps.

Scanning Josephson tunnelling microscopy

Cooper pair tunnelling is observable via Josephson scanning tunnelling microscopy (JSTM). Cooper-pair tunnelling in Josephson STM is controlled by the local anomalous propagator. A useful theoretical quantity is the anomalous spectral weight (ADOS), defined componentwise by

The Davis-group SJTM experiments on Bi2212 provide a concrete example in which locally resolved pair tunnelling and its Fourier analysis were used to detect a Cooper-pair density wave. [115]

Gap map

The analogue of the normal density-of-states map in this setting is the Cooper-pair map, or gap map, obtained from the spatially resolved Cooper-pair tunnelling conductance.

Cooper pair interference

Fourier transformation of the gap map yields a Cooper-pair interference pattern, which encodes the momentum dependence of the gap structure.


  1. Anaxagoras derives the Inseparability Principle from his No-Least principle –‘properties such as hot and cold, like large and small, exist on a scale of intensity with no upper or lower limit such that “there are no extremes to the degree of intensity of an opposite”‘[116]. It is interesting to note that in closed systems (systems without boundary), such as the electron orbital motion of the atom, Anaxagoras’ Inseparability Principle does not hold, and quantisation can occur. ↩︎

  2. lead and lead-iridium are also used ↩︎

  3. Friedel oscillations are defined at zero applied bias . Pedantically, at nonzero bias the oscillations are technically not Friedel oscillations as we are probing quasiparticles away from the Fermi surface. ↩︎

Introduction

This manuscript focuses on the frustrated-Josephson mechanism. The gauge/current-channel mechanism is treated separately in the companion paper ../microscopic-loop-supercurrent-trsb/index.md.

The free-energy construction is inspired by prior multicomponent superconducting analyses in LaNiX (X=C, Ga). Here we retain that motivation while developing a deliberately general frustrated-Josephson framework: the mechanism does not rely on material-specific microscopic details and is formulated as a generic multicomponent phase-coupling problem.

Because the mechanism is phase-frustration driven, it is also realizable beyond microscopic electronic models, including mesoscopic or macroscopic superconducting-island architectures where conventional superconductors are coupled by engineered edge/diagonal Josephson links on a frustrated network.

Connection to topology papers. The winding TRSB textures stabilized here can be used as imposed pairing inputs for the SOC+Zeeman “topological probe” developed in ../topological-extension/index.md and its 2D completion ../2D-topological-extension/index.md, where bulk gap maps, FHS Chern evaluation, and strip spectra provide a referee-proof class-D topology package. We do not compute Chern numbers in the present manuscript because our focus is thermodynamic selection in the minimal frustrated-Josephson model; topological characterization is deferred to those companion papers.

This chapter deliberately keeps only the conceptual and thermodynamic core of the mechanism. The marked-point Hessian diagnostics, friction ablations, hybrid global-search checks, and auxiliary appendices are beyond its scope. What matters for the thesis argument is that frustration produces a finite thermodynamic TRSB sector, that the analytic line (J_d=J/2) is the correct local-limit guide, and that the resulting branch structure supplies the input for the observables chapter.

Model

We use a four-component (2x2 basis) BdG mean-field model with onsite singlet pairing,

and a frustration sector written directly in the free-energy functional:

with repulsive couplings and .

The finite- mean-field free energy is evaluated as

Model schematic and parameter sets used in this manuscript. Left: 2x2 basis geometry with hoppings ( on edges, intercell, on diagonals) and onsite singlet fields . Right: Hamiltonian terms and numerical parameter choices used for frustrated-Josephson scans and self-consistent marked-point runs.

Native QTT geometry view of the same frustrated-loop 2x2 basis model used for the finite-gap and marked-point calculations. The plotted graph is generated directly from the shared model layer, so the edge and diagonal couplings match the numerical closure.

Methodology

At each iteration, we diagonalize

with an explicit 8x8 Nambu matrix for the four-component unit cell, in basis

Here contains the single-particle hoppings () and chemical potential , while the pairing block is diagonal in orbital index for onsite singlet pairing,

We then recompute anomalous correlators and update

We introduce numerical friction in the fixed-point dynamics and update every mean field ( and any auxiliary fields) as

This is equivalent to linear mixing and damps oscillatory iterations. Unless stated otherwise, all self-consistent runs use this friction value, tolerance , and a run-dependent iteration cap (20 or 80).

Phase labels:

  • Normal: ,
  • TRS: finite and only relative phases,
  • TRSB winding: finite with nontrivial phase winding.

For the unconstrained self-consistent runs, each is updated as a full complex variable; relative phases are not fixed to TRS or winding templates during iteration. Only an overall global gauge is fixed each step.

Parameter Protocol and Scope

For narrative consistency, we use one explicit frustrated-Josephson family:

  • Frustrated-Josephson regime: , , , , , with scanned or fixed per figure (stated in each caption), friction , and tolerance .

Central Claim

For the model and conventions defined above, thermodynamic selection follows:

  1. In the frustrated-Josephson model (), TRSB winding becomes thermodynamically favorable in a finite region once frustration is strong enough and is nonzero.

The remainder of the paper directly verifies this statement.

Results

Figure provenance in this section is explicit: the baseline panel is real-space 8x8 self-consistency; the frustration phase-map panels are k-space unit-cell calculations ( unless explicitly noted); and one panel is an analytic unit-cell limit (no -mesh).

Baseline 8x8 Self-Consistent Run

As a baseline reference (with no explicit frustration terms in the free energy), we run the 8x8 real-space self-consistent solver from TRS and winding seeds.

Stitched 8x8 real-space self-consistent summary for the baseline model. Left: free energy vs iteration for TRS and winding seeds. Right: TRS init/final and winding init/final order-parameter maps on the 8x8 lattice (4x4 unit cells with 2x2 basis), PBC. Parameters: , , , , , friction , tol , max_iter . A shared bivariate legend is used across all four maps (hue = , brightness = log-scaled ).

\FloatBarrier

Frustrated-Josephson Selection of TRSB

The frustrated-Josephson sector is analyzed with phase-only and BdG-amplitude minimization.

Analytic Frustration Backbone (Main Result)

Before full k-space minimization, the phase-frustration sector already gives a closed-form TRS-TRSB boundary. With equal amplitudes and uniform phase step ,

Minimization gives either the TRS point or a TRSB branch

which exists for . Therefore the analytic frustration-only boundary is

This closed-form line is the analytic backbone used throughout the paper; the full BdG maps then quantify how amplitudes and band structure shift the practical crossover.

This backbone is directly connected to Sudeep Ghosh \textit{et al.} [5]: their Eq.(2) gives the multicomponent Ginzburg–Landau free-energy expansion in the order-parameter components, and their Eq.(6) gives the reduced two-component TRSB-sector form . Our phase-only backbone is the fixed-amplitude reduction of the same phase-selection sector on the 2x2 graph (edge couplings , diagonal couplings ), yielding Eq.~(1) here and the same frustration threshold for TRSB stabilization.

Catastrophe / caustic interpretation of the TRSTRSB onset (phase-only backbone)

This manuscript is static (free-energy selection), but the phase-only backbone admits a useful catastrophe-theory interpretation that organizes (i) the onset of bistability, (ii) hysteresis under bias (in any weakly symmetry-broken realization), and (iii) the soft-mode behavior already extracted from relative-phase Hessians. The reduced scalar coordinate is the uniform phase step with

\begin{equation} \frac{F_J(\theta)}{d^2}=4J\cos\theta+2J_d\cos(2\theta). \end{equation}

Normal form near the analytic boundary. Expand about the TRS stationary point by defining \begin{equation} x\equiv \theta-\pi, \end{equation} and Taylor-expand to quartic order: \begin{equation} \frac{F_J(x)}{d^2} = \mathrm{const} +;a,x^2 +;b,x^4 +;\mathcal O(x^6), \qquad a=2(J-2J_d),;; b=\frac{-J+8J_d}{6}. \end{equation} Near , one has while for , giving the standard pitchfork-like bifurcation in .

Unfolding and caustic (fold) set. To classify the singularity, introduce a small symmetry-breaking field that biases the two conjugate chiralities (an unfolding parameter, used only as a diagnostic probe; it is not a new microscopic mechanism). At the reduced level this corresponds to adding \begin{equation} \delta F_h/d^2 \equiv -h,x, \end{equation} yielding the cusp-catastrophe normal form \begin{equation} \Phi(x;a,h)=b,x^4+a,x^2-hx. \end{equation} Stationary points satisfy \begin{equation} \partial_x\Phi = 4b x^3+2a x-h=0. \end{equation} The caustic (fold) lines bounding the bistable region follow from : \begin{equation} \partial_x^2\Phi = 12b x^2+2a=0 ;\Rightarrow; x^2=-\frac{a}{6b}, \end{equation} and therefore \begin{equation} h_{\rm fold}(a) = \pm\frac{4}{3\sqrt{6}}\frac{(-a)^{3/2}}{\sqrt{b}}, \qquad (a<0), \end{equation} which is the universal cusp scaling . In the present variables, is precisely the TRSB regime . Equivalently, this curve is the discriminant locus of the reduced free-energy critical points, obtained by solving and together.

Softening and barrier collapse. At zero bias (), the curvature at the TRS point is , so it vanishes linearly at . In the TRSB regime (), the minima occur at and the barrier between the two wells scales as \begin{equation} \Delta F_{\rm barrier}/d^2 \sim \frac{a^2}{4b}, \end{equation} i.e. it collapses quadratically on approach to the caustic.

\textit{Interpretation within scope.} No Hamiltonian terms are added. The statement is that the analytic backbone is the structurally stable singular set controlling the onset of chirality bistability; in any weakly biased realization (disorder, tiny flux offsets in an island implementation, or numerical symmetry breaking) the near-onset organization is the standard cusp unfolding. References for the cusp normal form and fold scaling are Refs.~[9–11].

k-space unit-cell publication-style phase map from analytic- plus BdG-amplitude minimization. Parameters: , , , , , , . Map grid: in with 3-point minimization per grid point. Regions classify normal, TRS, and TRSB sectors and show frustration-controlled crossover.

k-space unit-cell phase-diagram-driven free-energy minimization and parameter extraction. Left: phase sectors in (the regions themselves define normal/TRS/TRSB states). Overlaid markers are not additional phase labels; they are representative low-energy points extracted for follow-up calculations: lowest- point inside the TRS sector, lowest- point inside the TRSB sector, plus TRS/TRSB minima along the fixed cut . Right: minimized free-energy surface on the same grid. Parameters (code_31): , , , , , , . Map grid: in with 4-point minimization per point. Extracted minima are written to phase_diagram_free_energy_minima.csv and used to identify low-energy parameter regions before full self-consistent iteration.

Additional hybrid global-search missing-minimum diagnostics () are provided in the Appendix, where we show both a fixed-cut check and a sampled validation grid.

The difference between the k-space map and the analytic unit-cell map is physical, not only computational. The analytic panel is a strict local unit-cell limit with no intercell Bloch dispersion (), so phase selection reflects only local four-component competition. The k-space panel restores the extended periodic problem and sums over Bloch states; this introduces band-structure and density-of-states weighting across the Brillouin zone, which renormalizes relative TRS/TRSB stability and shifts boundaries. Thus the analytic line is a local-limit guide, while the k-space map provides the quantitative boundary for this model.

k-space unit-cell frustrated-mechanism consistency check with two marked points and explicit variation. (a) Phase map in at fixed with points A and B used for full self-consistent iterations. (b) Second phase map in at fixed , showing how the sector structure changes with chemical potential. (c,d) Self-consistent free-energy trajectories vs iteration for points A and B from TRS and winding seeds (tol , friction ). Parameters: , , , , , . Map grids: uses and uses , each with 4-point minimization. Here A/B are representative phase-diagram points selected for branch-resolved dynamics; the phase-diagram free-energy-minima panel above is used to identify low-energy regions before full self-consistent iteration.

An explicit friction-ablation repeat of these marked-point trajectories (no-friction vs frictioned updates) is provided in the Appendix.

k-space unit-cell converged order-parameter solutions at the marked points. Each point is solved self-consistently at , then the lowest converged branch is selected (A: TRS branch; B: winding/TRSB branch). The phases shown are continuously relaxed outputs of the complex BdG iteration (global gauge fixed only), not imposed discrete phase patterns. Panels show phase and magnitude on the 2x2 basis with shared color scales. Parameters: , , (A) or (B), , , , , , .

Fixed-Point Ranking and Phase Textures

To make this figure explicit in the main text, consider the analytically solvable 4-site unit-cell limit with intracell ring hopping only () and common pairing magnitude . Using symmetry, define orbital Fourier modes

These symmetry-adapted Fourier sectors are the discrete-component analogue of Leggett relative-phase channels.

In this basis, the normal-state sector is diagonal with

and the 8x8 BdG matrix decomposes into four independent 2x2 blocks

so the quasiparticle eigenvalues are

Equivalently, the positive branches are

with giving the doubly degenerate middle branch.

For the discrete winding sectors used in the analytic phase diagram ( with ), the same 4-site ring can be written in closed form as

for . We then minimize over in each sector and compare sector minima to classify normal/TRS/TRSB regions analytically.

In this isotropic limit, TRS and winding phase cartoons with equal share the same BdG-spectrum form; phase selection between TRS and TRSB in the full model is controlled by the inter-component frustration terms (, ) and by the self-consistent relaxation of complex .

Discussion

The calculations show a consistent frustrated-selection trend across complementary methods. The and maps, marked-point self-consistent runs, and analytic four-site calculations are mutually consistent and provide a reproducible branch-ordering crossover.

Numerical consistency checks are favorable. The friction comparison shows that unconverged branches at can produce misleading endpoint rankings, whereas yields stable converged ordering. The analytic four-site boundary condition ( in the reduced phase-only criterion) aligns qualitatively with self-consistent A/B branch behavior at fixed .

A broader adaptive scan in dimensionless space (995 sampled points) retains the same overall TRS/TRSB organization but shows that restricted templates are not exact at every point. In 24 targeted hybrid-global checks, 4 points (all in low-, low- neighborhoods) switch label from restricted TRS to hybrid TRSB. Appendix local refinement around those centers finds localized weak-coupling pockets (15/64 report mismatches, including 4/64 label flips), not a global breakdown of the frustration-driven trend.

The conclusions use only the parameter-stated runs listed in Reproducibility Files.

Within scope, the phase-competition framework is platform-agnostic: although motivated by LaNiX-style multicomponent free-energy constructions, the same structure can be engineered in superconducting-island network settings.

Leggett-Mode Interpretation and Relevance

The relative-phase Fourier sectors introduced in the four-component unit cell are not only a convenient symmetry basis; they are the natural Leggett channels of the multicomponent condensate. Their value is threefold for this problem. First, they provide a dynamical interpretation of phase selection: TRS-to-TRSB crossover corresponds to redistribution of phase stiffness among internal relative-phase modes rather than only a static change in minimum labels. Second, mode softening is a sensitive indicator of proximity to branch instability and therefore a stricter diagnostic than endpoint free-energy comparison alone. Third, Leggett modes offer an experimental bridge (e.g., Raman/THz collective-mode signatures) between this generic frustrated-Josephson model and realizable multicomponent superconducting platforms. A full dynamical extraction of Leggett spectra across the map is outside the present static free-energy scope, but the mode-channel interpretation is central for identifying which phase boundaries are likely to host the strongest collective fluctuations.

Leggett-channel stiffness proxies from local relative-phase Hessians at the converged marked-point states. For each point, we take the lowest converged self-consistent branch (same settings as the marked-point self-consistency panel), fix amplitudes , and evaluate the Hessian in independent relative phases by finite differences of . Bars show Hessian eigenvalues . Parameters: , , , , , , , with A: and B: . Positive at A indicate a locally stiff phase sector; soft/negative at B indicate proximity to phase instability in this fixed-amplitude local analysis.

Limitations

The phase diagrams are numerically converged on the chosen grids at fixed , and we now include hybrid global-search validation on both fixed cuts and an adaptive 5D expansion campaign. However, we still do not perform full global optimization over all amplitudes/phases at every map point in the full volume. Exhaustive branch searches over arbitrary phase patterns everywhere remain beyond the present scan, and weak-coupling boundary pockets can require unrestricted searches for exact labeling.

Conclusion

This work establishes a frustration-driven selection mechanism for loop-supercurrent TRSB order within the scanned parameter regime of this four-component BdG model. Repulsive inter-component Josephson couplings generate a finite TRSB stability window once superconductivity is established, and analytic four-site, variational k-space, and self-consistent calculations support the same TRS-to-TRSB crossover trend.

The central contribution is distinct from the companion paper: here we isolate the frustrated-Josephson channel only, while the gauge/current-channel interaction and HS variables (, ) are intentionally excluded and treated separately in ../microscopic-loop-supercurrent-trsb/index.md.

External-validity scope is correspondingly clear. The qualitative frustration mechanism is expected for multicomponent superconducting platforms with competing edge/diagonal phase couplings, but quantitative phase boundaries remain model-dependent and can shift under full unrestricted global optimization in weak-coupling boundary regions. For extended noisy arrays, the same chirality sector motivates a follow-up kinetics layer in which domain-wall motion, annihilation, and fluctuation-driven branching are modeled in a BARW-style effective dynamics.

References

  1. V. L. Ginzburg and L. D. Landau, Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 20, 1064 (1950).
  2. A. J. Leggett, Prog. Theor. Phys. 36, 901 (1966), doi:10.1143/PTP.36.901.
  3. M. Sigrist and K. Ueda, Rev. Mod. Phys. 63, 239 (1991), doi:10.1103/RevModPhys.63.239.
  4. V. Stanev and Z. Tesanovic, Phys. Rev. B 81, 134522 (2010), doi:10.1103/PhysRevB.81.134522.
  5. S. K. Ghosh et al., J. Phys.: Condens. Matter 33, 335702 (2021), doi:10.1088/1361-648X/ac17ba.
  6. P. G. de Gennes, Superconductivity of Metals and Alloys (Westview Press, Boulder, 1999).
  7. M. Tinkham, Introduction to Superconductivity, 2nd ed. (Dover, Mineola, 2004).
  8. Kent Academic Repository, “Loop-supercurrent order” repository record, https://kar.kent.ac.uk/80669/ (accessed February 18, 2026).
  9. V. I. Arnold, Catastrophe Theory, 3rd ed. (Springer, Berlin, 1992).
  10. R. Gilmore, Catastrophe Theory for Scientists and Engineers (Dover, New York, 1993).
  11. T. Poston and I. Stewart, Catastrophe Theory and Its Applications (Dover, New York, 1996).

Introduction

This chapter is the macroscopic device realization of the frustration mechanism developed in ../frustration-mediated-loop-supercurrent/index.md. The central point is that engineered Josephson frustration alone is sufficient to obtain TRSB loop states.

The microscopic current-channel chapter ../microscopic-loop-supercurrent-trsb/index.md remains useful as supporting context for possible parameter renormalization, but it is not required for the central claim developed here.

Central claim:

  1. A four-island loop with competing edge and diagonal Josephson couplings supports TRSB winding minima when diagonal frustration exceeds a threshold.
  2. The two conjugate winding states define a chirality doublet that can be used as a qubit with standard flux and microwave control.

Macroscopic Island Hamiltonian (Primary)

Consider an -island loop (), with island phases and Cooper-pair numbers .

The phase-selection free energy for fixed amplitudes is

where and are effective edge and diagonal phase-coupling strengths.

Four-Island Analytic TRSB Criterion

For a symmetric four-island loop in the uniform-step ansatz ,

Stationarity yields

which exists only when

So:

  1. : TRS phase minima.
  2. : TRSB winding minima with conjugate chiralities .

Analytic four-island macroscopic phase map obtained by minimizing . Left: TRS and TRSB sectors with analytic boundary . Right: , where negative values indicate energetic preference for the TRSB branch.

Conventional-Superconductor Realization

The mechanism is compatible with conventional s-wave islands (for example Al, Nb, NbN, TiN).

Device Ingredients

  1. Superconducting islands with controllable charging energy.
  2. Edge and diagonal couplers (fixed junctions or tunable SQUID couplers).
  3. Flux-bias lines to tune and coupler asymmetry.

Design Rules

  1. Operate above frustration threshold: .
  2. Maintain finite superconducting stiffness to avoid normal collapse.
  3. Keep geometry and coupler values symmetric so remain near-degenerate before intentional biasing.
  4. For robust fabrication tolerance, design around a practical margin (device-specific (\delta)) rather than hugging the analytic threshold.

Design margin statement (analytic vs practical)— The analytic onset for TRSB minima is in the uniform-step criterion, but the strict branch-stability map over the explicit four-phase manifold shows a practical crossover near under the constrained scan. For hardware design, the relevant requirement is therefore to target with enough margin that bistability survives disorder, asymmetry, and bias-line drift.

Concrete Coupler Realization

One practical implementation is a fixed edge-junction backbone plus SQUID-tunable diagonal couplers:

  1. Edge network sets the baseline (K_e) with low drift.
  2. Diagonal SQUID couplers tune (K_d) in situ to enter and hold the TRSB regime.
  3. Dedicated bias lines tune external offsets (A_{ij}) and compensate post-fabrication asymmetry.

This makes the frustration ratio and chirality bias independently calibratable at commissioning time.

Junction Microphysics as Effective Couplings (Platform View)

The platform description uses effective couplings and rather than a microscopic conduction-channel model of each junction. This is appropriate for two reasons.

  1. Non-sinusoidal current-phase relations primarily renormalize couplings. In junction physics, the Josephson energy is a -periodic function of phase difference and the supercurrent follows from the derivative . When microscopic transport produces deviations from a pure energy (e.g., channel-transparency effects leading to Andreev-bound-state dispersions), the dominant platform-level consequence is a shift in the effective amplitude(s) and harmonic content of the phase couplings. In this macroscopic-island setting, those changes are absorbed into the extracted values of and and into their fabrication spreads, unless one intentionally engineers a strongly non-sinusoidal regime.

  2. Subgap dissipation is a practical constraint, not a second mechanism. Real junctions can exhibit small subgap currents (often discussed in terms of multiple-Andreev-reflection processes). In our platform language, such processes are treated as loss channels that can reduce coherence (and therefore motivate conservative operating points, filtering, and junction/process choices), rather than as ingredients required to obtain TRSB.

This section is included only to clarify modeling scope: the TRSB mechanism presented here remains frustration-driven phase selection at island scale.

Branch-Resolved Numerical Phase Map with Stability Filtering

We map the stable branches on a grid using multi-seed minimization and explicit Hessian stability filtering.

Numerical setup:

  1. Fixed GHz.
  2. Scan range: (41 points), (61 points).
  3. Per grid point: multi-seed minimization (TRS, winding, random seeds), Hessian eigenvalue check, branch winner classification.

Main outcomes of the scan are:

  1. Stable-branch coverage: TRS winner at 1230/2501 points, TRSB winner at 1240/2501 points, with 31/2501 points unlabeled under strict stability tolerance.
  2. Practical crossover in this constrained map occurs near (TRS persists up to about , TRSB branches appear from about ).
  3. Winner-branch stability margins (minimum Hessian eigenvalue) remain positive in labeled regions.

This practical crossover is shifted from the analytic line because the branch-resolved map enforces full stationarity and stability constraints over the explicit four-phase manifold at finite flux bias.

Branch-resolved macroscopic map with stability checks. (a) Winning branch among stable minima only. (b) where both branches are simultaneously stable. (c) Stability margin from the smallest Hessian eigenvalue of the winning branch.

Quantum-Computing Reduction

This section reduces the macroscopic platform to the two-state chirality subspace used in ../orbital-supercurrent-qubit/index.md.

In the TRSB regime the lowest two branches are chirality states and . Projecting to this subspace gives

with:

  1. : chirality bias from flux/coupler asymmetry.
  2. : tunnel splitting across the TRSB barrier.
  3. : drive amplitude and frequency.

Projected current operator:

which enables inductive SQUID or resonator readout of chirality sign.

Quantitative Qubit Metrics

Using the reduced model with nominal parameters

the representative metrics are:

  1. Barrier height: GHz.
  2. Tunnel splitting at symmetry: GHz.
  3. Persistent current amplitude: nA.
  4. Example operating-point transition frequency at : GHz.

For dephasing trend estimates we use

with . This gives a sweet-spot-protected trend near and microsecond-scale reduction away from symmetry, as shown below.

For relaxation trend estimates we use a Purcell-style scaling

with dispersive shift .

Quantitative qubit and readout metrics for the nominal operating point. (a) Reduced chirality potential with TRSB minima and interwell saddle. (b) Transition frequency and estimated versus flux offset using . (c) Dispersive shift and one-microsecond SNR trend versus mutual inductance , using GHz, nH, detuning GHz, MHz, and .

Realistic Device Parameter Table and Readout Visibility

Representative parameter points and derived observables are:

  1. Nominal (Al-like): GHz, GHz, GHz, GHz, GHz, nA, GHz, MHz at pH, s, SNR.
  2. NbN-like: GHz, GHz, GHz, GHz, GHz, nA, GHz, MHz at pH, s, SNR.

These numbers indicate that, within this reduced model, readout contrast is already in a favorable regime for standard dispersive detection while maintaining a sizable chirality barrier and sub-GHz to ~1 GHz qubit splitting.

Fabrication-Spread Uncertainty and Sensitivity

We use a Monte Carlo uncertainty analysis to quantify robustness against realistic spreads in couplers, charging energy, and mutual inductive readout coupling.

Assumptions:

  1. Nominal point: .
  2. Gaussian spreads: , , , .
  3. 1000 samples (--samples 1000), with TRSB-valid subset selected by .

Key results are:

  1. TRSB-valid fraction: .
  2. : median GHz, 5–95% interval GHz.
  3. : median nA, 5–95% interval nA.
  4. (MHz): median , 5–95% interval .
  5. SNR(1 s): median , 5–95% interval .
  6. : broad tail, median s (5–95% interval s).

Sensitivity correlations indicate:

  1. is dominated by balance.
  2. Readout visibility (SNR, ) is most sensitive to , then .
  3. contributes sub-dominantly in this operating window.

Monte Carlo uncertainty and sensitivity. (a) Distribution of tunnel splitting . (b) Distribution of one-microsecond single-shot proxy SNR. (c) Absolute correlation heatmap showing parameter sensitivities for , SNR, and .

Control and Readout Protocol

Initialization

Set and relax into one chirality.

Gates

  1. Resonant rotations at

2. rotations by bias-pulse control of .

Readout

Use inductive coupling to detect loop-current sign and magnitude.

Noise and Robustness

  1. Flux noise mainly dephases via fluctuations.
  2. Charge noise is reduced in high- operation.
  3. Coupler drift shifts the effective ratio and should be periodically recalibrated.
  4. Thermal activation requires barrier for stable chirality memory.
  5. Junction process variations (e.g., critical-current spread) enter this platform primarily as spreads in ; these are already captured in the Monte Carlo analysis assumptions.
  6. Subgap dissipation (including MAR-like processes) is treated as an implementation constraint: it motivates conservative junction choices and filtering, but it is not required for TRSB formation.

Testable Predictions

  1. Analytic onset follows in the reduced criterion, while the strict branch-stability map shows a practical crossover near for the explicit four-phase constrained scan.
  2. Near symmetry, spectroscopy shows an avoided crossing set by .
  3. Hysteretic current-sign switching appears only in the TRSB regime.

Conclusion

One mechanism is sufficient for this platform: frustrated Josephson competition in a conventional-superconductor island loop. It yields TRSB winding states, a chirality doublet, and a direct path to qubit-level control and readout. Junction microphysics is incorporated as an effective-parameter renormalization and as a practical dissipation constraint, not as an additional mechanism. Current-channel physics can be added as a quantitative refinement, but it is not required for the core device concept.

This chapter fixes the low-energy phase-dynamics framework used later for weak links and multicomponent superconductors. Because the thesis studies TRSB states built from coupled internal superconducting phases, internal Josephson physics and relative-phase collective modes provide the natural low-energy dynamical language.

The treatment is effective rather than microscopic. Amplitude fluctuations and high-energy quasiparticles are assumed to have been integrated out unless explicitly stated otherwise. The result is a phase-only description in which the universal collective structure is manifest.

Notation and conventions

We take the electron charge magnitude to be and use for the reduced Planck constant. Cooper pairs therefore carry charge .

For condensate ,

The electromagnetic potentials are . Under a gauge transformation with scalar function ,

The gauge-invariant phase combinations are

For a two-component condensate it is convenient to define

Here is the common phase and is the relative phase. In a charged superconductor, hybridises with electromagnetism and becomes plasma-like. By contrast, is gauge-invariant and supports an internal collective mode.

Two-component phases: in-phase (θ₊) vs out-of-phase (θ₋)In-phase (θ₊): condensates move togetherOut-of-phase (θ₋): condensates opposeθcondensate 1condensate 2Charged SC: couples to EM → plasma modeθθcondensate 1condensate 2Restoring force from intercomponent Josephson coupling

Two-component phases: in-phase () versus out-of-phase (). The in-phase motion is the charged total-phase mode and, in a charged superconductor, is pushed up to the plasma frequency by electromagnetic coupling. The out-of-phase motion is the relative-phase Leggett mode, which is an internal, approximately neutral oscillation between condensates. Intercomponent coupling provides its restoring force and opens the Leggett gap.

For the intercomponent Josephson coupling, take

Then favours , while favours .

Phase-only description

At energies well below the superconducting gap, amplitude fluctuations are usually heavier than phase fluctuations. A standard approximation is therefore to retain only the phase degrees of freedom. The resulting theory is hydrodynamic in form: microscopic details are encoded in stiffness and compressibility parameters, while the long-wavelength collective structure is retained.

For a neutral superfluid, the in-phase mode is the Goldstone mode of broken symmetry. In a charged superconductor, coupling to electromagnetism pushes this mode to the plasma scale by the Anderson mechanism. In a multicomponent condensate, the relative phase remains as an additional internal degree of freedom.

Josephson effect

Consider two superconductors separated by a weak link. At low energies the relevant variable is the phase difference

Josephson relations

The Josephson relations are

Thus a constant voltage produces oscillations at the Josephson frequency

These relations are the original Josephson effect written in the low-energy phase language used throughout the chapter. [117]

Josephson energy

The weak link is described by the Josephson energy

This cosine potential governs small oscillations, nonlinear phase dynamics, and phase-slip processes.

RCSJ dynamics

Including capacitance and shunt resistance gives the resistively and capacitively shunted junction equation

Linearising about a stable minimum yields the Josephson plasma frequency

Extended junctions

In a long junction the phase becomes a field . After the usual electromagnetic reduction one obtains a sine-Gordon-type equation,

This supports fluxons, plasma waves, and nonlinear propagating phase profiles. The extended-junction case is kept here only as a compact reference for later phase-texture arguments.

Internal Josephson coupling in multicomponent condensates

For a two-component condensate,

and the coupling

makes the relative phase

a natural low-energy variable.

This is internal Josephson physics: the phase coupling is not across a weak link between two bulk superconductors, but between two superconducting components of the same material. The common phase describes collective charge motion, while the relative phase describes internal oscillation between condensates.

For the present thesis this language is especially natural. Internally winding TRSB states are built from coupled site-, orbital-, or band-resolved superconducting phases, so their low-energy dynamics is naturally expressed in terms of internal Josephson couplings and relative-phase variables.

Leggett modes

Leggett modes are collective oscillations of the relative phase in multicomponent superconductors or superfluids. In the two-band language, they are out-of-phase oscillations of the condensates associated with different bands.

Physical interpretation

The common phase describes in-phase motion of all condensates together. In a charged system it couples to electromagnetism, carries net charge oscillation, and becomes the plasma mode. The relative phase instead describes out-of-phase motion between condensates and is, to leading order, an internal neutral mode rather than a total-charge mode. Because the intercomponent Josephson term prefers a particular relative phase, the Leggett mode is typically gapped even at long wavelength. Its small- dispersion is therefore optical-like,

with a finite Leggett gap at . This mode was first analysed in the two-band superconducting context by Leggett. [118]

Sharp and damped regimes

The mode is long-lived only when it lies below the pair-breaking continuum. A practical criterion is

where is the smaller gap scale. If

the mode overlaps the quasiparticle continuum and becomes strongly damped. [118, 119]

Experimental observation

Leggett modes are most directly identified in Raman scattering when the relevant symmetry channel couples to the relative-phase oscillation. A standard example is MgB, in which a Leggett-mode peak was reported near . [120] Optical and THz probes can also couple to the mode, although the strength and form of that coupling depend on the symmetry of the excitation and on the microscopic coupling mechanism. [119]

Phase-only derivation of the Leggett mode

A compact derivation starts from the quadratic phase-only Lagrangian

where is the phase stiffness and is a compressibility-like coefficient.

Expanding around a minimum by writing

gives

The constant term is irrelevant, and the quadratic term provides the restoring force.

Passing to the variables and and diagonalising the quadratic form separates the theory into a charged in-phase sector and a neutral relative-phase sector. At quadratic order the latter takes the form

with

The Euler–Lagrange equation is

For plane-wave solutions

one obtains

with

The Leggett mode is therefore a gapped relative-phase oscillation. The phase-only theory does not itself encode decay into quasiparticles; damping enters once the mode overlaps the pair-breaking continuum.

Relation to later semiclassical analysis

Any later semiclassical material on ray focusing or caustics is supplementary to the present phase-dynamics discussion and is kept outside the main background chapter. When that language is used, the natural conceptual reference is Berry’s catastrophe-theory treatment of structurally stable wave caustics, while O’Dell’s bosonic Josephson-junction analysis provides a concrete many-body example in which caustic structure appears directly in Josephson dynamics formulated in Fock space. [121, 122]

Summary

The later chapters need a phase-dynamics language in which the Josephson effect is understood as the effective low-energy dynamics of a superconducting phase difference. In multicomponent condensates, the relative phase then defines an internal Josephson degree of freedom. In a charged superconductor the in-phase mode becomes plasma-like, whereas the relative-phase mode survives as the Leggett mode. Intercomponent phase locking provides the restoring force for that mode and therefore its gap. This language is directly relevant to internally winding TRSB states, whose low-energy dynamics is organised by coupled internal superconducting phases.

Introduction

Multicomponent superconductors can spontaneously break time-reversal symmetry (TRS) when competing inter-component phase-locking channels frustrate any globally TRS phase assignment. The mechanism paper in this project isolates how repulsive Josephson-like couplings on the four-component (2x2) unit cell stabilize winding-like TRSB states once superconductivity is established. Here we do not re-derive that mechanism or its phase-diagram backbone; instead we treat it as an input: at each microscopic parameter point, there exist at least two relevant locally converged branches (TRS-like and TRSB-like), and the thermodynamic sector is determined by their free-energy ordering.

The purpose of this manuscript is prediction-facing: to identify quantitative low-energy observables that distinguish TRSB from nearby TRS states, and to show how those observables organize across parameter maps. The central claim is:

TRSB is accompanied by a robust softening of the lowest relative-phase collective mode (a Leggett-channel mode), producing a low-frequency red shift and spectral-weight transfer in both Raman and THz templates.

This chapter is deliberately narrower than the full numerical programme. The complete Leggett maps, response-surface atlases, and multislice extensions are outside its scope. The thesis keeps the main experiment-facing result: once the frustration mechanism has selected a TRSB branch, the most robust consequence in this model family is the softening of the lowest relative-phase mode and its Raman/THz red-shift signature.

We operationalize this claim in three steps: (i) compute converged branch states on parameter grids, (ii) extract a local relative-phase Hessian and define mode proxies, and (iii) map those proxies into standard damped-response templates suitable for comparison to Raman/THz spectroscopy.

Model setup and analysis path. Left: four-component unit cell with edge couplings and diagonal couplings generating phase frustration. Right: workflow from microscopic parameters to converged branches, mode extraction, and observables.

Model setup and analysis path. Left: four-component unit cell with edge couplings and diagonal couplings generating phase frustration. Right: workflow from microscopic parameters to converged branches, mode extraction, and observables.

Native QTT geometry view of the underlying four-site frustrated-loop model used to generate the converged TRS/TRSB branches and Leggett-channel observables in this chapter.

Model and Computational Protocol

BdG + frustrated Josephson sector (recap in one paragraph)

We work with a four-component onsite-singlet BdG mean-field model on the 2x2 basis with hoppings and chemical potential . Superconductivity is represented by onsite complex order parameters (). Frustration is encoded via repulsive inter-component Josephson-like couplings on edges () and diagonals (), which energetically penalize aligned phases and generate incompatible constraints on the 2x2 graph; this creates a regime where a compromise winding configuration becomes competitive. The mean-field free energy is evaluated from BdG quasiparticles plus quadratic pairing cost and explicit Josephson terms; branch selection is purely thermodynamic: TRSB is realized when a winding-like converged solution has lower free energy than its TRS competitor at the same microscopic parameters. (Mechanism details and analytic backbone lines are treated in the companion mechanism manuscript.)

Branch definition and thermodynamic selection

At each parameter point we consider two converged candidates:

  • TRS branch: only relative phases (e.g., uniform or -alternating patterns).
  • TRSB branch: winding-like relative phases (nontrivial internal phase circulation).

We define the selection metric

where

⚠️ Math rendering failed: template: _markup/render-passthrough.html:186:31: executing "_markup/render-passthrough.html" at <transform.ToMath>: error calling ToMath: KaTeX parse error: Expected 'EOF', got '_' at position 88: …,\eta,\text{max_̲iter})
collects parameters and solver settings. The thermodynamic label is

  • TRSB if ,
  • TRS if ,
  • crossover on .

Relative-phase (Leggett-channel) curvature and mode proxies

To connect branch identity to observables we extract a local quadratic stiffness in the relative phases around the converged solution. Fix the converged amplitudes and expand the free energy in the independent relative phases

We compute the Hessian

by finite differences of , and denote its ordered eigenvalues . We define curvature and frequency proxies

This is a local diagnostic: it is designed to capture softening trends and near-instabilities in the relative-phase sector rather than a full dynamical collective-mode calculation with microscopic Raman vertices.

Raman and THz response templates

We translate extracted mode scales into standard damped-oscillator templates:

Here is taken proportional to the extracted (model units), while are chosen as simple, reproducible template parameters (fixed across comparisons unless explicitly scanned). The goal is not absolute intensity prediction, but robust low-frequency discrimination: peak red shifts and spectral-weight transfer driven by a softened lowest mode.

Main grid and solver settings

The primary map is a grid with:

  • fixed: , , ,
  • ,
  • solver friction , max_iter ,
  • grid size: (189 points),
  • reported convergence: 189/189 best-branch converged points.

Additional robustness comes from four slices (each 189 points) and denser/large- spot checks described in Results.

The current numerical path is now native to Quantum Tensor Tree: the converged Leggett map is produced by qttree.benchmarks.loop_supercurrent_frustrated_leggett_map through the thin chapter-facing wrapper code_03_leggett_mode_map_from_converged_states.py, while the later response and multislice figures consume that native CSV as downstream thin wrappers rather than separate solver engines.

Results

1) Converged map: strong lowest-mode softening in TRSB

Converged main map. Left: lowest-mode curvature proxy . Right: representative trajectories versus . Parameters: complete grid (189 points), , max_iter , .

Converged main map. Left: lowest-mode curvature proxy . Right: representative trajectories versus . Parameters: complete grid (189 points), , max_iter , .

Across the converged best-branch states, TRSB is marked by a pronounced downward shift of the lowest mode proxy:

A large subset of TRSB points cluster near the numerical floor: 44.0% of TRSB points have near-zero within tolerance, while TRS points do not. This is the central quantitative discriminator: TRSB occupies a soft relative-phase sector consistent with proximity to a phase-instability boundary.

2) Observable templates: Raman/THz red shift and weight transfer

Raman/THz templates from converged mode sets. One representative TRS state and one representative TRSB state are shown (median-softness picks). The TRSB template is shifted to lower collective-mode scale.

Raman/THz templates from converged mode sets. One representative TRS state and one representative TRSB state are shown (median-softness picks). The TRSB template is shifted to lower collective-mode scale.

Using representative TRS and TRSB solutions (selected by median softness within each label), the response templates reproduce the same qualitative signature:

  • Raman: the lowest collective contribution moves to lower frequency in TRSB, with enhanced low- structure when is small.
  • THz conductivity: the collective-mode-related shoulder/peak features shift downward, redistributing spectral weight toward low frequencies.

This discrimination is robust to modest variations in damping and weights so long as the same template convention is used for both branches; the key driver is the extracted change in .

3) TRSB sector expansion across microscopic slices

We repeat the full mapping protocol on four cuts in (each 189 points, same convergence protocol). The TRSB area fraction increases monotonically:

Thus increasing intercell/diagonal kinetic structure (in the specific scanned family) expands the thermodynamic TRSB sector and increases the prevalence of softened lowest modes. Denser checks (403-point dense map) and an subset (81/81 converged) preserve the same qualitative organization and softness contrast.

4) A practical inference rule from the maps

For experimental comparison, the most actionable output is not the raw label map but the soft-mode contour structure:

  • the TRSB region tends to coincide with suppressed ,
  • near crossover boundaries (where ), tends to be smallest and most sensitive to tuning.

This suggests an inference workflow: sweep a tuning parameter (doping/pressure/strain) that primarily changes or renormalizes effective couplings, then fit the observed low-frequency Raman/THz peak trajectory to extract whether the system crosses into a soft TRSB sector.

Discussion

Physical interpretation

In a multicomponent condensate, relative phases constitute internal degrees of freedom that support Leggett-type collective oscillations. TRSB in this model is not merely a static phase pattern; it is accompanied by a soft internal phase stiffness. The observed suppression of across TRSB points indicates that TRSB is generically closer to a relative-phase instability than nearby TRS states, consistent with frustration-driven compromise in the phase sector.

Experimental falsifiability

The prediction is falsifiable as a frequency-trajectory statement:

  • Identify a low-frequency collective feature in Raman and/or THz,
  • Track its shift under a tuning parameter,
  • TRSB should correlate with a systematic red shift and enhanced low-frequency weight consistent with a softened lowest internal mode.

Combining Raman and THz strengthens identification because both are sensitive to low-energy collective scales but weight them differently.

Units and material mapping

Outputs are in model units. Fixing a single material energy scale maps to THz via

Once one spectral anchor is known (e.g., a gap scale or a known collective-mode frequency), the templates become quantitatively comparable in physical units.

Limitations

  1. The Hessian-based are local stiffness proxies, not full microscopic dynamical mode calculations including vertex structure and quasiparticle damping derived from the BdG spectrum.
  2. The branch set is restricted to the dominant TRS/TRSB competitors identified by the solver protocol; exotic patterns could exist in weak-coupling boundary pockets (handled via global-search diagnostics in the mechanism paper rather than repeated here).
  3. Absolute intensities in Raman/THz require material-specific couplings; we emphasize robust frequency shifts and weight transfer.

Conclusion

Frustration-driven TRSB in the four-component loop-supercurrent BdG model has a quantitative observable fingerprint: a substantial softening of the lowest relative-phase collective mode. On a fully converged map (189/189 points) the mean ratio , and a large fraction of TRSB points sit near a soft-mode floor. Translating these mode scales into Raman and THz templates yields a clear low-frequency red shift and spectral-weight transfer in TRSB. Across four microscopic slices the TRSB area fraction grows monotonically (0.296, 0.444, 0.614, 0.884), establishing robust expansion of the TRSB sector with increasing intercell/diagonal coupling in the scanned family. These outputs define falsifiable signatures and a practical route for parameter inference from spectroscopy.

References

  1. S. K. Ghosh, J. F. Annett, and J. Quintanilla, J. Phys.: Condens. Matter 33, 335702 (2021), doi:10.1088/1361-648X/ac17ba.
  2. S. K. Ghosh, J. F. Annett, and J. Quintanilla, New J. Phys. 23, 083018 (2021), doi:10.1088/1367-2630/ac17ba.
  3. A. J. Leggett, Prog. Theor. Phys. 36, 901 (1966), doi:10.1143/PTP.36.901.
  4. V. Stanev and Z. Tesanovic, Phys. Rev. B 81, 134522 (2010), doi:10.1103/PhysRevB.81.134522.
  5. M. Sigrist and K. Ueda, Rev. Mod. Phys. 63, 239 (1991), doi:10.1103/RevModPhys.63.239.
  6. A. D. Hillier, J. Quintanilla, and R. Cywinski, Phys. Rev. Lett. 102, 117007 (2009), doi:10.1103/PhysRevLett.102.117007.
  7. A. D. Hillier, J. Quintanilla, B. Mazidian, J. F. Annett, and R. Cywinski, Phys. Rev. Lett. 109, 097001 (2012), doi:10.1103/PhysRevLett.109.097001.

Executive Claim

What the qubit is. A four-island superconducting loop whose logical basis is a chirality (orbital-supercurrent) doublet created by frustrated edge and diagonal Josephson competition in ../macrosopic-islands/index.md. Microscopic current-channel physics from ../microscopic-loop-supercurrent-trsb/index.md is an optional quantitative renormalization layer, not a required mechanism.

What the advantage could be. A flux-qubit-like, inductively readable chirality qubit that achieves (i) a sweet spot at symmetry, (ii) tunable tunnel splitting via a barrier knob, and (iii) dispersive readout with MHz-scale , while avoiding a superinductance chain.

What must be demonstrated experimentally. The platform must satisfy all three acceptance tests:

  1. Bistability: demonstrable TRSB bistability with two long-lived opposite loop-current branches at a calibratable symmetry point.
  2. Two-level closure: spectroscopy fits the two-level form with extracted , , , and quantified leakage to the nearest noncomputational mode from the full four-phase Hamiltonian.
  3. Coherence + readout: at the chosen operating point, measured dephasing/relaxation and readout backaction satisfy the quantitative target windows below (including a drift budget on all bias knobs).

Quantitative Targets

The goal is a tape-out-relevant set of targets that can be measured on a single device and traced back to full-circuit numerics.

\begin{table*}[t] \centering \caption{Tape-out-relevant quantitative targets that can be measured on a single device and traced back to full-circuit numerics.} \begin{tabular}{p{0.18\textwidth}p{0.18\textwidth}p{0.11\textwidth}p{0.18\textwidth}p{0.30\textwidth}} \toprule Category & Quantity & Symbol & Target Window / Design Point & Notes \ \midrule Qubit spectrum & transition frequency & & 0.5–2.0 GHz & microwave compatibility; avoid resonator crowding \ & symmetry-point splitting & & 0.2–2.0 GHz & barrier knob must tune within this band \ & persistent current & & 10–80 nA & sets readout contrast and flux sensitivity \ & barrier height & & at base & thermal hopping suppressed; report explicitly \ Sweet-spot derivatives & flux slope & & at & first-order dephasing suppression criterion \ & flux curvature & & bounded (report) & sets residual dephasing at sweet spot and drive susceptibility \ Coupler derivatives & diagonal sensitivity & & bounded (report) & coupler noise/drift maps to effective noise \ & edge sensitivity & & bounded (report) & sets tolerance to fixed-backbone spread \ Readout & mutual inductance & & 50–150 pH & aligns with the macroscopic-island chapter benchmark points (for example pH) \ & dispersive shift & & MHz & the macroscopic-island benchmark gives MHz at pH \ & Purcell limit & & & the macroscopic-island benchmark gives \ Calibration overhead & knob count (flux biases) & & 3 per qubit (minimum viable) & (i) frustration ratio, (ii) symmetry trim, (iii) bias \ Frustration margin & practical operating ratio & & & shifted crossover near in the macroscopic branch-stability scan \ \bottomrule \end{tabular} \end{table*}

Minimum Viable Hardware Design

This section fixes one concrete circuit implementation so the chapter remains tied to a single hardware target.

Circuit topology and couplers

  1. Four islands in a loop with a controlled capacitance matrix (include estimated parasitic cross-capacitances in the first EM iteration).
  2. Edge couplers () fixed (preferred for stability): four fixed junctions (or fixed arrays) set with minimal in-run drift.
  3. Diagonal couplers () SQUID-tunable: two diagonal dc-SQUID couplers provide in-situ tunability of and therefore the barrier/splitting.
  4. Readout element: inductively couple the loop magnetic dipole to a linear resonator (or a SQUID magnetometer) for dispersive readout; treat the resonator coupling and as part of the acceptance test (Purcell vs SNR).

Where the gauge offsets come from

Gauge offsets are implemented by static and tunable fluxes through the relevant loops:

  1. Global loop flux sets the bias (tilt) around the symmetry point .
  2. Coupler-loop fluxes set the effective diagonal couplings via SQUID modulation and provide a differential “trim” channel to restore symmetry post-fab.

Post-fabrication symmetry restoration knobs

Minimum viable bias-line set (three independent flux controls per qubit):

  1. Diagonal common-mode flux : tunes (and therefore , ).
  2. Diagonal differential trim : compensates diagonal asymmetry and restores near-degeneracy at .
  3. Global loop flux : sets about the symmetry point for control and initialization.

Advantage Claim and Required Evidence

Claim (device-facing): the platform offers a tunable, inductively readable chirality qubit with a true sweet spot and a barrier knob, while remaining fabrication-compatible with standard superconducting circuits and without requiring superinductors.

Required evidence (minimum):

  1. full-circuit quantization demonstrating a stable two-level subspace and quantified leakage across the tuning range,
  2. measured derivative sensitivities that support a realistic flux/coupler noise budget,
  3. measured readout SNR and backaction consistent with the target table at the chosen operating point.

Scaling

  1. Extract effective two-qubit couplings (, exchange) for at least one coupled-loop layout compatible with the bias-line plan.
  2. Quantify crosstalk from shared flux lines and include a per-qubit calibration-overhead budget (number of knobs, drift rates, retune cadence).
  3. Demonstrate one entangling-gate primitive (or a clear coupling-on/off protocol) consistent with leakage and readout constraints.

References

  1. J. E. Mooij et al., Science 285, 1036 (1999), doi:10.1126/science.285.5430.1036.
  2. J. Koch et al., Phys. Rev. A 76, 042319 (2007), doi:10.1103/PhysRevA.76.042319.
  3. A. Blais et al., Phys. Rev. A 69, 062320 (2004), doi:10.1103/PhysRevA.69.062320.
  4. E. M. Purcell, Phys. Rev. 69, 681 (1946), doi:10.1103/PhysRev.69.681.
  5. A. Blais et al., Rev. Mod. Phys. 93, 025005 (2021), doi:10.1103/RevModPhys.93.025005.
  6. S. Yoshihara et al., Phys. Rev. Lett. 97, 167001 (2006), doi:10.1103/PhysRevLett.97.167001.
  7. G. Ithier et al., Phys. Rev. B 72, 134519 (2005), doi:10.1103/PhysRevB.72.134519.
  8. P. Krantz et al., Appl. Phys. Rev. 6, 021318 (2019), doi:10.1063/1.5089550.
  9. C. Paetznick et al., arXiv:2404.02280.
  10. M. Leone et al., Phys. Rev. Research 7, 023088 (2025).
  11. Y. Yu et al., arXiv:2504.12544.

This appendix collects numerical diagnostics supporting the microscopic test of equal-spin interorbital triplet pairing. These plots are retained to make the numerical claims reproducible, but they are not needed for the main logical flow of the results chapter.

Gap Matrix and Nonunitarity

In the internal basis ((a\uparrow,a\downarrow,b\uparrow,b\downarrow)), the imposed local INT gap is

The even-parity triplet state is allowed because the orbital part is antisymmetric:

The nonunitary diagnostic is

For the equal-spin convention used in the chapter, this is equivalent to an imbalance between the two equal-spin components. The spin-resolved spectra and condensate magnetisation figures below are diagnostics of this algebraic fact; they are not by themselves a free-energy selection proof.

SOC Projection Rule

The minimal toy model separates longitudinal from transverse spin-orbit texture. In the stripped-down helicity limit,

with projectors

Projecting the fixed INT matrix into a helicity sheet gives the nonzero singular value

Longitudinal SOC alone has (\lambda_x=0) and therefore gives no weak-pairing gap in this projected channel. Transverse spin-orbital texture repairs the projection by keeping the INT-connected partner state inside the Fermi subspace.

Bare-Channel Diagnostics

Pairing eigenvalues at fixed temperature as a function of Hund exchange , using the bare local interaction. The vertical dashed line marks .

Largest pairing eigenvalue channel at as a function of and . This leading-channel map identifies the channel with the largest eigenvalue, not necessarily a superconducting instability.

Leading projected-kernel eigenvalue and INT weight as a function of Hund exchange in the bare local interaction.

Bare local-interaction existence scan showing the leading channel-kernel eigenvalue and INT weight when and are sampled independently.

Projection-Repair Maps

Best projection-repair texture map. The best scanned repair is obtained for , which restores a large projected INT gap on the Fermi contour.

BdG Gap and Spectrum Diagnostics

Eigenvalues of for the representative nonunitary INT state with and . The split eigenvalues demonstrate that is not proportional to the identity.

BdG quasiparticle spectrum obtained by diagonalising along the path .

Total BdG quasiparticle density of states for the representative nonunitary INT state.

Fermi-surface-restricted BdG gap map. Only momenta near the normal-state Fermi surface are shown.

Fermi-surface minimum BdG gap as a function of spin-orbit coupling and interorbital hybridisation , with fixed nonunitary ratio .

Fermi-surface minimum BdG gap as a function of the nonunitary ratio at fixed and .

Thermodynamic and Magnetic Diagnostics

Electronic specific heat divided by temperature for the normal state and two nonunitary INT states.

Condensate spin-polarisation components for the baseline nonunitary INT state.

Condensate spin polarisation as a function of the nonunitary ratio at fixed low temperature.

  • Wannier90 user guide: projections, 2026. [Online]. Available: https://wannier90.readthedocs.io/en/latest/user_guide/wannier90/projections/
  • H. Sheehy, QuLab research module for two-dimensional SSH soft walls, 2026.
  • H. Sheehy, QuLab research module for internally antisymmetric nonunitary triplet pairing, 2026.
  • P. History, 2025. [Online]. Available: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4ehovUNrSrw&t=1848s
  • T. Tula, J. Quintanilla, and G. Möller, Fitness landscape for quantum state tomography from neutron scattering, Physical Review B, vol. 112, 2025. doi:10.1103/x9mb-x1gz
  • J. Martin, A. Baskerville, V. Campo, J. Minns, J. Pooley, S. Carr, C. Hooley, G. Möller, and J. Quintanilla, Classically bound and quantum quasi-bound states of an electron on a plane adjacent to a magnetic monopole, arXiv, 2025. doi:10.48550/arXiv.2501.04406
  • Pymatgen.analysis namespace documentation, 2025. [Online]. Available: https://pymatgen.org/pymatgen.analysis.html
  • J. Tucker, P. Strange, P. Mironowicz, and J. Quintanilla, Quantum-assisted rendezvous on graphs: Explicit algorithms and quantum computer simulations, New Journal of Physics, vol. 26, no. 9, p. 093038, 2024. doi:10.1088/1367-2630/ad78f8
  • P. Sherpa, I. Vinograd, Y. Shi, S. Sreedhar, C. Chaffey, T. Kissikov, M. Jung, A. Botana, A. Dioguardi, R. Yamamoto, M. Hirata, G. Conti, S. Nemsak, J. Badger, P. Klavins, I. Vishik, V. Taufour, and N. Curro, Absence of strong magnetic fluctuations or interactions in the normal state of LaNiGa2, Physical Review B, vol. 109, p. 125113, 2024. doi:10.1103/physrevb.109.125113
  • J. Quintanilla and O. Ciftja, Asymptotic pomeranchuk instability of fermi liquids in half-filled landau levels, Scientific Reports, vol. 13, 2023. doi:10.1038/s41598-023-28614-z
  • T. Nail, Matter and motion: A brief history of kinetic materialism. Edinburgh University Press, 2023.
  • J. Badger, Y. Quan, M. Staab, S. Sumita, A. Rossi, K. Devlin, K. Neubauer, D. Shulman, J. Fettinger, P. Klavins, S. Kauzlarich, D. Aoki, I. Vishik, W. Pickett, and V. Taufour, Dirac lines and loop at the fermi level in the time-reversal symmetry breaking superconductor LaNiGa2, Communications Physics, vol. 5, 2022. doi:10.1038/s42005-021-00771-5
  • T. Kamatani, S. Kitamura, N. Tsuji, R. Shimano, and T. Morimoto, Optical response of the leggett mode in multiband superconductors in the linear response regime, Physical Review B, vol. 105, p. 094520, 2022. doi:10.1103/physrevb.105.094520
  • C. Li, Topological states in two-dimensional su-schrieffer-heeger models, Frontiers in Physics, vol. 10, 2022. doi:10.3389/fphy.2022.861242
  • T. Tula, G. Möller, J. Quintanilla, S. Giblin, A. Hillier, E. McCabe, S. Ramos, D. Barker, and S. Gibson, Joint machine learning analysis of muon spectroscopy data from different materials, Journal of Physics: Conference Series, vol. 2164, no. 1, p. 012018, 2022. doi:10.1088/1742-6596/2164/1/012018
  • J. Quintanilla, Relationship between the wave function of a magnet and its static structure factor, Physical Review B, vol. 106, no. 10, 2022. doi:10.1103/PhysRevB.106.104435
  • T. Shang, S. Ghosh, M. Smidman, D. Gawryluk, C. Baines, A. Wang, W. Xie, Y. Chen, M. Ajeesh, M. Nicklas, E. Pomjakushina, M. Medarde, M. Shi, J. Annett, H. Yuan, J. Quintanilla, and T. Shiroka, Spin-triplet superconductivity in weyl nodal-line semimetals, npj Quantum Materials, vol. 7, 2022. doi:10.1038/s41535-022-00442-w
  • J. Quintanilla, Relationship between the ground-state wave function of a magnet and its static structure factor, Phys. Rev. B 106, 104435 (2022), 2022. doi:10.1103/PhysRevB.106.104435
  • P. Rosenberg and E. Manousakis, Topological Superconductivity in a two-dimensional Weyl SSH model, arXiv:2203.12004, 2022. [Online]. Available: https://arxiv.org/abs/2203.12004
  • H. Pan, A. Ganose, M. Horton, M. Aykol, K. Persson, N. Zimmermann, and A. Jain, Benchmarking coordination number prediction algorithms on inorganic crystal structures, Inorganic Chemistry, vol. 60, pp. 1590–1603, 2021. doi:10.1021/acs.inorgchem.0c02996
  • S. Sundar, S. Dunsiger, S. Gheidi, K. Akella, A. Côté, H. Özdemir, N. Lee-Hone, D. Broun, E. Mun, F. Honda, Y. Sato, T. Koizumi, R. Settai, Y. Hirose, I. Bonalde, and J. Sonier, Two-gap time reversal symmetry breaking superconductivity in non-centrosymmetric LaNiC2, Phys. Rev. B, vol. 103, no. 1, p. 014511, 2021. doi:10.1103/PhysRevB.103.014511
  • T. Tula, G. Möller, J. Quintanilla, S. Giblin, A. Hillier, E. McCabe, S. Ramos, D. Barker, and S. Gibson, Machine learning approach to muon spectroscopy analysis, Journal of Physics: Condensed Matter, vol. 33, no. 19, p. 194002, 2021. doi:10.1088/1361-648X/abe39e
  • R. Gupta, S. Shallcross, J. Quintanilla, M. Gradhand, and J. Annett, Distinguishing and pairing in by high magnetic field h-t phase diagrams, 2021. doi:10.1103/PhysRevB.106.115126
  • S. Ghosh, J. Annett, and J. Quintanilla, Time-reversal symmetry breaking in superconductors through loop supercurrent order, New Journal of Physics, vol. 23, no. 8, p. 083018, 2021. doi:10.1088/1367-2630/ac17ba
  • S. Ghosh, M. Smidman, T. Shang, J. Annett, A. Hillier, J. Quintanilla, and H. Yuan, Recent progress on superconductors with time-reversal symmetry breaking, J. Phys.: Condens. Matter 33 033001 (2020), 2020. doi:10.1088/1361-648X/abaa06
  • S. Ghosh, J. Annett, M. Gradhand, and J. Quintanilla, Supplemental material to quantitative theory of triplet pairing in the unconventional superconductor LaNiGa2, 2020. [Online]. Available: https://journals.aps.org/prb/supplemental/10.1103/PhysRevB.101.100506/SM_LaNiGa2_ESP_version04.pdf
  • S. Ghosh, G. Csire, P. Whittlesea, J. Annett, M. Gradhand, B. Újfalussy, and J. Quintanilla, Quantitative theory of triplet pairing in the unconventional superconductor LaNiGa 2, Phys. Rev. B, vol. 101, no. 10, p. 100506, 2020. doi:10.1103/PhysRevB.101.100506
  • G. Csire, J. Annett, J. Quintanilla, and B. Újfalussy, Magnetically-textured superconductivity in elemental rhenium, 2020. doi:10.1103/PhysRevB.106.L020501
  • R. Gupta, T. Saunderson, S. Shallcross, M. Gradhand, J. Quintanilla, and J. Annett, Superconducting subphase and substantial knight shift in , Phys. Rev. B 102, 235203 (2020), 2020. doi:10.1103/PhysRevB.102.235203
  • T. Nail, Marx in motion. Oxford University Press, 2020.
  • P. Whittlesea, Unconventional superconductivity: A theoretical study of equal-spin triplet-pairing in LaNiGa2 and the potential application of topological transitions to quench prevention. University of Kent,, 2019. doi:10.22024/UniKent/01.02.76180
  • T. Shang, S. Ghosh, J. Zhao, L. Chang, C. Baines, M. Lee, D. Gawryluk, M. Shi, M. Medarde, J. Quintanilla, and T. Shiroka, Time-reversal symmetry breaking in the noncentrosymmetric zrir superconductor, Phys. Rev. B 102, 020503 (2020), 2019. doi:10.1103/PhysRevB.102.020503
  • P. Gennes, Superconductivity of metals and alloys. Boca Raton: CRC Press, 2019. doi:10.1201/9780429497032
  • B. Tomasello, C. Castelnovo, R. Moessner, and J. Quintanilla, Correlated quantum tunnelling of monopoles in spin ice, Phys. Rev. Lett. 123, 067204 (2019), 2018. doi:10.1103/PhysRevLett.123.067204
  • G. Csire, B. Újfalussy, and J. Annett, Nonunitary triplet pairing in the noncentrosymmetric superconductor LaNiC2, The European Physical Journal B, vol. 91, 2018. doi:10.1140/epjb/e2018-90095-7
  • D. Griffiths and D. Schroeter,
    1. The WKB approximation; introduction to quantum mechanics
    ,
    Higher Education from Cambridge University Press; Cambridge University Press, . 16, 2018. doi:10.1017/9781316995433
  • J. Cano, B. Bradlyn, Z. Wang, L. Elcoro, M. Vergniory, C. Felser, M. Aroyo, and B. Bernevig, Building blocks of topological quantum chemistry: Elementary band representations, Physical Review B, vol. 97, p. 035139, 2018. doi:10.1103/physrevb.97.035139
  • N. Armitage, E. Mele, and A. Vishwanath, Weyl and dirac semimetals in three-dimensional solids, Reviews of Modern Physics, vol. 90, p. 015001, 2018. doi:10.1103/revmodphys.90.015001
  • T. Shang, M. Smidman, S. Ghosh, C. Baines, L. Chang, D. Gawryluk, J. Barker, R. Singh, D. Paul, G. Balakrishnan, E. Pomjakushina, M. Shi, M. Medarde, A. Hillier, H. Yuan, J. Quintanilla, J. Mesot, and T. Shiroka, Time-reversal symmetry breaking in re-based superconductors, Phys. Rev. Lett. 121, 257002 (2018), 2018. doi:10.1103/PhysRevLett.121.257002
  • B. Chen, Two-dimensional extended su–schrieffer–heeger model. National Taiwan Normal University, 2018. doi:10.6345/THE.NTNU.DP.008.2018.B04
  • H. Irons, J. Quintanilla, T. Perring, L. Amico, and G. Aeppli, Control of entanglement transitions in quantum spin clusters, Phys. Rev. B 96, 224408 (2017), 2017. doi:10.1103/PhysRevB.96.224408
  • B. Bradlyn, L. Elcoro, J. Cano, M. Vergniory, Z. Wang, C. Felser, M. Aroyo, and B. Bernevig, Topological quantum chemistry, Nature, vol. 547, pp. 298–305, 2017. doi:10.1038/nature23268
  • J. Palmer, Review of in : S, 2017. [Online]. Available: https://ndpr.nd.edu/reviews/everything-in-everything-anaxagorass-metaphysics/ [Accessed: . 5, 2023].
  • A. Marmodoro, Everything in everything: Anaxagoras’s metaphysics. Oxford University Press, 2017. [Online]. Available: https://books.google.com?id=a6X_DQAAQBAJ
  • Materials Project, Materials data on LaNiC by materials project, OSTI Data Explorer, 2017. doi:10.17188/1350127
  • P. Sprau, A. Kostin, A. Kreisel, A. Böhmer, V. Taufour, P. Canfield, S. Mukherjee, P. Hirschfeld, B. Andersen, and J. Davis, Discovery of orbital-selective cooper pairing in FeSe, Science, vol. 357, pp. 75–80, 2017. doi:10.1126/science.aal1575
  • J. Garaud, M. Silaev, and E. Babaev, Thermoelectric signatures of time-reversal symmetry breaking states in multiband superconductors, Physical Review Letters, vol. 116, p. 097002, 2016. doi:10.1103/physrevlett.116.097002
  • M. Hamidian, S. Edkins, S. Joo, A. Kostin, H. Eisaki, S. Uchida, M. Lawler, E. Kim, A. Mackenzie, K. Fujita, J. Lee, and J. Davis, Detection of a cooper-pair density wave in Bi2Sr2CaCu2O8+x, Nature, vol. 532, pp. 343–347, 2016. doi:10.1038/nature17411
  • Z. Weng, J. Zhang, M. Smidman, T. Shang, J. Quintanilla, J. Annett, M. Nicklas, G. Pang, L. Jiao, W. Jiang, Y. Chen, F. Steglich, and H. Yuan, Two-gap superconductivity in LaNiGa with non-unitary triplet pairing and even parity gap symmetry, Phys. Rev. Lett. 117, 027001 (2016), 2016. doi:10.1103/PhysRevLett.117.027001
  • C. Chiu, J. Teo, A. Schnyder, and S. Ryu, Classification of topological quantum matter with symmetries, Reviews of Modern Physics, vol. 88, p. 035005, 2016. doi:10.1103/revmodphys.88.035005
  • J. Quintanilla, Two-gap superconductivity in LaNiGa_2 with non-unitary triplet pairing and even parity gap symmetry, 2016. [Online]. Available: https://blogs.kent.ac.uk/strongcorrelations/2016/06/16/laniga2-prl-2016/
  • V. Kozii, J. Venderbos, and L. Fu, Three-dimensional majorana fermions in chiral superconductors, Science Advances, vol. 2, 2016. doi:10.1126/sciadv.1601835
  • T. Gingrich, J. Horowitz, N. Perunov, and J. England, Dissipation bounds all steady-state current fluctuations, Physical Review Letters, vol. 116, p. 120601, 2016. doi:10.1103/PhysRevLett.116.120601
  • A. Schnyder and P. Brydon, Topological surface states in nodal superconductors, Journal of Physics: Condensed Matter, vol. 27, p. 243201, 2015. doi:10.1088/0953-8984/27/24/243201
  • B. Tomasello, C. Castelnovo, R. Moessner, and J. Quintanilla, Single-ion anisotropy and magnetic field response in spin ice materials hotio and dytio, Phys. Rev. B 92, 155120 (2015), 2015. doi:10.1103/PhysRevB.92.155120
  • A. Barato and U. Seifert, Thermodynamic uncertainty relation for biomolecular processes, Physical Review Letters, vol. 114, p. 158101, 2015. doi:10.1103/PhysRevLett.114.158101
  • H. Tütüncü and G. Srivastava, Origin of superconductivity in layered centrosymmetric LaNiGa2, Applied Physics Letters, vol. 104, 2014. doi:10.1063/1.4862329
  • R. Singh, A. Hillier, B. Mazidian, J. Quintanilla, J. Annett, D. Paul, G. Balakrishnan, and M. Lees, Detection of time-reversal symmetry breaking in the noncentrosymmetric superconductor Re6Zr using muon-spin spectroscopy, Physical Review Letters, vol. 112, 2014. doi:10.1103/physrevlett.112.107002
  • T. Lancaster and S. Blundell, Making second quantization work, in Quantum Field Theory for the Gifted Amateur, T. Lancaster and S. Blundell, Eds. Oxford University Press, 2014, p. 0.doi:10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199699322.003.0005
  • A. Bhattacharyya, D. Adroja, J. Quintanilla, A. Hillier, N. Kase, A. Strydom, and J. Akimitsu, Broken time-reversal symmetry probed by muon spin relaxation in the caged type superconductor lurhsn, 2014. doi:10.1103/PhysRevB.91.060503
  • A. Hollowed and S. Sundby, Change is coming to the northern oceans, Science, vol. 344, pp. 1084–1085, 2014. doi:10.1126/science.1251166
  • B. Mazidian, J. Quintanilla, A. Hillier, and J. Annett, Anomalous thermodynamic power laws near topological transitions in nodal superconductors, Phys. Rev. B 88, 224504 (2013), 2013. doi:10.1103/PhysRevB.88.224504
  • S. Slizovskiy, J. Betouras, S. Carr, and J. Quintanilla, Effect of paramagnetic fluctuations on a fermi surface topological transition in two dimensions, Phys.Rev. B 90, 165110 (2014), 2013. doi:10.1103/PhysRevB.90.165110
  • T. Bojesen, E. Babaev, and A. Sudbø, Time reversal symmetry breakdown in normal and superconducting states in frustrated three-band systems, Physical Review B, vol. 88, p. 220511, 2013. doi:10.1103/physrevb.88.220511
  • S. Simon, The oxford solid state basics. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2013. [Online]. Available: https://cds.cern.ch/record/1581455 [Accessed: . 6, 2023].
  • N. Lambert, Y. Chen, Y. Cheng, C. Li, G. Chen, and F. Nori, Quantum biology, Nat. Phys., vol. 9, pp. 10–18, 2013. doi:10.1038/nphys2474
  • D. O’Dell, Quantum catastrophes and ergodicity in the dynamics of bosonic josephson junctions, Physical Review Letters, vol. 109, p. 150406, 2012. doi:10.1103/physrevlett.109.150406
  • V. Campo, K. Capelle, C. Hooley, J. Quintanilla, and V. Scarola, Thermal versus quantum fluctuations of optical lattice fermions, Physical Review A, vol. 85, no. 3, 2012. doi:10.1103/PhysRevA.85.033644
  • A. Hillier, J. Quintanilla, B. Mazidian, J. Annett, and R. Cywinski, Non-unitary triplet pairing in the centrosymmetric superconductor LaNiGa, 2012. doi:10.1103/PhysRevLett.109.097001
  • D. Singh, Electronic structure and fermiology of superconducting LaNiGa2, Physical Review B, vol. 86, p. 174507, 2012. doi:10.1103/physrevb.86.174507
  • U. Seifert, Stochastic thermodynamics, fluctuation theorems and molecular machines, Reports on Progress in Physics, vol. 75, p. 126001, 2012. doi:10.1088/0034-4885/75/12/126001
  • U. Seifert, Stochastic thermodynamics, fluctuation theorems and molecular machines, Rep. Prog. Phys., vol. 75, p. 126001, 2012. doi:10.1088/0034-4885/75/12/126001
  • A. Yaouanc and P. Dalmas de Réotier, Muon spin rotation, relaxation, and resonance: Applications to condensed matter. Oxford University Press, 2011.
  • J. Quintanilla, A. Hillier, J. Annett, and R. Cywinski, Relativistic analysis of the pairing symmetry of the noncentrosymmetric superconductor LaNiC, Phys. Rev. B 82, 174511 (2010), 2010. doi:10.1103/PhysRevB.82.174511
  • O. Ciftja and J. Quintanilla, Effective interaction potentials in the uppermost landau level, Journal of Low Temperature Physics, vol. 159, no. 1-2, pp. 189–192, 2010. doi:10.1007/s10909-009-0123-5
  • J. Teo and C. Kane, Topological defects and gapless modes in insulators and superconductors, Physical Review B, vol. 82, p. 115120, 2010. doi:10.1103/physrevb.82.115120
  • S. Carr, J. Quintanilla, and J. Betouras, Lifshitz transitions and crystallization of fully polarized dipolar fermions in an anisotropic two-dimensional lattice, Physical Review B, vol. 82, 2010. doi:10.1103/physrevb.82.045110
  • D. Van Delft and P. Kes, The discovery of superconductivity, Physics Today, vol. 63, no. 9, pp. 38–43, 2010. doi:10.1063/1.3490499
  • S. Ryu, A. Schnyder, A. Furusaki, and A. Ludwig, Topological insulators and superconductors: Tenfold way and dimensional hierarchy, New Journal of Physics, vol. 12, p. 065010, 2010. doi:10.1088/1367-2630/12/6/065010
  • A. Kitaev, V. Lebedev, and M. Feigel’man, Periodic table for topological insulators and superconductors, In Proc. ADVANCES IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS: Landau memorial conference, 2009, pp. 22–30. doi:10.1063/1.3149495
  • S. Carr, J. Quintanilla, and J. Betouras, Deconfinement and quantum liquid crystalline states of dipolar fermions in optical lattices, International Journal of Modern Physics B, vol. 23, no. 20n21, pp. 4074–4086, 2009. doi:10.1142/S0217979209063262
  • A. Hillier, J. Quintanilla, and R. Cywinski, Evidence for time-reversal symmetry breaking in the noncentrosymmetric superconductor LaNiC 2, Phys. Rev. Lett., vol. 102, no. 11, p. 117007, 2009. doi:10.1103/PhysRevLett.102.117007
  • O. Ciftja and J. Quintanilla, Effective interaction potentials in the uppermost landau level, Journal of Low Temperature Physics, vol. 159, 2009. doi:10.1007/s10909-009-0123-5
  • G. Mikitik and E. Brandt, Flux-line pinning by point defects in anisotropic biaxial type-II superconductors, Physical Review B, vol. 79, p. 020506, 2009. doi:10.1103/physrevb.79.020506
  • J. Quintanilla and C. Hooley, The strong-correlations puzzle, Physics World, vol. 22, pp. 32–37, 2009. doi:10.1088/2058-7058/22/06/38
  • F. Caruso, A. Chin, A. Datta, S. Huelga, and M. Plenio, Highly efficient energy excitation transfer in light-harvesting complexes: The fundamental role of noise-assisted transport, Journal of Chemical Physics, vol. 131, p. 105106, 2009. doi:10.1063/1.3223548
  • P. Rebentrost, M. Mohseni, I. Kassal, S. Lloyd, and A. Aspuru-Guzik, Environment-assisted quantum transport, New Journal of Physics, vol. 11, p. 033003, 2009. doi:10.1088/1367-2630/11/3/033003
  • A. Ishizaki and G. Fleming, Theoretical examination of quantum coherence in a photosynthetic system at physiological temperature, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A., vol. 106, pp. 17255–17260, 2009. doi:10.1073/pnas.0908989106
  • J. Clarke and F. Wilhelm, Superconducting quantum bits, Nature, vol. 453, pp. 1031–1042, 2008. doi:10.1038/nature07128
  • A. Schnyder, S. Ryu, A. Furusaki, and A. Ludwig, Classification of topological insulators and superconductors in three spatial dimensions, Physical Review B, vol. 78, p. 195125, 2008. doi:10.1103/physrevb.78.195125
  • J. Quintanilla, S. Carr, and J. Betouras, Meta-nematic, smectic and crystalline phases of dipolar fermions in an optical lattice, Phys. Rev. A 79, 031601(R) (2009), 2008. doi:10.1103/PhysRevA.79.031601
  • J. Quintanilla, M. Haque, and A. Schofield, Symmetry-breaking fermi surface deformations from central interactions in two dimensions, Phys. Rev. B 78, 035131 (2008) (Editors’ suggestion), 2008. doi:10.1103/PhysRevB.78.035131
  • J. Quintanilla, K. Capelle, and L. Oliveira, Density-functional description of superconducting and magnetic proximity effects across a tunneling barrier, Physical Review B, vol. 78, no. 20, 2008. doi:10.1103/PhysRevB.78.205426
  • M. Plenio and S. Huelga, Dephasing-assisted transport: Quantum networks and biomolecules, New Journal of Physics, vol. 10, p. 113019, 2008. doi:10.1088/1367-2630/10/11/113019
  • M. Mohseni, P. Rebentrost, S. Lloyd, and A. Aspuru-Guzik, Environment-assisted quantum walks in photosynthetic energy transfer, J. Chem. Phys., vol. 129, p. 174106, 2008. doi:10.1063/1.3002335
  • M. Plenio and S. Huelga, Dephasing-assisted transport: Quantum networks and biomolecules, New J. Phys., vol. 10, p. 113019, 2008. doi:10.1088/1367-2630/10/11/113019
  • G. Blumberg, A. Mialitsin, B. Dennis, M. Klein, N. Zhigadlo, and J. Karpinski, Observation of leggett’s collective mode in a multiband MgB2 superconductor, Physical Review Letters, vol. 99, p. 227002, 2007. doi:10.1103/physrevlett.99.227002
  • J. Quintanilla, C. Hooley, B. Powell, A. Schofield, and M. Haque, Pomeranchuk instability: Symmetry breaking and experimental signatures, Physica B: Condensed Matter 403, 1279-1281 (2008) [Proceedings of SCES’07], 2007. doi:10.1016/j.physb.2007.10.126
  • K. Gomes, A. Pasupathy, A. Pushp, S. Ono, Y. Ando, and A. Yazdani, Visualizing pair formation on the atomic scale in the high-tc superconductor Bi2Sr2CaCu2O8+δ, Nature, vol. 447, pp. 569–572, 2007. doi:10.1038/nature05881
  • V. Campo, K. Capelle, J. Quintanilla, and C. Hooley, Quantitative determination of the hubbard model phase diagram from optical lattice experiments by two-parameter scaling, Phys. Rev. Lett. 99, 240403 (2007), 2007. doi:10.1103/PhysRevLett.99.240403
  • C. Hooley and J. Quintanilla, Finite-curvature scaling in optical lattice systems, Physica B: Condensed Matter, vol. 378–380, pp. 1035–1036, 2006. doi:10.1016/j.physb.2006.01.393
  • J. Quintanilla and A. Schofield, Pomeranchuk and topological fermi surface instabilities from central interactions, Phys. Rev. B 74, 115126 (2006), 2006. doi:10.1103/PhysRevB.74.115126
  • J. Xia, Y. Maeno, P. Beyersdorf, M. Fejer, and A. Kapitulnik, High resolution polar kerr effect measurements of Sr2RuO4: Evidence for broken time-reversal symmetry in the superconducting state, Physical Review Letters, vol. 97, p. 167002, 2006. doi:10.1103/physrevlett.97.167002
  • J. Lakowicz, Principles of fluorescence spectroscopy. Springer, 2006.
  • J. Quintanilla, Signatures of the BCS to bose crossover in atom shot noise correlations, 2005. [Online]. Available: http://arxiv.org/abs/cond-mat/0505660v2
  • C. Kittel, Introduction to solid state physics. Wiley, 2005. [Online]. Available: https://openlibrary.org/books/OL22152400M/Introduction_to_solid_state_physics
  • M. Tinkham, Introduction to superconductivity. Mineola, NY: Dover Publications, 2004.
  • J. Quintanilla and V. Campo, Electron in a tangled chain: Multifractality at the small-world critical point, Phys. Rev. B 75, 144204 (2007), 2004. doi:10.1103/PhysRevB.75.144204
  • P. Saunders G. A., The rise of the superconductors. Boca Raton: CRC Press, 2004. doi:10.1201/9780203646311
  • K. McElroy, R. Simmonds, J. Hoffman, D. Lee, J. Orenstein, H. Eisaki, S. Uchida, and J. Davis, Relating atomic-scale electronic phenomena to wave-like quasiparticle states in superconducting Bi2Sr2CaCu2O8+δ, Nature, vol. 422, pp. 592–596, 2003. doi:10.1038/nature01496
  • J. Quintanilla and B. Gyorffy, Cooper pairing with finite angular momentum: BCS vs bose limits, J. Phys. A: Math. Gen. 36, 9379-9390 (2003), 2003. doi:10.1088/0305-4470/36/35/322
  • J. Quintanilla, K. Capelle, and L. Oliveira, Comment on “anomalous proximity effect in underdoped YBa_2Cu_3O_6+x josephson junctions”, Phys. Rev. Lett. 90, 089703 (2003), 2003. doi:10.1103/PhysRevLett.90.089703
  • J. Hoffman, A search for alternative electronic order in the high temperature superconductor Bi2212 by scanning tunneling microscopy, 2003. [Online]. Available: https://ui.adsabs.harvard.edu/abs/2003PhDT.......204H [Accessed: . 5, 2023].
  • M. Nakahara, Geometry, topology and physics. Boca Raton: Taylor & Francis, 2003.
  • C. Hooley and J. Quintanilla, Single-atom density of states of an optical lattice, Phys. Rev. Lett. 93, 080404 (2004), 2003. doi:10.1103/PhysRevLett.93.080404
  • J. Quintanilla and B. Gyorffy, On the nature of the superconducting gap in the cuprates, Journal of Physics: Condensed Matter, vol. 14, no. 25, pp. 6591–6600, 2002. doi:10.1088/0953-8984/14/25/325
  • R. Joynt and L. Taillefer, The superconducting phases of UPt3, Reviews of Modern Physics, vol. 74, pp. 235–294, 2002. doi:10.1103/revmodphys.74.235
  • J. Quintanilla, B. Györffy, J. Annett, and J. Wallington, Cooper pairing with finite angular momentum via a central attraction: From the BCS to the bose limits, Physical Review B, vol. 66, 2002. doi:10.1103/physrevb.66.214526
  • J. Hoffman, K. McElroy, D. Lee, K. Lang, H. Eisaki, S. Uchida, and J. Davis, Imaging quasiparticle interference in Bi2Sr2CaCu2O8+δ, Science, vol. 297, pp. 1148–1151, 2002. doi:10.1126/science.1072640
  • H. Breuer and F. Petruccione, The theory of open quantum systems. Oxford University Press, 2002.
  • J. Quintanilla, Exotic superconductivity and bose-einstein condensation: Generic features in a simple model. University of Bristol, 2001. [Online]. Available: https://www.bristol.ac.uk/physics/media/theory-theses/quintanilla-j-thesis.pdf
  • J. Quintanilla and B. Gyorffy, Finite range model interaction potential for d-wave superconductors: Tc vs. Doping in the cuprates, Physica B: Condensed Matter, vol. 284–288, pp. 421–422, 2000. doi:10.1016/S0921-4526(99)01991-2
  • J. Sonier, J. Brewer, and R. Kiefl, μSR studies of the vortex state in type-II superconductors, Reviews of Modern Physics, vol. 72, pp. 769–811, 2000. doi:10.1103/revmodphys.72.769
  • R. Loudon, The quantum theory of light. Oxford University Press, 2000.
  • H. Carmichael, Statistical methods in quantum optics 1: Master equations and fokker-planck equations. Springer, 1999.
  • P. Gennes, Superconductivity of metals and alloys. Westview Press, 1999.
  • G. Luke, Y. Fudamoto, K. Kojima, M. Larkin, J. Merrin, B. Nachumi, Y. Uemura, Y. Maeno, Z. Mao, Y. Mori, H. Nakamura, and M. Sigrist, Time-reversal symmetry-breaking superconductivity in Sr2RuO4, Nature, vol. 394, pp. 558–561, 1998. doi:10.1038/29038
  • F. London, H. London, and F. Lindemann, The electromagnetic equations of the supraconductor, Proceedings of the Royal Society of London. Series A - Mathematical and Physical Sciences, vol. 149, no. 866, pp. 71–88, 1997. doi:10.1098/rspa.1935.0048
  • A. Matthiessen and A. Vogt, IV. On the influence of temperature on the electric conducting-power of alloys, Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London, vol. 154, pp. 167–200, 1997. doi:10.1098/rstl.1864.0004
  • A. Altland and M. Zirnbauer, Nonstandard symmetry classes in mesoscopic normal-superconducting hybrid structures, Physical Review B, vol. 55, no. 2, pp. 1142–1161, 1997. doi:10.1103/PhysRevB.55.1142
  • P. Chaikin and T. Lubensky, Principles of condensed matter physics. Cambridge University Press, 1995. doi:10.1017/cbo9780511813467
  • R. Marcus, Electron transfer reactions in chemistry: Theory and experiment, Reviews of Modern Physics, vol. 65, pp. 599–610, 1993. doi:10.1103/RevModPhys.65.599
  • M. Sigrist and K. Ueda, Phenomenological theory of unconventional superconductivity, Reviews of Modern Physics, vol. 63, pp. 239–311, 1991. doi:10.1103/revmodphys.63.239
  • R. Micnas, J. Ranninger, and S. Robaszkiewicz, Superconductivity in narrow-band systems with local nonretarded attractive interactions, Reviews of Modern Physics, vol. 62, pp. 113–171, 1990. doi:10.1103/revmodphys.62.113
  • L. Oliveira, E. Gross, and W. Kohn, Density-functional theory for superconductors, Physical Review Letters, vol. 60, pp. 2430–2433, 1988. doi:10.1103/physrevlett.60.2430
  • G. Binnig and H. Rohrer, Scanning tunneling microscopy—from birth to adolescence, Rev. Mod. Phys., vol. 59, no. 3, pp. 615–625, 1987. doi:10.1103/RevModPhys.59.615
  • C. Gough, M. Colclough, E. Forgan, R. Jordan, M. Keene, C. Muirhead, A. Rae, N. Thomas, J. Abell, and S. Sutton, Flux Quantization in a High-Tc Superconductor, Nature, vol. 326, p. 855, 1987. doi:10.1038/326855a0
  • R. Marcus and N. Sutin, Electron transfers in chemistry and biology, Biochimica et Biophysica Acta, vol. 811, pp. 265–322, 1985.
  • V. Romaka, Y. Grin, Y. Yarmolyuk, R. Skolozdra, and A. Yartys’, Magnetic and crystallographic characteristics of compounds RNiGa (r = rare-earth metal), Ukrainskii Fizicheskii Zhurnal, vol. 28, pp. 227–230, 1983.
  • Y. Grin’ and Y. Yarmolyuk, Crystal structures of the RGani compounds (r = la, ce, pr, nd, sm, gd), Dopovidi Akademii Nauk Ukrains’koi RSR, Seriya A: Fiziko-Matematichni ta Tekhnichni Nauki, vol. 3, pp. 69–72, 1982.
  • K. Kugel’ and D. Khomskii, The jahn-teller effect and magnetism: Transition metal compounds, Uspekhi Fizicheskih Nauk, vol. 136, p. 621, 1982. doi:10.3367/ufnr.0136.198204c.0621
  • L. Lifshitz, Statistical physics, volume 5. Elsevier Science, 1980. doi:10.1016/c2009-0-24487-4
  • L. Landau and E. Lifshitz, CHAPTER XIV - PHASE TRANSITIONS OF THE SECOND KIND AND CRITICAL PHENOMENA, in Statistical Physics (Third Edition), L. Landau and E. Lifshitz, Eds. Oxford: Butterworth-Heinemann, 1980, pp. 446–516.doi:10.1016/B978-0-08-057046-4.50021-X
  • W. Su, J. Schrieffer, and A. Heeger, Solitons in polyacetylene, Phys. Rev. Lett., vol. 42, pp. 1698–1701, 1979. doi:10.1103/PhysRevLett.42.1698
  • N. Ashcroft, N. Mermin, and S. Rodriguez, Solid state physics, American Journal of Physics, vol. 46, no. 1, pp. 116–117, 1978. doi:10.1119/1.11117
  • M. Berry, Waves and thom’s theorem, Advances in Physics, vol. 25, pp. 1–26, 1976. doi:10.1080/00018737600101342
  • C. Kittel, Introduction to solid state physics. Wiley, 1976. [Online]. Available: https://books.google.com?id=iwFRAAAAMAAJ
  • V. Gorini, A. Kossakowski, and E. Sudarshan, Completely positive dynamical semigroups of N-level systems, Journal of Mathematical Physics, vol. 17, pp. 821–825, 1976. doi:10.1063/1.522979
  • G. Lindblad, On the generators of quantum dynamical semigroups, Communications in Mathematical Physics, vol. 48, pp. 119–130, 1976. doi:10.1007/BF01608499
  • V. Gorini, A. Kossakowski, and E. Sudarshan, Completely positive dynamical semigroups of n-level systems, J. Math. Phys., vol. 17, pp. 821–825, 1976. doi:10.1063/1.522979
  • G. Lindblad, On the generators of quantum dynamical semigroups, Commun. Math. Phys., vol. 48, pp. 119–130, 1976. doi:10.1007/BF01608499
  • E. Fermi, Nuclear physics: A course given by enrico fermi at the university of chicago. Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press, 1974. [Online]. Available: https://press.uchicago.edu/ucp/books/book/chicago/N/bo3631242.html [Accessed: . 7, 2023].
  • H. Haken and G. Strobl, An exactly solvable model for coherent and incoherent exciton motion, Zeitschrift für Physik, vol. 262, pp. 135–148, 1973.
  • H. Haken and P. Reineker, The coupled coherent and incoherent motion of excitons and its influence on the line shape of optical absorption, Zeitschrift für Physik, vol. 249, pp. 253–268, 1972.
  • A. Leggett, Number-phase fluctuations in two-band superconductors, Progress of Theoretical Physics, vol. 36, pp. 901–930, 1966. doi:10.1143/ptp.36.901
  • W. Kohn and L. Sham, Self-consistent equations including exchange and correlation effects, Physical Review, vol. 140, pp. A1133–A1138, 1965. doi:10.1103/physrev.140.a1133
  • N. Mermin, Thermal properties of the inhomogeneous electron gas, Physical Review, vol. 137, pp. A1441–A1443, 1965. doi:10.1103/physrev.137.a1441
  • L. Landau,
    1. ON THE THEORY OF SUPERCONDUCTIVITY (p.540)
    ,
    in Collected Papers Of L. D. Landau, , 1965[Online]. Available: http://archive.org/details/d.-ter-haar-collected-papers-of-l.-d.-landau [Accessed: . 6, 2023].
  • A. Andreev, The thermal conductivity of the intermediate state in superconductors, Soviet Physics JETP, vol. 19, no. 5, pp. 1228–1231, 1964.
  • P. Higgs, Broken symmetries and the masses of gauge bosons, Physical Review Letters, vol. 13, pp. 508–509, 1964. doi:10.1103/physrevlett.13.508
  • P. Hohenberg and W. Kohn, Inhomogeneous electron gas, Physical Review, vol. 136, pp. B864–B871, 1964. doi:10.1103/physrev.136.b864
  • J. Hubbard, Electron correlations in narrow energy bands, Proceedings of the Royal Society of London. Series A. Mathematical and Physical Sciences, vol. 276, pp. 238–257, 1963. doi:10.1098/rspa.1963.0204
  • P. Anderson, Plasmons, gauge invariance, and mass, Physical Review, vol. 130, pp. 439–442, 1963. doi:10.1103/physrev.130.439
  • J. Kanamori, Electron correlation and ferromagnetism of transition metals, Progress of Theoretical Physics, vol. 30, pp. 275–289, 1963. doi:10.1143/ptp.30.275
  • R. Glauber, The quantum theory of optical coherence, Physical Review, vol. 130, pp. 2529–2539, 1963. doi:10.1103/PhysRev.130.2529
  • B. Josephson, Possible new effects in superconductive tunnelling, Physics Letters, vol. 1, pp. 251–253, 1962. doi:10.1016/0031-9163(62)91369-0
  • M. Cohen, L. Falicov, and J. Phillips, Superconductive tunneling, Phys. Rev. Lett., vol. 8, no. 8, pp. 316–318, 1962. doi:10.1103/PhysRevLett.8.316
  • J. Goldstone, Field theories with « superconductor » solutions, Il Nuovo Cimento, vol. 19, pp. 154–164, 1961. doi:10.1007/bf02812722
  • R. Doll and M. Näbauer, Experimental proof of magnetic flux quantization in a superconducting ring, Physical Review Letters, vol. 7, pp. 51–52, 1961. doi:10.1103/physrevlett.7.51
  • J. Bardeen, Tunnelling from a many-particle point of view, Phys. Rev. Lett., vol. 6, no. 2, pp. 57–59, 1961. doi:10.1103/PhysRevLett.6.57
  • B. Deaver and W. Fairbank, Experimental evidence for quantized flux in superconducting cylinders, Physical Review Letters, vol. 7, pp. 43–46, 1961. doi:10.1103/physrevlett.7.43
  • N. Byers and C. Yang, Theoretical Considerations Concerning Quantized Magnetic Flux in Superconducting Cylinders, Physical Review Letters, vol. 7, pp. 46–49, 1961. doi:10.1103/PhysRevLett.7.46
  • I. Giaever, Energy gap in superconductors measured by electron tunneling, Physical Review Letters, vol. 5, pp. 147–148, 1960. doi:10.1103/physrevlett.5.147
  • Y. Nambu, Quasi-particles and gauge invariance in the theory of superconductivity, Physical Review, vol. 117, pp. 648–663, 1960. doi:10.1103/physrev.117.648
  • L. Hebel and C. Slichter, Nuclear spin relaxation in normal and superconducting aluminum, Physical Review, vol. 113, pp. 1504–1519, 1959. doi:10.1103/physrev.113.1504
  • L. Gor’kov, Microscopic derivation of the ginzburg–landau equations in the theory of superconductivity, Soviet Physics JETP, vol. 9, no. 6, pp. 1364–1367, 1959.
  • P. Anderson, Random-phase approximation in the theory of superconductivity, Physical Review, vol. 112, pp. 1900–1916, 1958. doi:10.1103/physrev.112.1900
  • L. Gor’kov, On the energy spectrum of superconductors, Soviet Physics JETP, vol. 7, no. 3, pp. 505–508, 1958. [Online]. Available: https://www.jetp.ras.ru/cgi-bin/dn/e_007_03_0505.pdf
  • A. Abrikosov, On the magnetic properties of superconductors of the second group, Soviet Physics JETP, vol. 5, no. 6, pp. 1174–1182, 1957.
  • J. Bardeen, L. Cooper, and J. Schrieffer, Theory of superconductivity, Phys. Rev., vol. 108, no. 5, pp. 1175–1204, 1957. doi:10.1103/PhysRev.108.1175
  • C. Reynolds, B. Serin, W. Wright, and L. Nesbitt, Superconductivity of isotopes of mercury, Physical Review, vol. 78, pp. 487–487, 1950. doi:10.1103/physrev.78.487
  • E. Maxwell, Isotope effect in the superconductivity of mercury, Physical Review, vol. 78, pp. 477–477, 1950. doi:10.1103/physrev.78.477
  • V. Ginzburg and L. Landau, On the theory of superconductivity, Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz., vol. 20, pp. 1064–1082, 1950. doi:10.1016/B978-0-08-010586-4.50035-3
  • E. Purcell, Spontaneous emission probabilities at radio frequencies, Physical Review, vol. 69, p. 681, 1946. doi:10.1103/PhysRev.69.681
  • L. LANDAU, The theory of phase transitions, Nature, vol. 138, pp. 840–841, 1936. doi:10.1038/138840a0
  • W. Meissner and R. Ochsenfeld, Ein neuer Effekt bei Eintritt der Supraleitfähigkeit, Naturwissenschaften, vol. 21, no. 44, pp. 787–788, 1933. doi:10.1007/BF01504252
  • F. Bloch, �Ber die quantenmechanik der elektronen in kristallgittern, Zeitschrift f�r Physik, vol. 52, pp. 555–600, 1929. doi:10.1007/bf01339455
  • P. Dirac, The quantum theory of the electron, Proceedings of the Royal Society of London. Series A, vol. 117, no. 778, pp. 610–624, 1928. doi:10.1098/rspa.1928.0023
  • H. Kamerlingh Onnes, Investigations into the properties of substances at low temperatures, which have led, amongst other things, to the preparation of liquid helium, NobelPrize.org, . 11, 1913. [Online]. Available: https://www.nobelprize.org/prizes/physics/1913/onnes/lecture/ [Accessed: . 4, 2023].
  • H. Onnes, Further experiments with liquid helium. D. On the change of electric resistance of pure metals at very low temperatures, etc. IV. The resistance of pure mercury at helium temperatures, Communications from the Physical Laboratory of the University of Leiden, vol. 120b, 1911.
  • On the influence of temperature on the electric conducting power of metals, Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London, vol. 152, pp. 1–27, 1862. [Online]. Available: https://www.jstor.org/stable/108819 [Accessed: . 4, 2023].
  • G. Green, An essay on the application of mathematical analysis to the theories of electricity and magnetism. Nottingham: T. Wheelhouse, 1828. [Online]. Available: https://arxiv.org/abs/0807.0088

Introduction

This chapter isolates the simplest microscopic BCS setting in which time-reversal symmetry can be broken by internal phase winding within one unit cell. The order parameter is a four-bond singlet field defined around a four-site plaquette, and the allowed translation sectors are the discrete plaquette momenta .

The emphasis is deliberately narrow and analytic: we write the BdG problem in a plaquette-momentum basis, show that each sector reduces to small blocks, and derive the corresponding self-consistent gap equations and circulating-current expectation values. The two winding sectors are exact time-reversed partners carrying opposite loop circulation. An alternative frustrated-Josephson selection mechanism is treated separately in../frustration-mediated-loop-supercurrent/index.md.

Connection to the topology chapters. The winding condensate may be passed to the topology chapters either in its direct order-parameter form or in a gauge-equivalent representation in which the winding is carried by Peierls phases (twisted boundary conditions) in the hopping sector. Those chapters use such gauge textures as inputs to the SOC+Zeeman topological probe developed in../topological-extension/index.md and its 2D completion../2D-topological-extension/index.md. Those companion chapters provide the class-D topology package through bulk gap maps, FHS Chern evaluation, and strip spectra. We do not compute Chern numbers here because the present chapter focuses on microscopic free-energy selection and circulation criteria; topological characterization is deferred to those chapters.

Classical multicomponent/phase-mode frameworks (Ginzburg–Landau, Leggett collective modes, and symmetry classification of unconventional superconductors) provide the language for internal phase selection and TRSB [1,3,4]. Material motivation comes from the LaNiX family (X = C, Ga), where SR reported spontaneous internal fields below in both LaNiC and LaNiGa [6,7]. The loop-supercurrent-order framework of Ghosh–Annett–Quintanilla [2,5] gives a multicomponent free-energy route for such TRSB signals. The present chapter provides a controlled microscopic baseline: a conventional BCS mean-field model whose order parameter supports discrete internal winding sectors already at the level of a single plaquette.

Microscopic Hamiltonian: bond-singlet BCS mean field

We work with a conventional BCS mean-field closure built from a bond-singlet pairing interaction on the plaquette edges. Label the four sites with and define the bond singlet operator

The attractive interaction is

with mean fields . The normal-state Hamiltonian contains the nearest-neighbor ring hopping and (optionally) a diagonal channel encoded in ; in the plaquette-momentum basis this yields the normal bands given below.

At quadratic mean-field level the resulting BdG Hamiltonian takes the standard Nambu form in each sector,

with for and the pairing coupling in the plaquette-momentum basis. The explicit self-consistent gap equations for each sector are collected in Sec. Self-consistent mean-field equations below.

Four-Site Order-Parameter Sectors

The minimal internal winding problem is already present on a single four-site plaquette: one may attach a complex singlet pairing amplitude to each of the four edge bonds,

with in the bond-singlet mean-field closure. Because one step around the plaquette satisfies , the allowed internal phase textures are the four plaquette-momentum sectors

which we may write as

Thus the four discrete branches are

The two winding states are complex conjugates of one another and carry opposite loop circulation. In the shared QTT implementation these appear as the branch labels trs, pi, winding+, and winding-. This is the minimal microscopic reason there are four order-parameter sectors in the four-site problem: one uniform branch, one staggered branch, and two opposite winding branches.

For later discussion it is useful to keep the gauge freedom explicit. A winding pattern such as may be represented directly in the pairing fields on the bonds, or gauge-transformed so that most of the phase winding appears instead in complex bond hoppings (equivalently a twisted boundary condition on the internal ring). In either representation the branch labels winding+ andwinding- refer to the same underlying loop chirality.

Self-consistent mean-field equations (bond singlet winding sectors)

The winding and gauge-current / Peierls-phase descriptions are related by a local unitary gauge transformation, so they share the same mean-field stationarity conditions: the phases are redistributed between hopping and pairing sectors, but the saddle-point equations are unchanged.

We first collect the simplest analytic self-consistency equations for a bondsinglet winding order parameter on a plaquette. This is the natural mean-field counterpart to the discrete branch discussion above and makes the sector structure explicit.

Bond definition and -sector ansatz

Define a bond singlet operator on the four intracell edge bonds ,

and an attractive interaction

The mean fields are

Imposing a plaquette-momentum sector,

reduces the four complex bond equations to a single scalar equation for the amplitude in the chosen sector .

Normal-state plaquette-momentum bands

Using the inversion-symmetric diagonal channel

the normal-state energies in the plaquette-momentum basis are

Explicitly,

Block form in a given sector

In the plaquette-momentum basis, the -sector pairing couples

with (bond) form factor

Define

and the “paired” scale

The two BdG eigenvalues entering the Fermi functions are

General gap equation

The anomalous expectation value in the sector is

so the self-consistency condition becomes

At , as long as neither branch crosses zero, this reduces to

Sector-by-sector specialization

For (uniform), , so only contribute. Defining

the gap equation can be written

For (staggered), , so only contribute. With

one obtains

For (winding), the two sectors are degenerate unless explicit TRS breaking is added. For , the independent blocks are and , which yields the gap equation

with

and

The same equation holds for .

Number equation (fixed filling)

If is fixed, the gap equation is the self-consistency condition. If instead the filling is fixed, one solves the gap equation together with the number equation for in the chosen sector,

then compares (or ) across sectors.

Gauge-Equivalent Current Representation

The winding state can be written directly in , but the same state may also be rewritten in a current-like gauge. For the sector,

and one may perform a site-dependent phase rotation

In Nambu form this is

so that

Since this current gauge is obtained by an explicit local phase rotation, it is exactly unitarily equivalent to the winding- description. The purpose of introducing it is not to claim a new phase, but to make the loop twist look like a standard Peierls-phase or twisted-boundary-condition problem.

For the four-site plaquette/Bloch model with edge hopping and diagonal channel

this transformation moves most of the winding phase from into the normal-state block. The hoppings acquire Peierls phases,

while the pairing block can be chosen real up to one frustrated sign,

This is the gauge in which the winding condensate looks like a state with complex bond phases and associated bond currents. It is therefore a convenient language for discussing loop circulation and persistent currents, while remaining exactly gauge-equivalent to the winding-order-parameter description.

Exact Analytic Structure in the Current Gauge

Because the current gauge is derived directly from the winding order parameter by a local unitary (gauge) transformation, the two BdG Hamiltonians are exactly unitarily equivalent. This is therefore not a separate dynamical claim: it fixes a convenient representation for the same winding sector. What does remain as a nontrivial physical datum on a closed plaquette is the gauge-invariant loop twist (equivalently a flux or boundary twist), which distinguishes the two time-reversed winding partners. This is the lattice version of the flux/twist invariance of a superconducting ring [10].

At the normal-state level the current gauge is

with

Because this is a unitary conjugation, the eigenvalues are exactly the same as in the winding gauge:

with

Explicitly,

The eigenvectors are the original plaquette plane waves dressed by the gauge phase,

With the above choice of this becomes

so the current-gauge eigenstates remain plaquette plane waves, but with an internal momentum shift

Equivalently, the current gauge may be viewed as a twisted-boundary-condition or finite-flux-ring representation of the same four plaquette sectors.

The full BdG matrix is likewise unitarily related,

so the quasiparticle eigenvalues are unchanged as well. For the winding sector, the BdG problem still reduces to two blocks: one block pairing with , and one pairing with. The positive quasiparticle branches are therefore

and

As expected from unitary equivalence, the gauge-current and winding pictures have exactly the same analytic eigenvalue structure.

The corresponding eigenvectors are also analytic because each block is . For block ,

and it is convenient to define

Then the coherence factors are

with eigenvectors

The term shifts the eigenvalues but does not change these coherence factors.

Likewise for block ,

so

The current-language interpretation is equally simple. In the current gauge, the bond current is obtained by differentiating with respect to the Peierls phase. For the nearest-neighbor ring part with uniform link phase , a plaquette mode carries

Thus and carry one sign of circulation, while and carry the opposite sign. The and sectors are therefore exact time-reversed partners with opposite loop current.

The compact summary is

The current gauge does not produce a different phase. It is the same winding plaquette state, written in a twisted or flux-threaded basis. Within the present BCS mean-field setting, the thermodynamically selected sector is obtained by comparing the mean-field free energies (or grand potentials) across, with the two winding partners remaining degenerate unless explicit time-reversal breaking is added.

Currents and Twist in the Ring Gauge

In the twisted-ring gauge, the bond current operator is the usual lattice current associated with a Peierls phase on a link, and the total persistent current is the derivative of the free energy with respect to the twist [10]. This is the standard equivalence between Peierls phases and twisted boundary conditions on a ring.

To make this explicit, consider a covariant ring representation with orbitals on (mod 4) and a uniform twist on nearest-neighbor links. One convenient normal-state form is

with

The oriented bond-current operators are obtained by differentiating with respect to the Peierls phase on each oriented link, giving

and

For the normalized one-particle ring eigenstate with plaquette momentum

one finds the translation-invariant expectation values

Substituting into the current operators yields

For the four allowed plaquette momenta we have, so the diagonal/opposite-site channel does not contribute to the circulating current in these discrete sectors:

The nearest-neighbor edge current on each plaquette edge is therefore

so and carry no edge current, while carry equal and opposite edge currents. Summing around the four edges gives the total plaquette circulation

so

This same result follows directly from the twist dependence of the ring energies. For the nearest-neighbor part , so

matching the four-edge sum. In a many-body setting the total circulating current is an occupation-weighted sum,

so time-reversal-symmetric fillings with cancel their persistent currents. In the superconducting winding sectors, the BdG blocks mix and , so the condensate inherits its circulating character from the ring orbitals, with the two winding partners remaining exact time-reversed states of opposite circulation.

BdG ground-state plaquette current (winding sector)

The preceding “ring gauge” subsection already fixes the current operator in the plaquette-momentum basis: only the orbitals carry edge circulation, so the total plaquette current is proportional to their occupation imbalance. For the winding superconductor, the BdG Hamiltonian splits into the two blocks discussed above ( and), with coherence factors and .

In the paired BdG ground state (quasiparticle vacuum), the occupations of the current-carrying orbitals are

with

and

Summing over both spins gives the BdG ground-state plaquette circulation

and each nearest-neighbor edge carries . Since and depend only on , this current is-independent within the simplified plaquette-winding sector.

For the opposite winding partner , time reversal flips the sign:

Mean-field free energy and sector selection

For a given sector, the self-consistent solution is obtained by solving the gap equation for (and, at fixed filling, solving the number equation for). The thermodynamically preferred sector is then determined by comparing the mean-field grand potential across.

In standard BdG mean-field theory one may write

where are the BdG eigenvalues in the chosen sector. The corresponding free energy at fixed particle number is.

Results (analytic)

The microscopic conclusions of the plaquette-winding BCS model are:

  1. The four-site plaquette supports four discrete internal sectors, with the two winding partners related by time reversal.
  2. In a plaquette-momentum basis each sector reduces to small BdG blocks, soquasiparticle spectra and self-consistent gap equations can be written in closedform.
  3. The winding sectors carry circulating edge currents. In the winding BdG groundstate, the total plaquette circulation is proportional to the occupationimbalance of the orbitals and flips sign between the two windingchiralities.

Discussion

This chapter is intended as a baseline. It shows how TRSB by internal winding can be represented and analysed already in a conventional BCS mean-field problem on the smallest plaquette supporting a nontrivial loop twist. It does not, by itself, resolve how a particular material selects a winding sector or pins domains; those selection questions require additional physics beyond the minimal plaquette-winding BCS closure and are addressed elsewhere in the thesis.

Conclusion

A four-bond singlet BCS mean-field model on a plaquette naturally supports discrete internal winding sectors and loop circulation. The plaquette-momentum basis makes the block structure, gap equations, and current expectations transparent, and it provides a controlled microscopic starting point for the loop-supercurrent TRSB language used throughout the thesis.

References

  1. V. L. Ginzburg and L. D. Landau, Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz. 20, 1064 (1950).
  2. S. K. Ghosh, J. F. Annett, and J. Quintanilla, J. Phys.: Condens. Matter 33, 335702 (2021), doi:10.1088/1361-648X/ac17ba.
  3. A. J. Leggett, Prog. Theor. Phys. 36, 901 (1966), doi:10.1143/PTP.36.901.
  4. M. Sigrist and K. Ueda, Rev. Mod. Phys. 63, 239 (1991), doi:10.1103/RevModPhys.63.239.
  5. S. K. Ghosh, J. F. Annett, and J. Quintanilla, New J. Phys. 23, 083018 (2021), doi:10.1088/1367-2630/ac17ba.
  6. A. D. Hillier, J. Quintanilla, and R. Cywinski, Phys. Rev. Lett. 102, 117007 (2009), doi:10.1103/PhysRevLett.102.117007.
  7. A. D. Hillier, J. Quintanilla, B. Mazidian, J. F. Annett, and R. Cywinski, Phys. Rev. Lett. 109, 097001 (2012), doi:10.1103/PhysRevLett.109.097001.
  8. P. G. de Gennes, Superconductivity of Metals and Alloys (Westview Press, Boulder, 1999).
  9. M. Tinkham, Introduction to Superconductivity, 2nd ed. (Dover, Mineola, 2004).
  10. N. Byers and C. N. Yang, Phys. Rev. Lett. 7, 46 (1961), doi:10.1103/PhysRevLett.7.46.

I. Relation to topological-extension and scope

This chapter builds directly on ../topological-extension/index.md. The Tier-1 SOC+Zeeman topological probe (analytic TRIM proxy, representative bulk band cut, and strip bulk-boundary diagnostic) is adopted as an analytic-first backbone. This chapter adds:

  1. Tier 2 (headline): referee-proof 2D topology via bulk gap maps and FHS Chern evaluation (reported only where gapped), plus a 1D scan showing gap closure and Chern jump, and a representative edge-localized strip spectrum.
  2. Tier 2.5 (pairing-family probes): imposed controls of pairing structure:
    • a TRSB texture interpolation parameter ,
    • a singlet-triplet multiorbital mixing parameter (and relative phase ).

In the thesis-level narrative, this chapter should therefore be read as the 2D completion of an effective topological descendant model, not as a direct ab initio claim for LaNiC or LaNiGa. Its value is that it maps the topological consequences of internally structured TRSB pairing families on a reduced multiorbital lattice. If the later LaNiGa Wannier programme can be reduced to a symmetry-equivalent low-energy sector, then the present results become interpretable as a controlled boundary/topology laboratory for that materials branch rather than as a disconnected toy model.

Scope boundary (inherited and extended). Pairing textures and mixing are imposed; no SOC+Zeeman self-consistent re-optimization is claimed. The scans probe how topology depends on pairing structure, not how a microscopic free energy selects phases.

The chapter-facing numerical entry point is topo_bdg_native_figures.py in this directory, which records qttree runlogs under data/figure_runs/. This PhD chapter should remain a thin native-wrapper results shell. Numerical development should happen in the shared qttree package and benchmark pipeline, not by growing a second PhD-local engine here.

II. Model

A. Real-space unit cell, hopping geometry, and orbital Bloch block

We work on a square Bravais lattice with primitive vectors . Each unit cell contains four sites (plaquette basis)

and we define the orbital spinor

Native QTT geometry view of a small open Topo-BdG lattice, showing how the plaquette unit cell tiles into the finite geometry used for strip diagnostics.

1. Hopping amplitudes (geometry-carrying notation)

We name hopping by bond type:

Representative parameters:

and chemical potential .

The hopping Hamiltonian (spin suppressed) is

Bond sets:

  • intracell edges : ,
  • intercell continuations : , ,
  • diagonals (intracell): .

2. Orbital Bloch Hamiltonian

Fourier transforming gives

Define

and write

B. Spinful normal block: Rashba SOC + Zeeman (Tier 1 backbone)

Let act in spin space. The spinful normal-state block is

C. BdG Hamiltonian and imposed pairing family

Use the Nambu spinor , where (orbital spin). The BdG Hamiltonian is

The particle sector has dimension , and is .

1. Tunable TRSB singlet texture ()

Define an onsite, orbital-diagonal singlet pairing texture

Special cases:

  • (or ): TRS texture (up to gauge/sign structure),
  • : the winding texture.

2. Spin-triplet multiorbital channel and mixing ()

We add a fixed interorbital triplet channel defined by an antisymmetric orbital form ,

with triplet spin structure chosen as :

We then define the imposed mixing family

with and representative . No free-energy minimization is performed over .

D. Symmetry class and invariant

With BdG particle-hole symmetry, broken TRS when and/or , and broken spin rotation due to SOC, the model lies in class D in 2D and admits an integer Chern classification . Chiral edge modes appear only when and the bulk is gapped. For a gapped phase, gives the number of chiral Majorana edge branches (up to convention-fixed orientation/sign), with chiral central charge .

III. Tier 1: Analytic TRIM mass-inversion proxy (imported from topological-extension)

Tier-1 results and definitions follow ../topological-extension/index.md and are reproduced here for completeness.

A. TRIM points

B. TRIM masses and transition fan

Let be eigenvalues of (with included in ). Define

so candidate transitions are

C. Proxy Chern index

Assign , and define

The corresponding proxy map, representative bulk band cut, and strip diagnostic are inherited from ../topological-extension/index.md and are not repeated here.

IV. Tier 2: Referee-proof 2D topology package (headline contribution)

Tier 2 replaces proxy-only evidence with definitive characterization where the bulk is gapped: bulk gap maps, lattice Chern number via Fukui-Hatsugai-Suzuki (FHS), and edge-localized strip spectra at representative nontrivial points.

A. Bulk gap and Chern maps

Define the bulk gap

where is the minimum positive BdG eigenvalue. For each gapped point we compute the Chern number of occupied BdG bands using the FHS lattice-gauge prescription. Chern values are reported only where , with mesh sizes stated and at least one near-transition mesh check.

B. One-dimensional transition scan (gap closure + Chern jump)

At fixed scan (or fix and scan ) and report both and . Chern changes are asserted only when accompanied by a bulk gap closure/reopening.

C. Representative edge-mode diagnostic (strip edge weight)

We compute a strip spectrum (open , periodic ) and color eigenvalues by an explicit edge localization weight (outer columns on each side; particle+hole weight). A representative point in a nontrivial Chern region is shown.

V. Tier 2.5: Pairing-family probes ( and )

These scans treat (TRSB texture) and (singlet-triplet mixing) as imposed control parameters and track bulk/edge observables.

A. TRSB texture scan:

Fix and scan , reporting and with the same masking and mesh-check discipline used in Tier 2.

B. Singlet-triplet mixing scan: (optional )

Fix and scan , reporting and . If a Chern change occurs, a pair of strip spectra at and bracketing the transition may be shown.

VI. Limitations and interpretation

  1. Imposed pairing family. define controlled interpolations of pairing structure; no self-consistent phase selection is claimed.
  2. Tier-1 proxy nature. locates candidate transitions but is not a proof away from TRIM.
  3. Tier-2 numerical discipline. Chern results are reported only where the bulk gap is finite, with mesh sizes stated and near-transition convergence checked.
  4. Bulk-edge correspondence. Edge-localized strips provide representative confirmation; they are not a substitute for bulk Chern evaluation.

VII. References

  1. Companion chapter ../topological-extension/index.md (Tier-1 TRIM proxy with targeted confirmations for the fixed-texture SOC+Zeeman probe).
  2. T. Fukui, Y. Hatsugai, and H. Suzuki, “Chern Numbers in Discretized Brillouin Zone: Efficient Method of Computing (Spin) Hall Conductances,” J. Phys. Soc. Jpn. 74, 1674 (2005). (FHS lattice Chern method.)
  3. A. Altland and M. R. Zirnbauer, “Nonstandard Symmetry Classes in Mesoscopic Normal-Superconducting Hybrid Structures,” Phys. Rev. B 55, 1142 (1997). (Tenfold-way / symmetry classes for BdG.)
  4. A. Kitaev, “Periodic table for topological insulators and superconductors,” AIP Conf. Proc. 1134, 22 (2009). (Classification.)
  5. X.-L. Qi, T. L. Hughes, and S.-C. Zhang, “Chiral topological superconductor from the quantum Hall state,” Phys. Rev. B 82, 184516 (2010). (Class-D chiral SC context and bulk-edge.)
  6. T. Hewitt, Topological Insulators and Superconductors in One Dimension: Chiral Ladder Models and Symmetry Constraints (PhD thesis, University of Kent, 2023). (Convention/sign governance for winding-like invariants; explicit symmetry-operator bookkeeping.)

Thesis Role

This chapter is the mechanism chapter for loop-supercurrent time-reversal symmetry breaking. Several older pages developed pieces of the story as separate manuscripts: frustration-mediated phase selection, C4 susceptibility, magnetic-moment estimates, Leggett-mode observables, and microscopic spacer searches. The thesis needs a narrower reading order.

A PRB-style manuscript version of the current loop-supercurrent story is archived with this chapter: loop-supercurrent PRB manuscript.

The essential story is:

  1. frustrated superconducting components can select winding phases;
  2. winding phases carry gauge-invariant hopping currents and magnetic response;
  3. compact microscopic self-consistency strongly constrains which routes can supply superconducting amplitude;
  4. a Josephson-island/proximity construction separates amplitude support from phase selection and gives the strict positive finite-device example.

Branch Language

The useful branch basis is shared across the chapter:

  • uniform: all components have the same phase;
  • staggered: phases cancel across adjacent components and often create inner nodes;
  • winding+: phases circulate one way around the loop;
  • winding-: the time-reversed partner.

The winding branches are the TRSB candidates. They are physically meaningful only when they are selected by the same free-energy accounting used for the uniform and staggered competitors.

Frustrated Phase Backbone

A fixed-amplitude four-component loop gives the analytic guide

The TRSB stationary branch satisfies

and therefore appears only for

This follows from

so the TRSB stationary point exists only when the solution for (\cos\theta^\ast) lies inside ([-1,1]). The curvature of the TRS branch is (4(J-2J_d)), so the same line is also the relative-phase softening line in the phase-only backbone.

This analytic threshold is a mechanism guide, not the final microscopic selection rule. BdG spectra, amplitudes, Hartree/Fock fields, and competing node structures shift the practical result. The derivational details behind the threshold, curvature, current definition, and selection-rule algebra are collected in the loop-supercurrent appendix.

BdG Loop-Current Diagnostics

The BdG calculations show that winding branches are not just phase cartoons. They have branch-resolved quasiparticle spectra, density of states, finite hopping currents, and a calibrated orbital magnetic response.

The microscopic current used here is the hopping current, not the current obtained by differentiating an assumed phase-only Josephson energy. For a normal hopping (t_{ab}c_a^\dagger c_b+\mathrm{h.c.}),

It is therefore a property of the BdG eigenvectors and occupied quasiparticle states. The phase-only current is useful as a circuit-scale guide, but the BdG hopping current is the observable used for the microscopic magnetic-moment estimate.

These observables establish what a selected loop-supercurrent state would look like: opposite chiral branches, circulating microscopic current, and a small but finite magnetic signature.

Relative-Phase Observables

The same branch structure produces low-energy relative-phase response. The older Leggett-mode and response-map pages should be read as supporting observable estimates: TRSB winding branches soften a relative-phase sector and can produce Raman/THz response templates. They are not separate result chapters.

The useful takeaway is that loop-supercurrent ordering should be diagnosed by three things together: free-energy branch selection, current/moment response, and relative-phase softening.

ObservableRoleInterpretation
Branch free energySelects between uniform, staggered, and winding statesTRSB is only a ground-state claim when the winding branch wins the same variational comparison.
Hopping current and orbital momentIdentifies the broken-time-reversal responseA winding branch carries circulating microscopic current and a small calibrated magnetic field.
Relative-phase responseConnects static order to spectroscopySoft phase modes give Raman/THz signatures complementary to magnetic probes.

Microscopic Selection Tests

The microscopic searches are the decisive constraint. Spacer, contact, C3, C4, molecule, lattice, and cluster variants all test the same idea: arrange normal or repulsive regions so that a winding phase texture creates destructive interference nodes where anomalous density would otherwise be costly.

The mechanism can appear in reduced and finite calculations. In particular, soft-contact geometries can produce self-consistent winding candidates and node/antinode patterns consistent with the intended saving.

But the strict follow-up is the important thesis result for compact models. Higher-accuracy screw-cell and full-HFB checks often leave the uniform or staggered branch lower, or collapse small onsite-Hubbard molecule/lattice routes into superconducting states with vanishingly small anomalous amplitude. The best compact winding candidates are therefore evidence for a real mechanism, not proof of a robust tiny-molecule ground state. The later Josephson-island construction is introduced precisely to separate this amplitude problem from the phase-selection problem.

Model-Family Story

The QuLab loop-Josephson studies fill in the story between the compact mechanism above and the engineered device of the next chapter. Their value is not that every geometry is a separate thesis result. Their value is that each family answers one physical objection.

The first objection is whether winding can ever be selected for a simple reason. The C3 molecule gives the cleanest yes. Three superconducting components coupled to a central costly region have a special winding identity: the phases (1,\omega,\omega^2) cancel at the centre, while the uniform state does not. In constrained mean-field language, winding removes anomalous density from the costly central site. This is the simplest demonstration that loop-supercurrent order can be a consequence of interference, not an arbitrary choice of complex phases.

Algebraically,

so a central anomalous amplitude proportional to the sum of the three outer phases vanishes for the two winding branches and remains finite for the uniform branch.

The second objection is whether that mechanism survives a stricter microscopic standard. The answer is mostly no for tiny onsite-Hubbard molecules. C3 molecules, C3 lattices, and C3 cluster-island variants keep producing useful winding diagnostics in constrained or pairing-only calculations, but full Hartree–Fock–Bogoliubov relaxation tends to Hartree-detune the attractive sites and collapse the superconducting amplitude. This negative result is important: it says that a few isolated negative-(U) orbitals are not a credible microscopic reservoir for the condensate.

The third objection is whether the C3 mechanism generalizes to fourfold geometries. The C4 studies show why the answer is subtle. A single central site is no longer a unique winding selector, because both winding and staggered textures can node the centre. Worse, staggered order also naturally nodes the nearest-neighbour in-between paths. The baseline C4 molecule therefore teaches the main competitor: if the costly regions sit on inner adjacent paths, the system rewards staggered order rather than loop winding.

For four components the central sum can vanish for both ((1,i,-1,-i)) and ((1,-1,1,-1)). The split-centre/screw construction changes the penalty to diagonal channel sums such as (|e^{i\theta_0}+e^{i\theta_2}|^2+|e^{i\theta_1}+e^{i\theta_3}|^2), which removes part of the staggered advantage and makes winding a meaningful competitor again.

The fourth objection is whether C4 winding can be rescued by geometry. The best answer is the split-centre or balanced screw construction. Instead of one shared central costly region, the normal paths are separated along diagonal or outside channels. Winding can then node the diagonal paths more selectively, while staggered order no longer receives all the savings. In constrained branch scans this produces broad winding pockets, and odd outside-channel lengths preserve the advantage better than even ones. The same caveat remains: unrestricted onsite-Hubbard full-HFB checks still relax toward nearly normal or nonwinding solutions. The geometry solves the phase-selection problem better than it solves condensate formation.

The fifth objection is whether the negative molecule result kills the whole program. It does not. It redirects it. The proximity-film studies separate two questions that the tiny molecules mixed together: where does the superconducting amplitude come from, and which phase texture does the loop geometry select? When a film or bath supplies the amplitude, the balanced C4 phase selector can produce winding minima in broad soft-film windows. That is the conceptual bridge to Josephson islands: let robust superconductors supply the condensate, and use the loop geometry to select the chirality.

The final publication-level device step is the promoted long-soft Josephson-island geometry. It keeps all hoppings real and imposes no external flux or Peierls phase, then compares uniform, staggered, winding (+), and winding (-) seeds at the same Hartree–Fock–Gor’kov residual threshold. For the accepted point, the two winding branches are degenerate time-reversed partners and lie below the best nonwinding branch by about (-2.386\times10^{-3}). This is a strict tuned finite-device existence proof, not a broad phase diagram or a claim that compact molecules were already sufficient.

The sixth objection is materials relevance. The LaNiX2 loop-current branch remains a context and constraint, not a solved material model. It keeps the loop-supercurrent route connected to the same TRSB materials motivation as the INT chapter, but the microscopic evidence points away from claiming that a minimal onsite-Hubbard molecule directly explains LaNiC2 or LaNiGa2. The credible claim is more general: multicomponent superconductors can break time reversal by loop-current ordering, and the microscopic calculation tells us which realizations are too weak and which engineered environments are worth pursuing.

Model familyFigure evidenceThesis verdict
C3 moleculeSelection-rule and production-HFB diagnosticsCleanest interference proof, but not a robust tiny-molecule condensate once full relaxation is imposed.
C3 lattice/clusterRecovery scans and unrestricted chirality checksNegative controls: constrained winding survives, but density-relaxed superconductivity is not recovered.
C4 moleculeSelection-rule, outside-junction, and production-HFB diagnosticsReveals the staggered competitor and explains why central-node savings do not automatically select winding.
Balanced C4 clusterBranch, parity, and HFB stability checksGeometry can favour winding in constrained scans, especially for odd outside paths, while unrestricted onsite-Hubbard checks remain conservative.
C4 screw/crystalCentral-versus-screw and unrestricted checksScrew geometry improves the selector but is not by itself a settled full-HFB ground state.
Proximity filmC3/C4 selection, energy decomposition, and film-thickness phase mapsSeparating condensate supply from phase selection keeps the loop mechanism viable.
LaNiX2 loop-current bridgeSymmetry, cancellation, and pair-channel scoresKeeps the materials motivation visible without claiming a solved LaNiX2 loop-current model.
Josephson-island deviceStrict four-branch HFG free-energy comparison, ADOS textures, current and magnetic diagnosticsPositive tuned finite-device existence proof for spontaneous winding selection without imposed flux; robustness and scale-up remain open.

Seen this way, the negative results are not clutter. They are the reason the argument becomes sharper. C3 proves the interference principle, C4 reveals the staggered competitor, screw and balanced outside channels identify better phase selectors, full-HFB tests rule out naive tiny-molecule condensates, and proximity models show how the mechanism can survive when superconducting amplitude is supplied by a larger environment. The promoted island device then turns that logic into the strict positive finite-device example.

Conclusion

Loop-supercurrent ordering gives a coherent microscopic route to time-reversal-symmetry breaking in multicomponent superconductors. The mechanism is real at the level of frustrated phase selection, interference nodes, BdG observables, and supplied-amplitude proximity models. The conservative conclusion is also clear: simple microscopic onsite-Hubbard routes do not robustly self-generate and select winding order once all competitors and self-consistent fields are included. That negative result is why the mechanism becomes a Josephson-island or proximity problem. In that setting, condensate formation and phase selection can be controlled separately, and the promoted island calculation gives a strict tuned finite-device winding minimum while leaving robustness and scale-up as open engineering questions.

Thesis Role

The previous chapter showed both the promise and the limitation of microscopic loop-supercurrent selection. This chapter asks the device question instead: can the same winding physics be engineered in a Josephson-island platform where edge couplings, diagonal couplings, charging energy, and readout are design parameters?

The answer has two layers. The effective circuit model gives a clear macroscopic TRSB platform. The microscopic island/channel Hartree–Fock– Gor’kov calculations now include a strict tuned finite-device winding minimum and current diagnostics, but also show that scale-up and branch selection remain sensitive.

The PRB-style manuscript snapshot for the current loop-supercurrent story is archived with the previous result chapter: loop-supercurrent PRB manuscript.

The logic is inherited from the previous chapter. The molecule and lattice studies showed that loop geometry can select winding phases, but they also showed that tiny onsite-Hubbard structures often fail to supply a robust condensate. A Josephson-island device changes the division of labour: superconducting islands provide amplitude and stiffness, while engineered normal or repulsive paths decide whether uniform, staggered, or winding phases win.

Effective Four-Island Circuit

For island phases (\phi_i), edge Josephson couplings (K_e), and diagonal couplings (K_d), the fixed-amplitude phase energy is

The TRSB winding branch satisfies

so the analytic threshold is

A stricter branch-resolved scan over the full four-phase manifold gives the practical design lesson. The analytic threshold marks the onset of the winding stationary branch, while robust branch stability in the constrained scan appears closer to (K_d/K_e\simeq 1). The scan labels 1230 of 2501 points as TRS-winning, 1240 as TRSB-winning, and 31 as unlabeled under the strict stability filter.

Chirality Doublet and Readout Scale

In the TRSB regime, the two conjugate winding branches form a chirality doublet (|+\rangle,|-\rangle). Projecting into that subspace gives an effective two-level Hamiltonian with chirality bias, tunnelling, and microwave drive.

The representative circuit numbers are device-scale rather than microscopic materials claims. For the nominal reduced model, the estimates are

Fabrication-spread sampling gives a broad but usable design window: the TRSB-valid fraction is about 0.944, the median persistent current is about 22.54 nA, and the median dispersive shift is about 2.323 MHz in the stated readout model.

Device-level quantityRepresentative value or outcomeRole
Analytic TRSB threshold(J_d>J/2) in the reduced four-component loopDefines the design target before microscopic complications.
Persistent current(I_p\simeq22.26,{\rm nA}) in the nominal reduced modelSets the magnetic/readout scale of the chirality doublet.
Tunnel splitting(\Delta_{\rm tun}\simeq0.872,{\rm GHz})Places the two-level dynamics in a microwave-accessible range.
Fabrication spreadTRSB-valid fraction about 0.944 in the stated sampling modelShows that the reduced design is not tuned to a single point.
Microscopic island verdictA strict tuned finite-device winding minimum exists, but broad scaled robustness is not yet establishedSeparates the positive existence proof from an overclaimed phase diagram.
Device acceptance testThesis standard
BistabilityDemonstrate two long-lived opposite loop-current branches at a calibrated symmetry point.
Two-level closureFit spectroscopy to a chirality doublet with extracted (\Delta_{\rm tun}), (I_p), barrier scale, and leakage to the nearest noncomputational mode.
Coherence and readoutShow that dephasing, relaxation, and readout backaction are compatible with the quoted MHz-scale dispersive readout window.

Microscopic Island/Channel Test

The finite-device calculation replaces the abstract phase model by superconducting islands connected through normal or repulsive regions. The mechanism is regional: anomalous density leaks into costly channel regions, and a winding phase can lower the Gor’kov penalty by creating destructive interference nodes on selected paths.

This is the device version of the proximity-film lesson. The proximity calculations showed that supplied amplitude can make the balanced loop phase-selector meaningful. The island calculation asks the same question in a more concrete setting: once superconductivity is already stabilized by islands or a bath, can channel geometry make winding beat the staggered competitor?

The strongest finite-device evidence is the softened outer-channel branch set. It contains converged winding representatives, competing uniform or staggered branches, and free-energy decomposition showing where the winding branch gains or loses energy.

The evidence standard is stricter than finding a winding seed. A promoted device point must be compared against the uniform and staggered competitors with the same solver settings, residual tolerance, branch projection, and free-energy decomposition. Active-search candidates are therefore discovery tools; the branch-resolved convergence table is the result.

Active searches identify promising outer-sheet candidates by looking for nonwinding anomalous-density antinodes that winding can convert into nodes. These searches are useful for mechanism discovery, but promoted candidates do not replace strict four-branch convergence checks.

Scale-Up and Current Diagnostics

The strict length-renormalisation checks are the main caveat. The promoted long-soft (L=9,h=5) island point selects the winding pair against the best nonwinding competitor at the stated residual threshold, but nearby side points and larger-family scans do not yet establish a broad monotonic scale-up law.

Current diagnostics show that winding branches carry the expected hopping current pattern. They validate the physical interpretation of a winding fixed point, but they do not by themselves decide the ground-state branch.

Conclusion

A macroscopic Josephson-island device is the cleanest realization layer for the loop-supercurrent mechanism. The phase-only circuit has an analytic TRSB threshold and a plausible chirality-doublet operating scale. The microscopic island/channel calculations show self-consistent finite winding branches and current signatures, including a strict tuned finite-device winding ground state, but not yet a robust scaled phase diagram.

This bounded conclusion is the point of the chapter. The thesis does not need the island calculation to be a universal proof of winding order. It needs it to show the next rational experimental direction after the microscopic molecule tests: stabilize superconductivity with real islands or proximity, then use deliberately placed channels to make the loop-current phase texture energetically visible. The chapter therefore supports an engineered device route while keeping the microscopic selection claim bounded.

Self-consistent lattice calculations

This chapter turns from model construction to the numerical solution of self-consistency equations on finite lattices. The central practical issue is convergence: straightforward fixed-point iteration is often unstable, or converges too slowly to be useful, so some degree of damping is required in order to obtain reliable solutions. We begin with the simplest lattice BCS setting, and then move on to impurity problems and inhomogeneous mean-field states.

The canonical chapter-local native driver for the convergence example in this chapter is self_consistency_native_figures.py. It is a thin chapter wrapper over qttree benchmark construction plus local matplotlib rendering, while the older standalone Python and Julia drafts remain only as lift-sources or archival provenance. The checked-in chapter assets below are now generated by the native wrapper as convergence-example.svg, with PDF sidecars and runlogs written alongside them.

Friedel oscillations

The analytical derivation and introductory benchmark for Friedel oscillations are given in the chapter on microscopic modelling of conductors, where they are used to validate the normal-state implementation before any self-consistency is introduced. In the present chapter we retain only the numerical results that connect directly to later impurity and mean-field calculations.

Normal-state benchmark

The weak-coupling normal state provides the bridge between that analytical discussion and the self-consistent inhomogeneous calculations below. In this regime the numerical LDOS recovers the expected oscillation wavelength , thereby validating the impurity calculations before interactions are turned on.

Impurities modulate the local density of states (Friedel oscillations)

A linecut resolves the local density of states at equally spaced points along a straight line moving away from the impurity. The van Hove singularity remains visible, together with a distinct impurity-induced peak. The model consists of 43 \times 43 sites and is evaluated at zero bias ω/t = 0 with resolution \varepsilon/t = 0.1. The impurity potential and chemical potential are set to V/t = 1.21 and μ/t = −3.57. The line is shown in the top left frame of Figure [fig:LDOS_mosaic_normal_state], where the impurity (navy) and a site five lattice spacings away (green) are given by the arrows.
The local density of states of the corral is shown three-dimensionally in order to expose the standing-wave pattern in the electron density generated by the ring of 15 impurities. The chemical potential is μ/t = −3.57 and the coupling strength is V/t = 1.21, with 43 sites along each axis. The bias energy is ω/t = 0 with resolution \varepsilon/t = 0.1

Inhomogeneous mean-field theory with impurities

Self-consistent mean-field results for the renormalisation of the chemical potential (Hartree term) and the anomalous term for a line of impurities on a lattice, with attractive , chemical potential , and impurity coupling strength .

Once the normal-state impurity response has been established, the next step is to restore self-consistency and examine how the order parameters themselves adjust in the presence of inhomogeneity. The same finite-lattice framework then yields not only the LDOS, but also the spatial structure of the pairing fields and related mean-field quantities.

Self-consistent results for one band without impurities, chemical potential μ/t = −2.67 and 31 sites along each axis. The critical temperature is in good agreement with the BCS conventional theory TcBCS = Δ0/1.76. The ϕ-fields are degenerate and are less temperature dependent than the pairing potential Δ, as expected in conventional BCS theory. The absolute convergence factor is ε = 10−3.

Quasiparticle interference

The real-space oscillations generated by impurities may also be analysed in momentum space. Fourier transforming the LDOS produces the quasiparticle-interference pattern, which provides a complementary view of the same scattering processes and makes the connection to the underlying Fermi surface more explicit.

Quasiparticle interference, that is, the magnitude of the Fourier transform of the normal-state local density of states. Top left: Fourier transform of Figure [fig:LDOS_mosaic_normal_state], a single central impurity. Top right: 20 random impurities. Bottom: averaging over 8 and 100 simulations of 20 different random impurities. The chemical potential is μ/t = −3.57 and the impurity coupling strength is V/t = 1.21 on a 43 \times 43 lattice. The underlying LDOS is evaluated at zero bias ω/t = 0 with resolution \varepsilon/t = 0.1. This local electron density is a function of the momentum of the Friedel waves and is ‘double’ the Fermi surface in the following sense ${\symbf{k}}_{Fermi}=\frac{1}{2}{\symbf{k}}_{Friedel}$. In the experimental literature, quasiparticle interference is obtained by averaging over many experimental realisations in order to suppress noise. In the present simulations, however, a single central impurity already produces a noiseless quasiparticle-interference pattern. The many-impurity averages therefore differ mainly in magnitude, as is shown here by using two different colourbars, one for the single impurity and another for the three examples of many-impurity averaging.

Introduction

Quantum Tensor Tree is introduced here not as a tensor-network ansatz in the MPS or TTN sense, but as a modelling language for quantum matter with visible internal structure. The central problem is simple to state. In the systems studied in this thesis, the physically relevant degrees of freedom are rarely well described by one flat integer index. One must keep track of site, orbital, spin, Nambu sector, unit-cell position, finite geometry, and in some cases larger mesoscopic aggregates such as superconducting islands. If that structure is erased too early, the notation may become numerically convenient, but the physics becomes harder to read and harder to control.

The framework therefore begins from the methodological claim that hierarchical physical structure should remain explicit for as long as possible. One should be able to describe a model first in the language in which the physics is naturally stated, and only later translate that description into arrays and matrices for numerical work. In this sense Quantum Tensor Tree is less a specialised software trick than a commitment about how quantum models should be represented.

This choice matters directly for the thesis. Loop-supercurrent states depend on phase structure inside a small composite object rather than only on a large translation-invariant lattice. The SSH and Topo-BdG chapters depend on the ability to talk cleanly about boundaries, masks, walls, and finite cutouts. Self-consistent superconducting calculations depend on distinguishing geometry, Hamiltonian terms, and field-update rules rather than mixing them into one opaque solver script. The live implementation in qulab/core/qttree, together with the superconducting layer in qulab/core/scmft, should therefore be read as a layered framework for preserving physical meaning through those different tasks.

The novelty of the framework should therefore be stated carefully. It is not primarily that a new numerical algorithm was invented, nor that a new software package was written in the abstract. The conceptual contribution is that the thesis adopts a different modelling stance: physical hierarchy is treated as a first-class object; compilation is treated as an explicit boundary rather than an invisible implementation detail; and finite, Bloch, topological, and self-consistent superconducting problems are treated as different uses of one common modelling language rather than as separate code lineages.

Quantum Tensor Tree

The current package is layered: labelled basis objects feed model objects, which are then compiled, solved, and observed.

The thesis code spine

The final codebase should be read as a spine rather than as a collection of independent packages. Quantum Tensor Tree supplies the model language: labelled degrees of freedom, graph and lattice support, Hamiltonian terms, and the compilation boundary where readable physics becomes numerical arrays. qulab.core.qttree owns that language. qulab.core.qtopology then owns the topological interpretation of SSH and Weyl–SSH models. qulab.core.scmft owns the superconducting interpretation of pairing fields, anomalous contractions, self-consistent updates, and free-energy branch comparisons. Finally, the research/result records connect package paths to the model, benchmark, plotting, and chapter paths that reproduce each thesis result.

This split is important because it prevents the code architecture from overclaiming. QTT can describe the support of pairing-like terms and current-carrying links, but it does not by itself decide what a superconducting branch means. That decision requires Nambu conventions, anomalous density updates, mean-field constants, and free-energy comparisons, which are the responsibility of the generalised BdG/SCMFT layer. Likewise, a Weyl–SSH model may use QTT constructors and may borrow SCMFT helpers for a paired extension, but the central physical claim is topological and therefore belongs to qulab.core.qtopology.

The four main studies in the thesis are therefore not four software lineages. They are four uses of one modelling framework:

  1. Weyl–SSH topology: a boundary and impurity-wall laboratory whose result narrative is topological.
  2. Microscopic loop-supercurrent: a self-consistent BdG/HFG test of whether a normal-spacer mechanism selects winding order.
  3. Spin-triplet TRSB: a multiorbital internally antisymmetric triplet test of channel selection, nonunitary diagnostics, and nonlinear limitations.
  4. Macroscopic islands: a controlled realisation layer for loop-supercurrent physics once the microscopic spacer mechanism is too weak or too costly.

Relation to existing literatures

The ingredients of Quantum Tensor Tree are not individually new. Tight-binding and Bloch modelling already provide the standard language for lattice Hamiltonians and translationally invariant single-particle structure [1, 2]. Gor’kov, Bogoliubov-de Gennes, and de Gennes theory already provide the standard quadratic mean-field language for superconductivity [18, 19, 123]. Hubbard and Kanamori-type models already provide the standard interaction language for local and multiorbital electronic structure [14, 15, 16].

The methodological question is therefore not whether QTTree replaces those theories. It does not. The question is how one can express them inside one reusable modelling framework without fragmenting the thesis into separate code lineages for normal-state conductors, inhomogeneous superconductors, loop-supercurrent models, and boundary-sensitive topological problems. The novelty claimed here is architectural and methodological: one common modelling language preserves physical hierarchy, makes compilation into numerical form an explicit step, and terminates in a shared observable layer.

The closest external comparison is pyqula, which is impressively terse for constructing and analysing tight-binding, superconducting, magnetic, and topological models. That terseness is a useful standard: a thesis framework should not require pages of boilerplate before a Hamiltonian can be inspected. Where Quantum Tensor Tree differs is in what it chooses to make explicit. QTT keeps labelled basis structure, support regions, symmetry sectors, interaction channels, Nambu conventions, and free-energy accounting visible as named objects. The aim is therefore not to be broader than pyqula, but to make the particular modelling chain used in this thesis auditable from physical declaration through compilation, self-consistency, observable extraction, and figure reproduction.

This comparison also sets a practical convention for the codebase. Public examples should be terse at the point of use, but not by hiding physical choices that matter for the thesis. A good QTT example should read like a short model definition; its defaults should still leave a route back to the basis ordering, projector support, interaction channel, solver convention, and result provenance.

This chapter therefore has a deliberately limited scope. It is not an API reference for every live module under qulab/core/qttree or qulab/core/scmft, and it is not the right place to catalogue every helper, benchmark wrapper, materials import path, or figure builder. Its purpose is to explain the conceptual architecture that the thesis is claiming as method. A separate code-facing introduction to the live package belongs in the package documentation and README files.

The document split across the project is therefore intentional. This chapter explains the conceptual architecture and the benchmark-facing pieces needed for the thesis argument; broad parameter sweeps, local runlogs, and extended chapter-specific analyses are outside its scope. Quantum Tensor Tree is the common executable kernel underneath that work. For thesis-facing native reproduction, the live record is the benchmark and research ledger inside the qulab package.

Conceptual Contribution

The conceptual claim behind Quantum Tensor Tree can be summarised in four points.

First, the natural object of condensed-matter modelling is not a bare matrix but a physically structured system. The basis already has internal anatomy: site, orbital, spin, Nambu sector, cell, boundary region, and sometimes mesoscopic grouping. The framework treats that structure as part of the model rather than as information to be discarded at the start.

Second, numerical representation is important, but it is not the same thing as physical representation. A good methodology should let the physicist speak in the language of the problem first and only then compile that language into the arrays required by the solver. This is what gives the framework its distinctive discipline: human-readable hierarchy at the front end, numerically explicit objects at the back end.

Third, the thesis does not benefit from maintaining one framework for inhomogeneous superconductivity, another for loop-supercurrent states, and another for SSH or topological boundary problems. Those differences are real, but they should appear as different model contents and different compiled representations, not as separate conceptual worlds. The framework is novel in the thesis context precisely because it insists on that unification.

Fourth, observables are not an afterthought. A modelling framework for a thesis should terminate not in raw eigenpairs alone but in structured physical statements: densities, textures, currents, spectral maps, branch comparisons, and topological diagnostics. The observable layer is therefore part of the conceptual architecture, not merely a plotting convenience.

Hierarchy Before Matrices

The first core idea is that a quantum basis should be organised by physical composition rather than by numerical convenience. A basis state is not merely the element number 137; it is a state on a particular site, in a particular orbital, with a particular spin or Nambu character, living inside a particular cell or finite region. Quantum Tensor Tree keeps that decomposition visible.

This does not mean that matrix methods are avoided. On the contrary, the whole point is to use them more honestly. The hierarchy is the modelling language, not the numerical kernel. A user should be able to specify a basis and a geometry in a way that still resembles the physical object being studied, and the code should then resolve that description into explicit orderings and index maps before serious numerical work begins. The advantage is clarity: one keeps the readability of labelled structure at the front end without forcing the solvers to operate on recursive symbolic machinery.

That distinction is one of the clearest lessons of the earlier QTTree experiments. The old monolithic line showed that hierarchical indexing is genuinely useful for model construction and interpretation. It also showed that the same recursive logic becomes confusing when it is pushed too far into the execution layer. The present codebase keeps the good part of that inheritance: hierarchy as a modelling language, explicit numerical data as the solver language. In this sense the novelty is not unrestricted abstraction, but a more careful placement of abstraction.

Resolved selections rather than recursive magic

treetrunkbranchbranchleafleaf1leaf2leafleaf

Example Tree Structure: The hierarchy remains central, but its selections are now compiled into stable index data before solver kernels run.

The methodological role of selection is therefore very specific. A selection is first a human-readable statement about a part of the model, for example one site, one spin sector, one boundary region, or one class of bonds. It is only after this selection is defined that it is resolved into stable integer data. This is the correct compromise between expressiveness and discipline. The framework remains physically legible, but numerical kernels still consume plain arrays, masks, and matrices.

The archival qttree.network lineage remains useful as a record of how the original idea evolved, especially around broad Mapper-style tree slicing. But it should now be treated as history rather than as the centre of the thesis code. The layered package in qulab/core/qttree is the version that the thesis is actually using.

Parent nodesLeavesGraph12AB345Tree StructureRoot node

Tree structure remains the front-end language, but compilation resolves it into parent nodes, leaves, and graph relations that can be indexed explicitly in the numerical backend.

Basis, Support, Projectors, And Nambu Structure

The hierarchy is not only a software convenience; it is the way the theory chooses its one-particle basis. In the simplest tight-binding case the one-particle space is spanned by lattice sites and perhaps spin. In the thesis applications the basis is usually larger:

Here may mean a finite polytope, a strip, a periodic cell, a boundary region, or an island network. The orbital factor may be a real atomic-orbital model, an effective internal degree of freedom, or the sublattice structure of an SSH-type model. The spin factor may be present as an active magnetic degree of freedom or only as a degeneracy. QTTree’s role is to keep those labels visible until the model is deliberately compiled into a flat ordering.

This is also the right place to distinguish support from a projector. The support of an object says where it lives. A hopping term has bond support; an onsite potential has site support; a superconducting update has pairing-channel support; a boundary observable has edge or wall support. Support is therefore a statement about the domain of a term, field, update, or observable before it has become a numerical matrix.

A projector is a restriction or measurement on the already declared space. In the ideal mathematical language it is an operator with and . In the code it often appears as a sparse selector, mask, or compiled index list. A spin projector selects one spin channel; an orbital projector selects one internal component; an edge projector measures spectral weight near a boundary; a Nambu-sector projector separates particle-like and hole-like parts of a BdG eigenvector. The support says which physical region or channel exists; the projector says which part of the resulting basis or observable is being extracted.

The superconducting problems require one more conceptual step: Nambu doubling. After the ordinary one-particle basis has been chosen, a mean-field superconductor is represented in a doubled particle-hole space. With the convention

the quadratic Hamiltonian takes the BdG form

The precise sign and ordering conventions belong to the implementation and to the generalised BdG/SCMFT layer, but the methodological point is independent of those details. QTTree supplies the labelled basis, geometry, terms, support maps, and compilation boundary. The SCMFT layer then gives pairing fields, anomalous contractions, self-consistent updates, and free-energy accounting a superconducting interpretation.

Diagonalising the BdG matrix is the Bogoliubov transformation. The eigenvectors are decomposed into and components, and those components are the bridge from the numerical spectrum back to physical observables: density, magnetisation, anomalous density, LDOS, currents, channel amplitudes, and the mean-field free energy. Projectors and supports re-enter here because the observable is rarely the whole spectrum. The thesis usually asks for a projected statement: edge spectral weight, a wall-localised LDOS map, a pairing amplitude on a particular bond family, or the current circulating around a selected loop.

Terms, Fields, And Rules

The second core idea is that geometry, Hamiltonian content, and self-consistency should remain distinct layers. A model should know what its sites and bonds are; it should know which terms are present in the Hamiltonian; and it should know which fields are externally imposed versus internally determined. These are related questions, but they are not the same question.

This matters especially for mean-field theory. In a weak implementation, one buries Hartree, Fock, or Gor’kov updates inside one solver that implicitly knows which entries of which array are supposed to be changed. In a stronger implementation, the channels and update rules are represented explicitly as part of the model description. That is the direction taken here. The framework does not treat self-consistency as an afterthought attached to a particular benchmark. It treats it as structured model data that can later be compiled into contractions, update maps, and solver steps.

That is also part of the conceptual contribution. The framework claims that mean-field theory should be expressed as a theory of channels, supports, and updates, not merely as an iterative numerical recipe. This makes the code more reproducible, but more importantly it makes the physics argument clearer.

Conceptually, this is why the code reads more like a language for Hamiltonians and fields than like a pile of chapter-specific numerical scripts. Terms say what is in the Hamiltonian. Fields say where order parameters or auxiliary quantities live. Interaction rules say how those fields should be updated or interpreted. Compilation and solving happen only after those distinctions have been made.

Geometry As Data

The same separation appears in the treatment of geometry. A lattice is not merely a matrix dimension. It is a finite or periodic arrangement of repeated internal structure, together with optional masks, cutouts, and named regions. Open strips, impurity walls, SNS devices, and trimmed finite samples should therefore enter the framework as geometry data rather than as separate software branches.

This is one of the strongest practical gains of the current layered codebase. The topology line and the superconducting line no longer need different foundations just because one emphasises boundaries and the other emphasises self-consistency. Finite regions, polytopes, masks, and repeated unit cells can all be handled inside the same general geometry layer. The methodological point is simple: boundary conditions and spatial cutouts are part of the model, not special exceptions to it.

Compilation As A Boundary

The decisive architectural step in the live package is the explicit compilation layer between model specification and numerical solution. This is not just a software convenience. Methodologically it marks the point at which a physics description is turned into a solver-ready problem. Before compilation, the framework still speaks in terms of hierarchy, geometry, fields, and update rules. After compilation, it speaks in terms of resolved basis data, representations, and operator families.

That boundary is what allows one framework to cover both finite real-space and Bloch problems without pretending that they are numerically identical. They are different representations of the same modelling language. The compilation layer makes that distinction explicit, and the solver layer then consumes compiled problems rather than raw hierarchical objects. In other words, the code does not confuse expressiveness at the modelling level with cleverness at the numerical level.

This separation is one of the most conceptually important choices in the whole chapter. It says that the right response to numerical complexity is not to let numerical structures dominate the public language of the theory. Instead, one should make the translation from physical structure to numerical structure explicit and deliberate.

The final stage is the observable layer. This is where the framework becomes most clearly thesis-facing. The aim is not only to produce eigenvalues or convergence histories, but to produce structured physical statements: LDOS, QPI, pairing textures, current patterns, branch comparisons, effective free energies, overlap diagnostics, and topological markers. A result chapter should therefore be able to import a small number of benchmark or plotting wrappers, while the real physical post-processing lives in the common framework.

For self-consistent superconducting calculations, the decisive thesis object is not a single converged gap field but a branch decision. Uniform, staggered, winding, unitary, and nonunitary candidate states must be compared using the same channel convention and the same free-energy accounting. This is why the SCMFT layer exists as a separate owner rather than as a hidden option inside a generic QTT solver.

Worked examples

Finite tight-binding and BdG kernels

The most mature finite real-space path is the square-lattice line used for the Friedel, impurity, and inhomogeneous BdG benchmarks. Conceptually its lesson is that a normal-state and a superconducting model can be treated as different specialisations of one common hierarchy-and-geometry framework. The same geometry can carry either ordinary hopping physics or mean-field superconducting physics, and the same solve-observe pattern then produces LDOS, QPI, and order parameter textures. This is exactly the sort of reuse that a thesis codebase should encourage.

Loop-supercurrent models

The loop-supercurrent branch uses the same hierarchy differently. There the important structure is not a large disordered lattice but a small internally structured unit cell, finite molecule, or island network whose sites carry phase-sensitive pairs and current channels. The same framework is therefore used to describe time-reversal-symmetric and time-reversal-breaking branches, not by introducing a second engine but by changing the model data and then solving the resulting compiled problem.

Just as importantly, the loop-supercurrent story is split into two logically different claims. The microscopic spacer model asks whether ordinary normal-mediated channels can make winding order win self-consistently. Its answer is limited and partly negative: winding can be diagnosed and sometimes enhanced, but the spectral stiffness and competing branches prevent it from becoming a clean material-realistic selection mechanism in the present model. The macroscopic island model is therefore not a redundant repeat. It is the controlled realisation layer that keeps the loop-current mechanism available while being honest about the microscopic model’s limitations.

Genetic and active search over device parameters

The Josephson-island work adds one more methodological layer: search over a large, structured model family. This is where the genetic algorithm belongs in the thesis. It is not a new solver and it is not part of the core QTT representation. It is a study-level search procedure built on top of the QTT/SCMFT pipeline.

The reason for using a genetic search is physical rather than decorative. The desired loop-supercurrent mechanism is narrow in parameter space. A winding branch is useful only when a competing nonwinding branch places anomalous density on a costly channel or sheet, and the winding phase can convert that antinode into a node. A rectangular grid wastes most of its evaluations on points where the relevant antinode is absent. The genetic search therefore uses cheap susceptibility and anomalous-density diagnostics to steer toward candidate geometries before any expensive nonlinear four-branch calculation is trusted.

In code terms, a genome is a compact description of a Josephson-island device: island and channel chemical potentials, attractive and repulsive interaction strengths, island separation, strip width, contact geometry, inner-sheet radius, corner rounding, and C4-compatible boundary choices. The fitness function is deliberately mechanism-facing. It rewards winding-favouring linear response, survival of superconductivity on the islands, and antinodes that the winding branch can remove on outer or opposite-island loci. It penalises the inner-node and staggered-saving mechanisms, because those are precisely the competitors that can make a nonwinding branch win.

The resulting workflow is:

  1. seed a population from prior scans and random admissible points;
  2. evaluate each point with inverse-susceptibility and ADOS-like diagnostics;
  3. rank the rows by a mechanism score;
  4. breed new candidates through elitism, crossover, mutation, and random injection;
  5. promote only the best candidates to full HFG branch comparison.

This last step is the important methodological safeguard. A genetic-algorithm winner is only a proposal. It becomes thesis evidence only after the uniform, staggered, winding+, and winding- branches have been converged and compared with the same free-energy accounting and regional Hartree/Fock/Gor’kov decomposition. The GA therefore explains how promising island geometries were found; it does not define the physical branch-selection criterion.

Finite regions, SSH geometries, and topological Bloch models

The same framework also supports the thesis topology line. Weyl-SSH and Topo-BdG work require open boundaries, strips, masks, and momentum-space bulk descriptions. The important methodological point is that these are not treated as reasons to leave the framework. Instead, one changes the geometry or the representation while keeping the same general pipeline from model declaration to compiled problem to observable. In that sense the topology line is not a parallel framework branch, but another demanding use case of the same one.

That unification is itself part of the novelty. The thesis is not merely claiming that one package happens to cover several chapters. It is claiming that these chapters are best understood as different physical specialisations of one modelling grammar.

Scope and code lineage

The scope of the framework should therefore be stated precisely. QTTree is a physics-first modelling and Hamiltonian-compilation framework. Its strongest native path today is quadratic finite and Bloch modelling, together with self-consistent Hartree, Fock, and Gor’kov closures, finite-region geometry, and structured observables for the superconducting and topological lines of the thesis.

It is not, in its current thesis-facing form, best described as a generic many-body operator-string engine with recursive Mapper logic at its centre. Those ideas belong to the lineage recorded by the old qttree.network monolith. They remain useful as archival context, but they should not dominate the methodology chapter because they no longer describe the main public package that the thesis is actually using.

This distinction matters. If the chapter overemphasises the old monolith, it undersells the genuinely stronger part of the current codebase: the layered split into labels, geometry, fields, interactions, compiled operator families, solvers, and observables. Conversely, if the chapter claims a full generic many-body framework, it overstates what the native package currently does best.

The correct methodological description is therefore not to revive the old interface in code, but to describe the live layered package honestly and use the old monolith only as lineage where that history clarifies design choices.

Conclusion

Quantum Tensor Tree provides a rigorous hierarchical description of multicomponent quantum models, but the most important point is now architectural rather than nostalgic. The live qulab/core/qttree package is a layered framework in which labelled basis objects, typed terms and fields, compiled quadratic families, numerically plain solvers, and structured observables form one disciplined modelling pipeline. Together with qulab/core/scmft, that includes not only LDOS, QPI, and topology observables, but also the loop-supercurrent branch comparison, decomposition, active-search, and overlap summaries that earlier thesis lineages treated more locally.

That is the version of QTTree that should anchor the thesis. Its main value is conceptual: it gives the thesis one language for talking about structured quantum models across superconducting, loop-supercurrent, and topological applications, while making the passage from physical description to numerical representation explicit. It is rich enough to describe internally structured TRSB loop-supercurrent models, finite SNS and impurity geometries, and SSH or Topo-BdG boundary problems within one common framework, while remaining honest about where the current native surface is strongest.

Introduction

Paper 6 established frustration-driven TRSB phase selection in a four-component loop model, while paper 1 established a microscopic loop-supercurrent route with explicit branch ranking. The missing link is a compact observable estimate for the orbital magnetic moment associated with the winding condensate. Here we provide that estimate from first principles using a four-Gaussian overlap construction.

The objective is narrow: derive, in second quantization, an analytic expression for the angular-momentum operator expectation in a non-orthogonal four-orbital basis, then convert it to magnetic moment with a parameter mapping compatible with the BdG variables used in papers 6 and 1.

Native QTT geometry view of the four-site loop model whose winding branches supply the representative microscopic gaps and phase structure used in the moment estimate.

Four-Gaussian Basis and Operators

We model the four-component unit cell with localized 2D Gaussian orbitals centered at ():

with common width .

Use second quantization with

and onsite singlet order parameters , where is the phase increment around the loop ( for winding TRSB states).

Because the orbital basis is non-orthogonal, define the metric (overlap) matrix

For , the second-quantized one-body operator is

with matrix elements

Direct evaluation gives

This is purely imaginary and antisymmetric in , as required by Hermiticity.

Projecting the condensate to the rank-one pair-coherent orbital sector,

the orbital angular-momentum expectation is

This is the second-quantized form used below.

Closed Form for the C4 Loop

Set

Only nearest-neighbor pairs contribute to because diagonal pairs have .

Define

After summing all matrix elements:

For the canonical winding state :

The opposite chirality flips the sign.

Magnetic Moment Estimate

For a Cooper pair (, ),

So the per-pair magnitude is

To connect with BdG outputs from paper 1, use

with . Then

Representative estimate for a square unit cell:

For :

Using the native chapter-1 representative-point summary plus the matching bulk low- scan artifact for the same points, we obtain

for the loop branches in points P1, P2, P3/P5, while

Therefore

for loop-selected points (P1, P2, P3, P5), and

for the TRS-selected point P4 ( at ).

Material-Scale Loop-Current Estimates

To convert moment to loop current, use

Using representative in-plane loop areas

where LaNiC and LaNiGa areas are estimated from reported lattice constants [6,7], while the Re-based value is an atomic-scale illustrative area used for scale setting. we obtain:

  1. Raw branch-resolved model moments ():
    LaNiC: -A,
    LaNiGa: -A,
    Re-based: -A.
  2. SR-calibrated moment envelope from - mT (dipole estimate at \AA), using spontaneous-field scales reported in TRSB SR studies of LaNiC/LaNiGa and Re-based superconductors [8-10]:
    LaNiC: - nA,
    LaNiGa: - nA,
    Re-based: - nA.

\begin{center} \includegraphics[width=\linewidth]{fig_code_03_material_loop_current_estimates_01.png} \end{center} Material-dependent loop-current ranges inferred from the magnetic-moment estimator. Left: raw model moments from branch-resolved paper-1 loop-selected points. Right: SR-calibrated moments from internal-field envelope.

\begin{center} \includegraphics[width=\linewidth]{fig_code_01_gaussian_overlap_moment_01.png} \end{center} Closed-form Gaussian-overlap estimate. Left: versus phase increment for several localization ratios . Right: canonical winding value versus , shown as both and (same curve).

Discussion

This derivation gives a direct chirality-sensitive observable bridge:

  1. papers 1 and 6 determine when winding branches are selected;
  2. the present overlap expression converts that branch information into and estimates without rerunning the solver family.

The model intentionally isolates orbital geometry and phase structure. Quantitative refinement for a material should include anisotropic Wannier widths, multiband coherence factors, and screening/current-distribution effects beyond the single-unit-cell estimate.

Conclusion

Using four non-orthogonal Gaussian orbitals on a C4 loop, we derived an analytic angular-momentum matrix expression and obtained a closed form for in winding/TRSB states. This yields an immediate magnetic-moment estimator

which quantitatively links loop-supercurrent phase structure to magnetic observables.

References

  1. S. K. Ghosh, J. F. Annett, and J. Quintanilla, J. Phys.: Condens. Matter 33, 335702 (2021), doi:10.1088/1361-648X/ac17ba.
  2. S. K. Ghosh, J. F. Annett, and J. Quintanilla, New J. Phys. 23, 083018 (2021), doi:10.1088/1367-2630/ac17ba.
  3. A. J. Leggett, Prog. Theor. Phys. 36, 901 (1966), doi:10.1143/PTP.36.901.
  4. P. G. de Gennes, Superconductivity of Metals and Alloys (Westview Press, Boulder, 1999).
  5. M. Tinkham, Introduction to Superconductivity, 2nd ed. (Dover, Mineola, 2004).
  6. G. F. Chen, N. L. Wang, C. H. Wang, and X. H. Chen, J. Phys. Soc. Jpn. 74, 578 (2005), doi:10.1143/JPSJ.74.578.
  7. M. N. Badger, J. F. Annett, M. B. Smidman, et al., Commun. Phys. 5, 22 (2022), doi:10.1038/s42005-021-00790-y.
  8. A. D. Hillier, J. Quintanilla, and R. Cywinski, Phys. Rev. Lett. 102, 117007 (2009), doi:10.1103/PhysRevLett.102.117007.
  9. A. D. Hillier, J. Quintanilla, B. Mazidian, J. F. Annett, and R. Cywinski, Phys. Rev. Lett. 109, 097001 (2012), doi:10.1103/PhysRevLett.109.097001.
  10. D. Shang, M. Smidman, J. A. T. Barker, et al., Phys. Rev. Lett. 121, 257002 (2018), doi:10.1103/PhysRevLett.121.257002.

Introduction

The goal of this manuscript is to present our loop-supercurrent qubit in a pedagogical, device-facing format analogous to standard Josephson-junction qubit notes, but with our own mechanism and variables.

The key distinction from conventional flux-qubit presentations is that the qubit degree of freedom is not imposed phenomenologically: it is inherited from the frustration-selected conjugate loop-current (TRSB) branches of our model.

This paper therefore acts as a bridge between:

  1. frustration-driven branch selection in the loop model, and
  2. practical qubit language (two-level Hamiltonian, control lines, readout channels, and noise channels).

Scope and Inputs from Earlier Papers

We use the same hierarchy established in this repository:

  1. paper 6: frustrated phase competition and TRSB branch selection,
  2. paper 5: macroscopic-island reduction and qubit metrics,
  3. paper 1: branch-resolved microscopic context,
  4. paper 9: orbital angular-momentum and magnetic-moment mapping.

This manuscript does not re-run full microscopic self-consistency. It gives a compact qubit derivation and control/readout interpretation based on those established ingredients. Detailed fabrication tolerance maps stay in paper 5, and full hardware acceptance tests stay in paper 11.

Frustrated Loop Hamiltonian

For an -island superconducting loop with edge and diagonal couplers,

For the symmetric four-island case, the low-dimensional phase coordinate (chirality coordinate around the frustrated operating point) gives the effective potential

with and the effective edge and diagonal phase couplings.

Stationarity gives

so nonzero TRSB minima satisfy

This is the same frustration threshold identified in our earlier loop analysis, now written in a single collective coordinate convenient for qubit quantization.

Pedagogical qubit reduction from the frustrated-loop potential and symmetry-point spectroscopy trend. Left: chirality-coordinate potential for a representative TRSB point (, in GHz units), showing conjugate minima . Right: two-level transition frequency versus flux detuning around the sweet spot, with GHz and nA. Data in orbital_qubit_potential_scan.csv and orbital_qubit_dispersion_scan.csv.

Energy—Current Identities and the Loop-Current Operator

In superconducting circuits, the supercurrent associated with a phase-like coordinate follows from the derivative of the energy with respect to that coordinate, and inductive response follows from the second derivative. For a junction with phase difference and energy ,

This motivates an analogous circuit-level definition of the loop current for the collective coordinate : changes in external flux detuning tilt the chirality potential and shift the energy of the two circulating branches, producing a measurable magnetic dipole.

In the reduced two-level description used below, all microscopic details of the current-phase relation are absorbed into the inherited parameter extracted in the macroscopic-island analysis (paper 5). The loop-current operator in the chirality subspace is then

which is the circuit-QED object coupled to SQUID magnetometry and dispersive resonators.

Catastrophe (Caustic) Structure of the Chirality Double Well

The onset of conjugate TRSB minima is a structurally stable singularity of the energy landscape. Near the TRSB threshold , expand the potential for small :

Up to an irrelevant constant,

At the threshold one has and , so the double well emerges as changes sign.

To include the experimentally relevant bias (tilt) between the two chiralities, add a symmetry-breaking term

where is proportional to flux detuning and any static asymmetry. (In the two-level description below, is the classical control variable behind .) After rescaling to a dimensionless coordinate and dividing by an overall energy scale, the local normal form is the cusp catastrophe (the canonical “caustic” for bistability):

The “caustic set” (fold lines) separating monostable and bistable regions is obtained by demanding that the stationarity equation has a repeated root:

equivalently

Inside the cusp () the energy landscape has two minima separated by a barrier (classical bistability and hysteresis). On the symmetry line the bifurcation reduces to the familiar symmetric pitchfork ( chirality). This gives a compact, device-facing organizing language for:

  1. the emergence of the chirality doublet at , and
  2. the hysteresis/telegraph regime under detuning (tilt) near the cusp.

Quantization and Two-State Projection

Near the TRSB regime, is a double well with conjugate localized states and (equivalently chirality states and ).

Projecting to the lowest two states gives

where

  1. is the tunnel splitting between conjugate wells,
  2. is the controllable bias (tilt) between chiralities.

For flux detuning around the symmetry point,

so

At this gives a first-order flux-insensitive sweet spot.

Orbital Supercurrent Operator and Magnetic Signal

In the chirality subspace,

so the two qubit basis states carry opposite orbital circulation.

The orbital magnetic moment is

and is equivalently connected to the orbital angular momentum via

matching the Gaussian-overlap orbital analysis developed in paper 9.

This dual description is useful experimentally:

  1. circuit language: and mutual inductive coupling,
  2. microscopic language: and orbital chirality.

Control, Gates, and Readout

Initialization

Bias away from symmetry (), relax into one circulation branch, then adiabatically return near the operating point.

Single-Qubit Control

Apply resonant microwave drive through flux or coupler modulation:

with .

Dispersive Readout

Couple the loop magnetic dipole to a resonator/SQUID. In the dispersive regime,

with coupling , so increasing persistent current and mutual inductance improves contrast, subject to Purcell and dephasing constraints.

Control Operators and Selection Rules (Full Circuit)

In the full four-phase circuit, physical control lines couple through specific circuit operators. In the reduced chirality-qubit model (paper 5) it is convenient to group them by which effective parameter they change:

  1. Tilt / detuning channel ( in the persistent-current basis): global loop flux and intentional asymmetry tune the bias , with . This couples predominantly through the loop-current operator and controls the relative energy of the two circulating chiralities.
  2. Barrier / splitting channel ( in the persistent-current basis): diagonal-coupler tuning changes the barrier and therefore . In a minimum-viable design this is implemented as SQUID-tunable diagonal couplers, so is a direct knob.

At the symmetry point (), the two eigenstates are symmetric/antisymmetric superpositions of the circulating branches. As a result, “tilt” and “barrier” perturbations have distinct parity with respect to the chirality coordinate , which provides a simple selection-rule template: odd-in- perturbations couple the two lowest states most strongly, while even-in- perturbations shift and the spectrum without necessarily producing a transverse matrix element in the same basis. This parity language is a guide only; the definitive operators and matrix elements must be extracted from the full circuit Hamiltonian.

Matrix-Element and Leakage Template (Handoff to Paper 11: Industry Brief)

For each physical control knob , define the full-circuit operator

The device-facing “control spec” is then the set of matrix elements:

  1. Computational drive strengths: (and the corresponding calibrated Rabi rate for a given modulation amplitude).
  2. Static tuning sensitivities: and at the operating point.
  3. Leakage couplings: to the nearest few noncomputational modes , plus the frequency gaps .

The dominant leakage channel is expected to be coupling to the nearest noncomputational mode of the four-phase circuit. Practical gate amplitudes must satisfy and be validated by an explicit leakage metric (population outside the computational manifold) computed from the full-capacitance Hamiltonian in paper 11.

Representative Operating Point

Using values already extracted in the project (paper-5 nominal point):

we take

  1. barrier height GHz,
  2. tunnel splitting GHz,
  3. persistent current nA.

These scales place the qubit in a conventional microwave-control window while retaining chirality contrast for inductive readout.

Noise and Robustness

Dominant channels in this orbital-supercurrent implementation:

  1. flux noise () through fluctuations,
  2. coupler drift through changes in and barrier curvature,
  3. dielectric loss and radiative loss through standard superconducting-circuit channels.

For calibration and handoff to hardware modeling, the key derivatives are

evaluated near the operating point. These define first-order dephasing sensitivity, sweet-spot curvature, and coupler-drift vulnerability.

Noise Sensitivity Derivatives (Template)

Even before full numerical quantization, the two-level form already fixes the structure of the flux derivatives near the symmetry point. With

one has at :

Away from the sweet spot, a practical dephasing proxy used in the platform paper is

The realization roadmap in ../realisation/index.md upgrades this template by expressing the same sensitivities in terms of the physical circuit knobs of the full device, including coupler flux lines and symmetry-restoration biases.

A convenient device-facing interpretation is to separate control points:

  • Near the sweet spot (): fluctuations in the barrier and tunnel splitting (e.g., via effective-coupling fluctuations in ) act primarily as effective noise (modulating ).
  • Away from the sweet spot: flux noise produces dominant noise through .

Design implications:

  1. operate near the sweet spot for dephasing suppression,
  2. keep comfortably above threshold to avoid branch collapse,
  3. co-design mutual inductance for readout contrast without excessive Purcell decay.

Relation to Standard Junction-Qubit Pedagogy

The structure mirrors standard junction-physics derivations:

  1. start from phase-charge Hamiltonian,
  2. identify classical minima and tunneling paths,
  3. project to two-state dynamics,
  4. derive control/readout observables.

Standard qubit families (charge, phase, flux) can be viewed as different operating regimes of nonlinear superconducting circuits, where the usable qubit arises from a non-harmonic level structure (anharmonicity) produced by Josephson nonlinearity and biasing. In that sense, the present device is “flux-qubit-like” in potential shape (a double well with a flux sweet spot and avoided crossing), but its physical origin differs: the basis states are not introduced by a single-junction loop with a chosen inductive energy, but emerge from frustration-selected orbital-supercurrent chiralities of the multi-island loop.

Comparative Positioning

Relative to established circuit families:

  1. Flux qubit: similar persistent-current basis and sweet-spot spectroscopy, different origin of the double well (frustration-selected multi-island chirality here).
  2. Fluxonium: both use flux control, but this approach does not require a large superinductance chain to form the double well.
  3. 0- concepts: both seek protected operating structure, but this model currently claims controllable chirality physics rather than intrinsic symmetry-protected degeneracy.

The required evidence boundary is therefore explicit: demonstrate coherence and control under realistic flux/coupler noise, not only static double-well existence.

Conclusion

We added a pedagogical qubit-focused paper that translates our frustrated loop-supercurrent mechanism into an explicit orbital-supercurrent qubit construction. The resulting two-level model is directly parameterized by branch physics already established in this project and provides a clear route from microscopic chirality to experimentally controllable superconducting-qubit observables.

References

  1. ../microscopic-loop-supercurrent-trsb/index.md.
  2. ../frustration-mediated-loop-supercurrent/index.md.
  3. ../macrosopic-islands/index.md.
  4. ../loop-supercurrent-magnetic-moment/index.md.
  5. ../realisation/index.md.
  6. J. Q. You and F. Nori, Physics Today 58(11), 42-47 (2005).
  7. J. Clarke and F. K. Wilhelm, Nature 453, 1031-1042 (2008), doi:10.1038/nature07128.
  8. J. R. Friedman et al., Nature 406, 43-46 (2000), doi:10.1038/35017505.
  9. C. H. van der Wal et al., Science 290, 773-777 (2000), doi:10.1126/science.290.5492.773.
  10. J. E. Mooij et al., Science 285, 1036 (1999), doi:10.1126/science.285.5430.1036.
  11. J. Koch et al., Phys. Rev. A 76, 042319 (2007), doi:10.1103/PhysRevA.76.042319.
  12. A. Blais et al., Phys. Rev. A 69, 062320 (2004), doi:10.1103/PhysRevA.69.062320.
  13. E. M. Purcell, Phys. Rev. 69, 681 (1946), doi:10.1103/PhysRev.69.681.
  14. A. Blais et al., Rev. Mod. Phys. 93, 025005 (2021), doi:10.1103/RevModPhys.93.025005.
  15. S. Yoshihara et al., Phys. Rev. Lett. 97, 167001 (2006), doi:10.1103/PhysRevLett.97.167001.
  16. G. Ithier et al., Phys. Rev. B 72, 134519 (2005), doi:10.1103/PhysRevB.72.134519.
  17. P. Krantz et al., Appl. Phys. Rev. 6, 021318 (2019), doi:10.1063/1.5089550.
  18. J. E. Mooij and Y. V. Nazarov, Nat. Phys. 2, 169-172 (2006).
  19. J. M. Martinis and J. Osborne, Junction Physics (Les Houches notes), available at the UCSB Martinis group classnotes site.

Aim of the chapter

The earlier results chapters deliberately used minimal lattice models. That was the right choice for isolating the mechanism of internally winding multicomponent superconductivity, but it is not the right endpoint if the goal is to say something directly about LaNiC and LaNiGa as materials.

The central modelling question is therefore not whether one can draw a plausible bond graph from the crystal structure. It is:

What is the smallest orbital basis and symmetry structure that still reproduces the DFT bands and Fermi surfaces near ?

That is the level at which a tight-binding model for these materials will either be credible or fail.

This chapter therefore has a deliberately narrow thesis-facing role. First, it states the minimum conditions under which a LaNiX Hamiltonian can be called materials-faithful at all. Second, it reports the first shared-basis qttree comparison of candidate superconducting closures on imported Wannier models. It does not yet claim a settled microscopic pairing mechanism for either material. Its value is instead to constrain which stories survive once normal-state symmetry, spin-orbit structure, and Fermi-level alignment are treated honestly.

This chapter therefore also fixes the role of the topology chapters in the overall thesis story. The SOC+Zeeman chapters are retained as generic topological consequence studies of internally structured TRSB pairing, while the Weyl–SSH chapters are retained in a more specific role: as a reduced effective-model descendant of the LaNiC problem, where the two sublattices are interpreted as a Ni-centered sector and a C-dimer sector. Even in that stronger reading, however, they are not yet standalone materials claims. The materials-facing burden of proof remains here, in the DFT/Wannier/BdG construction, while the later topology chapters serve as controlled reduced-model consequence studies rather than as substitutes for a materials-faithful Hamiltonian.

Why a bond-based starting point is not enough

Local coordination analysis remains useful. It can clarify which atoms sit in the first coordination shell, whether a short C–C unit is present, and what the obvious structural motifs are. But that is not the same as constructing a low-energy Hamiltonian. The normal-state electronic structure near depends on orbital content, hybridization, spin-orbit coupling, and space-group symmetry. A neighbour graph does not determine those quantities by itself.

This distinction is especially important here. LaNiC is orthorhombic and noncentrosymmetric, so antisymmetric spin-orbit coupling and the absence of inversion must be respected at the normal-state level. LaNiGa is orthorhombic but centrosymmetric and, more importantly, its recent single-crystal electronic-structure work argues that the low-energy states are controlled by nonsymmorphic symmetry, with Dirac lines and a Dirac loop at the Fermi level. A model that is built only from guessed short-range bonds can easily miss precisely the degeneracies and sticking phenomena that matter most. [48, 37, 50, 47]

The practical conclusion is simple: use crystallography to define the lattice, but use DFT and Wannierization to define the Hilbert space.

What “accurate” means for the present thesis

For the present project, an accurate normal-state model should reproduce at least the following in a narrow window around :

  1. the DFT bands in the chosen low-energy window;
  2. the topology of the Fermi surfaces;
  3. the relevant SOC splittings or symmetry-protected degeneracies;
  4. the correct action of the space group on the orbital basis;
  5. the orbital character of the bands that actually cross .

Anything weaker than that is still a toy model. That does not make it useless, but it means it cannot yet be advertised as a material-faithful Hamiltonian for LaNiC or LaNiGa.

Processing Completed DFT/Wannier Runs

The repo includes a small “processing” script that regenerates the HTML viewer payloads and a basic near- mismatch diagnostic:

1python content/results/materials-faithful-modelling-lanix2/process_completed_simulations.py --skip-export

This will:

  1. regenerate lanix2_reference_data.js and lanix2_toy_init.js for the Four-State viewer, and
  2. write lanix2_qe_direct_vs_wannier_report.md, which reports a weighted RMS mismatch between the bundled QE-direct bands (DFT reference) and the imported Wannier interpolation on the same k-path mesh.

It will also write lanix2_wannier_reduction_report.md, which ranks real-space Wannier hopping translations by how much they move the bands near (and provides a small PCA summary over translation-to-translation hopping patterns). This is the canonical “Wannier toy” guide: it tells us which terms are worth keeping before we attempt any phenomenological fit.

At present the repo bundles QE-direct band-path datasets for LaNiC (SOC and non-SOC). The analogous LaNiGa QE-direct export is not yet available because running bands.x in the home-directory outdir hits a QE davcio write failure (Disk quota exceeded). The fix is to rerun the LaNiGa direct-QE band-path job with outdir on a scratch filesystem, then export only the small qe_bands.dat / qe_bands_aligned.json products into the thesis repo.

When the exports are available, the chapter also generates small thesis-local plots of the QE-direct bands on the same high-symmetry path (both a full [-3,3] eV window and a tight |E|\\le 0.12 eV zoom around ). These are the canonical “our DFT” objects used later to validate:

  1. the imported Wannier interpolation, and
  2. any reduced toy/plaquette parameterisations that are fit only in the low-energy window.

Material-by-material target

LaNiC

LaNiC should be approached as a noncentrosymmetric multiorbital problem. The refined Amm2 structure is well established, and first-principles work already shows multiple bands near the Fermi level together with spin-orbit effects that matter for pairing classification. Subedi and Singh emphasized the electron-phonon side of the material, while later symmetry work made clear that the lack of inversion and the spin-orbit structure must be taken seriously when classifying the superconducting state. [48, 37]

For that reason, the natural target is not a single-band model and not a bond-graph Hamiltonian. It is a multiorbital Wannier tight-binding model with SOC built on the reported crystallography and checked directly against DFT.

LaNiGa

LaNiGa is even less forgiving of an oversimplified lattice model. Earlier DFT already showed that the density of states near is not a pure Ni- problem, with substantial Ga- weight hybridized into the low-energy sector. More recent single-crystal work argues that the decisive normal-state ingredient is the nonsymmorphic symmetry, which enforces Dirac lines and a Dirac loop at the Fermi level and retains certain true-Dirac degeneracies even in the presence of SOC. [50, 47]

That means a hand-built short-range tight-binding model is especially risky for LaNiGa. Even if it looks chemically plausible, it can fail to reproduce the very symmetry content that the low-energy superconductivity is supposed to inherit. For LaNiGa, a symmetry-faithful multiband Wannier model is therefore not optional; it is the only serious starting point.

Recommended workflow

1. Fix the crystallography first

The first step is to freeze the structural input. For LaNiC, use the reported noncentrosymmetric Amm2 structure. For LaNiGa, use the revised single-crystal structure that underlies the recent nonsymmorphic and topological analysis rather than an older simplified picture. [41, 47]

2. Run DFT with and without SOC

Both materials should be calculated twice at the normal-state level: first without SOC to expose the parent orbital structure, then with SOC to identify the actual splittings and the degeneracies that survive. The outputs that matter most are:

  1. orbital-resolved fat bands;
  2. Fermi surfaces;
  3. projected densities of states;
  4. irreducible representations on the relevant high-symmetry lines and points.

Skipping the no-SOC step makes the low-energy basis harder to interpret. Skipping the SOC step is unacceptable for pairing questions in LaNiC and dangerous in LaNiGa.

3. Wannierize the low-energy window

The correct orbital basis is the smallest set of localized orbitals that still reproduces the DFT bands and Fermi surfaces in the chosen energy window. That is exactly the problem Wannier90 is designed to solve. Trial projections should be chosen generously at first, then reduced only after the interpolated model is shown to reproduce the target bands. [124]

For LaNiC, a safe initial manifold is:

For LaNiGa, the corresponding symmetry-safe starting point is:

These are intentionally oversized starting manifolds. The point is not that all of those orbitals must remain in the final model, but that the reduction should be decided by the Wannier fit rather than by chemical guesswork alone.

4. Reduce only after checking the fit

For LaNiC, the most plausible reduction is to test whether La- can be dropped while retaining a good fit to the low-energy bands, leaving a Ni- plus C- model. For LaNiGa, the analogous test is whether the La- sector can be removed without spoiling the symmetry-enforced low-energy structure. In both cases the criterion is the same: the reduced model must still reproduce the DFT bands, Fermi surfaces, and symmetry features in the low-energy window. [48, 50, 47]

5. Check symmetry explicitly

Before any superconductivity is added, the Wannier model should be tested for:

  1. lattice translations;
  2. inversion presence or absence as appropriate;
  3. little-group actions on the orbital basis;
  4. nonsymmorphic operations in LaNiGa;
  5. the correct SOC splittings and symmetry-protected degeneracies.

This step is easy to neglect and hard to repair later. A Wannier model that numerically fits the bands but accidentally breaks the relevant symmetry operations can still produce misleading BdG conclusions.

6. Only then add superconductivity

The BdG layer should be added only after the normal-state Hilbert space is under control. At that stage one can decide whether the pairing is most naturally imposed in the orbital basis or in the band basis, depending on the mechanism under test.

For LaNiC, the absence of inversion means parity is not a good quantum number and SOC generally leads to mixed singlet–triplet structure in the band basis. A BdG model that ignores the antisymmetric SOC is therefore not reliable for pairing-symmetry questions. [37]

For LaNiGa, the recent discussion points toward multiband, internally antisymmetric, nonunitary-triplet-compatible scenarios in the setting of a nonsymmorphic low-energy band structure. A one-band BdG model is therefore very unlikely to capture the TRSB mechanism that the literature currently regards as interesting. [28, 47]

What not to do

The modelling strategy that should be avoided is equally clear.

Do not build the material Hamiltonians from:

  1. CrystalNN graphs alone;
  2. nearest-neighbour distances alone;
  3. guessed Slater–Koster parameters without a DFT check;
  4. a one-band model, unless one has already shown that only one isolated band crosses .

Each of those routes is too coarse for LaNiC and especially risky for LaNiGa.

A concrete thesis-facing target

The practical target for the codebase is therefore:

  1. a DFT-driven Wannier tight-binding model for LaNiC that preserves the noncentrosymmetric structure and SOC;
  2. a DFT-driven, symmetry-faithful nonsymmorphic Wannier model for LaNiGa that reproduces the low-energy band sticking and Dirac-line / Dirac-loop structure;
  3. a multiband BdG layer built on top of those normal-state models;
  4. diagnostics that can compare orbital, band, and superconducting observables directly to the microscopic mechanisms studied elsewhere in the thesis.

This is the right bridge between the earlier phenomenological chapters and a serious materials programme. The loop-supercurrent mechanism remains the conceptual core of the thesis, but its material realization should ultimately be tested on Hamiltonians whose normal-state electronic structure is earned from DFT rather than guessed from bonding intuition.

Conversely, if a faithful LaNiC Wannier model admits a reduced Ni/C two-sector descendant with the same decisive boundary structure, then the Weyl–SSH chapters become more than generic toy models: they become interpretable reduced laboratories for the impurity, wall, and edge phenomenology of that branch of the materials problem. The same logic applies more abstractly to the SOC+Zeeman plaquette chapters, which remain generic topology-facing descendants of the internal-TRSB programme. That is the hierarchy the thesis should adopt. Chapter 15 carries the literal materials claim; chapters 2 and 3 carry the generic topological descendant story; chapters 13 and 14 carry the LaNiC-motivated reduced Ni/C branch.

A symmetry-adapted Wannier basis for BdG and for the SCDFT comparison

The methodology chapter already explained the general point that self-consistent BdG and superconducting Kohn–Sham DFT share the same Nambu matrix structure without being the same theory. For the present chapter that statement can now be made in the basis actually relevant to LaNiC and LaNiGa: a symmetry-adapted Wannier basis built from DFT. Mean-Field Theories of Electronic Order gives the abstract dictionary; here the same dictionary is specialized to the materials-faithful modelling problem.

Common Wannier-basis normal-state Hamiltonian

Let (|\mathbf R,a,s\rangle) denote a Wannier orbital (a) with spin (s) in cell (\mathbf R). The normal-state tight-binding Hamiltonian is then

After Fourier transform,

so (H_0(\mathbf k)) is a matrix on orbital (\otimes) spin space. This is exactly the form produced by a symmetry-faithful Wannier interpolation of the DFT bands. It is the right starting point for both materials, because the decisive normal-state input is not a guessed bond graph but the low-energy Hilbert space near (E_F). [124, 48, 47]

Nambu doubling and multiorbital BdG

Collect the particle operators into the orbital-spin column vector

The most general quadratic superconducting mean-field Hamiltonian then reads

with

Here (\Sigma_{\rm MF}) collects Hartree/Fock-like normal corrections and (\Delta(\mathbf k)) is the multiorbital gap matrix. Fermionic antisymmetry imposes

which is the starting point for all singlet, triplet, and multiorbital pairing classification.

Practical Wannierisation Guidance (LaNiC / LaNiGa)

The discussion above is intentionally abstract, but the LaNiX programme is only credible if the Wannier step is done in a way that preserves the actual low-energy manifold. The key practical lesson is:

do not attempt to Wannierize “only the two bands at ” as an isolated target.

Even when only a small number of sheets cross the Fermi level, the corresponding eigenvectors are typically entangled with nearby bands, SOC-split, and mixed in orbital character. Trying to isolate them directly tends to produce a gauge that is discontinuous somewhere in the Brillouin zone, and the resulting tight-binding model is often worse near than a slightly larger Wannier subspace.

For LaNiC in particular, the absence of inversion means the SOC structure is part of the normal-state problem, so the appropriate Wannier object is a spinor tight-binding Hamiltonian rather than a spin-degenerate scalar interpolation. [37, 125]

In practice, the robust workflow is:

  1. choose a projection set that spans the low-energy manifold (typically Ni plus ligand/La contributions rather than “Ni-only”);
  2. perform disentanglement with an outer window wide enough to include the whole mixed antibonding manifold that feeds the sheets;
  3. use a frozen window that contains every state that touches or nearly touches across the full Brillouin zone;
  4. only after the interpolated bands match DFT near should one attempt a reduced descendant (toy) Hamiltonian by downfolding or PCA-style pattern discovery.

This is exactly the discipline adopted by the qttree importer: a single Wannier basis is treated as the “materials Hilbert space”, and all candidate BdG closures are tested as controlled constraints on top of that fixed normal state.

The same language on the SCDFT side

In the same Wannier basis one may define the normal and anomalous one-body densities

where (\mu,\nu) are combined orbital-spin indices. Superconducting DFT then takes a Kohn–Sham–BdG form [101],

with

The algebra is therefore the same as in model BdG. The difference is entirely in the closure: in BdG, (\Sigma_{\rm MF}) and (\Delta) come from a chosen model interaction, whereas in SCDFT the corresponding normal and pairing fields come from a superconducting density functional.

LaNiC: the noncentrosymmetric case

For LaNiC the essential normal-state specialization is the absence of inversion. In a multiorbital Wannier basis this means the normal block generically decomposes as

where (H_{\rm orb}) is the spin-independent orbital hopping matrix, (\mathbf g(\mathbf k)\cdot \boldsymbol{\sigma}) is the antisymmetric spin-orbit coupling, and the remaining term collects genuinely multiorbital SOC structure. Because inversion is absent, (\mathbf g(-\mathbf k)=-\mathbf g(\mathbf k)). That odd-in-(\mathbf k) structure is precisely what a bond-based toy model can miss and a proper DFT/Wannier interpolation can preserve. [48, 37]

On the superconducting side the orbital-basis gap matrix must therefore allow mixed singlet–triplet structure rather than enforcing parity-pure pairing from the outset. In schematic form one may think of

with the understanding that in a real multiorbital model the spin and orbital structures are entangled rather than factorized. The practical point is simple: for LaNiC, a materials-faithful BdG model must preserve the noncentrosymmetric normal-state SOC and admit mixed-parity pairing channels. A closure that ignores antisymmetric SOC is not credible for pairing-symmetry questions in this material. [37]

LaNiGa: the nonsymmorphic case

For LaNiGa the decisive specialization is not inversion breaking but nonsymmorphic symmetry. The recent single-crystal band-structure work argues that the low-energy manifold is controlled by symmetry operations of the form

with point operation (R) and fractional translation (\boldsymbol{\tau}), and that these generate Dirac lines and a Dirac loop at the Fermi level. In a symmetry-adapted Wannier basis the orbital-spin vector transforms as

where the sewing matrix contains the characteristic nonsymmorphic phase factor

This is the mechanism behind band sticking and enforced degeneracies on special manifolds of the Brillouin zone. [47]

The normal-state Hamiltonian must therefore satisfy

and the superconducting gap must transform covariantly as

for the relevant representation character (\eta_g). For LaNiGa, that is the real modelling danger: not a slightly wrong bond length, but a reduced or ad hoc tight-binding basis that destroys the symmetry constraints responsible for the low-energy degeneracies in the first place. A symmetry-faithful multiband Wannier model is therefore mandatory before any BdG analysis is attempted. [50, 47]

The concrete dictionary for these materials

With (\mu,\nu) denoting combined orbital-spin indices, the BdG and SCDFT objects line up as

So in the symmetry-adapted Wannier basis one may say, precisely, that self-consistent BdG is a KS-BdG-shaped problem with the model closure

That is the right mathematical identification. It is also the point at which the theories part company.

What this means for the code

For LaNiC, a Wannier-BdG model can capture noncentrosymmetric antisymmetric SOC, singlet–triplet mixing, multiorbital structure, and candidate TRSB order parameters. For LaNiGa, it can capture the nonsymmorphic low-energy manifold, symmetry-enforced degeneracies, and multiband TRSB pairing channels on top of the Dirac-line / Dirac-loop structure. What it does not derive, in either case, is the first-principles pairing kernel itself. That is the role SCDFT is designed to play in principle, via an exchange-correlation pairing functional rather than a chosen model interaction. [101]

This is why the correct software roadmap is still the one stated above, but now in explicitly materials-specific language:

  1. use an existing DFT engine;
  2. build or import a symmetry-faithful Wannier representation of the low-energy Hilbert space;
  3. preserve noncentrosymmetric ASOC in LaNiC and nonsymmorphic sewing-matrix structure in LaNiGa;
  4. add the multiorbital BdG layer only after those normal-state constraints are verified.

Writing a full DFT engine inside qulab or qttree would be a separate electronic-structure project. Writing the Wannier import, symmetry-checking, and multiorbital BdG machinery is directly aligned with the thesis. That is the programme the next implementation chapter should follow.

Practical gap ansätze in the Wannier orbital basis

The next step is to make the superconducting sector as explicit as the normal-state discussion above. The immediate goal is not to guess the true order parameter on the first pass, but to write the smallest symmetry-complete family of (\Delta(\mathbf k)) that can be tested numerically against TRSB, gap topology, thermodynamics, and spectroscopic constraints.

Two structural facts control the form of the ansätze. LaNiC is orthorhombic Amm2, noncentrosymmetric, and therefore subject to antisymmetric spin-orbit coupling and singlet–triplet mixing. LaNiGa is centrosymmetric at the point-group level but its low-energy electronic structure is controlled by a nonsymmorphic space group with symmetry-enforced degeneracies near the Fermi level. In both cases the relevant orthorhombic point groups have only one-dimensional irreducible representations, so a TRSB state is not the simple 2D-irrep chiral story familiar from hexagonal or tetragonal materials. That is precisely why the literature emphasizes nonunitary triplet and multiband/interorbital mechanisms instead. [37, 27, 28, 47]

General multiorbital form

In a Wannier basis with combined index (\mu=(a,s)), the gap matrix is

It is convenient to decompose it into singlet and triplet pieces in orbital space,

Here (\psi_{ab}) is the spin-singlet sector and (\mathbf d_{ab}) is the spin-triplet sector. Fermionic antisymmetry requires

which is equivalent to

This is already a nontrivial multiorbital statement: triplet pairing can be even in momentum provided it is odd in orbital index. That is exactly the loophole exploited by the interorbital equal-spin proposals in the LaNiGa literature. [28]

LaNiC: noncentrosymmetric mixed-parity ansatz

For LaNiC, the natural starting point is a noncentrosymmetric normal block

with (\mathbf g) the antisymmetric spin-orbit coupling vector. In the corresponding superconducting sector, the minimal useful family is a mixed singlet–triplet ansatz

where (\Phi_s(\mathbf k)) is even, (\mathbf D(\mathbf k)) is odd, and (\Lambda_0,\Lambda_t) are orbital matrices. The practical first test is simply

with odd basis functions such as (X=\sin k_x), (Y=\sin k_y), and (Z=\sin k_z), adapted later to the actual cell conventions.

This gives the generic noncentrosymmetric trial family

Because (C_{2v}) has only one-dimensional irreps, the TRSB test state should then be taken not as a symmetry-protected chiral state but as a complex nonunitary (d)-vector,

The simplest explicit trial is

which leads to

This is the first LaNiC ansatz worth falsifying numerically: it is mixed-parity, compatible with antisymmetric SOC, and explicitly TRSB through the nonunitary complex triplet sector. [37]

LaNiGa: interorbital equal-spin ansatz on a nonsymmorphic multiband normal state

For LaNiGa, the natural starting point is different. A one-band triplet state is usually too crude. The literature instead points toward multiband or interorbital equal-spin pairing, precisely because the orbital degree of freedom can carry the antisymmetry while the momentum dependence remains even and fully gapped. [27, 28]

Assume two active orbitals or bands (a,b) near (E_F), and define the antisymmetric orbital matrix

Then the minimal interorbital triplet family is

Because the orbital part is odd under (a\leftrightarrow b), the spin-triplet structure may be even in momentum. The simplest full-gap choice is therefore (\Phi(\mathbf k)=1).

The corresponding minimal TRSB ansatz is the nonunitary equal-spin form

so that

This has three immediate virtues for LaNiGa: it is TRSB because (\mathbf d) is complex and nonunitary, it can remain fully gapped because the form factor is even and may be constant, and it matches the same-spin, different-orbital logic already emphasized in the LaNiGa literature. [27, 28]

The essential extra constraint in LaNiGa is not local chemistry but nonsymmorphic symmetry. The gap must satisfy

for each nonsymmorphic generator (g). In practice this means the antisymmetric orbital matrix (\Lambda_{ab}^{(-)}) cannot be chosen between arbitrary Wannier orbitals: it must connect orbitals whose sewing-matrix transformation properties are consistent with the full nonsymmorphic symmetry of the low-energy manifold. [47]

Two coding-ready minimal models

For a first numerical implementation, it is useful to specialize to a two-orbital particle-sector basis

so that (H_n(\mathbf k)) and (\Delta(\mathbf k)) are (4\times4) matrices and the full BdG Hamiltonian is (8\times8).

For LaNiC, the cleanest first model is

with (\tau_i) the orbital Pauli matrices and (\sigma_i) the spin Pauli matrices. This is the minimal mixed-parity TRSB test state: one singlet amplitude and two odd triplet components with a relative complex phase.

For LaNiGa, the corresponding first model is

Since ((\sigma_x+i\sigma_y)i\sigma_y=-(\sigma_0+\sigma_z)), this is a pure interorbital equal-spin pairing matrix. It is the minimal multiorbital nonunitary candidate consistent with the same-spin, different-orbital interpretation.

What these ansätze are actually testing

The LaNiC family tests whether TRSB can be realized through mixed-parity superconductivity on a noncentrosymmetric normal-state manifold, with antisymmetric SOC and a nonunitary triplet component playing the central role. The LaNiGa family tests whether TRSB can instead be realized through interorbital equal-spin pairing on top of a nonsymmorphic multiband normal state, without forcing gap nodes that contradict the full-gap or two-gap experimental discussion. [37, 27, 28, 47]

These are not guaranteed to be the final answers. They are the smallest falsifiable starting families. If they fail, they will fail for identifiable reasons: wrong symmetry covariance, wrong nodal structure, wrong spin structure, or wrong thermodynamic signatures. That is exactly what makes them the right first ansätze to implement.

Did we solve pairing from first principles?

No. In this chapter, first principles enters only through the normal-state input: a DFT-driven Wannier tight-binding Hamiltonian (and its associated symmetry structure). The superconducting part is then explored with model BdG closures (onsite singlet, mixed-parity seeded closures, interorbital equal-spin closures, etc.) which are solved self-consistently within their mean-field closure, but are not derived from a first-principles pairing kernel. This is the same “KS-BdG-shaped algebra, different closure” distinction emphasized above for SCDFT versus BdG. [101]

What it would mean to do the same comparison for a winding / loop-supercurrent order parameter

The loop-supercurrent mechanism studied elsewhere in this thesis is most naturally expressed as an internal multicomponent superconducting field with a discrete winding sector (e.g. the four-site pattern (\Delta(1,i,-1,-i)) and its time-reversed partner). On a Wannier basis, the direct analogue is a multicomponent gap matrix whose independent components live on distinct internal orbitals/sites within the same unit cell.

That point matters for the present LaNiX(_2) follow-up: the current dense LaNiC(_2) and LaNiGa(_2) shared bases used here have only two active orbital groups (Ni and C(_2) for LaNiC(_2); Ni and Ga for LaNiGa(_2)), i.e. a two-component internal singlet sector. A genuine loop-supercurrent winding degree of freedom is not available in such a reduced internal space: with only two onsite singlet components, all relative phases can be removed by site/orbital gauge rotations, so there is no gauge-invariant loop chirality left to select.

The practical requirement for a materials-faithful loop-supercurrent test on LaNiX(_2) is therefore:

  1. build a Wannier basis with at least three (ideally four) symmetry-consistent internal components in the low-energy manifold (for example by keeping multiple symmetry-inequivalent Wannier orbitals per chemical sector and preserving the relevant space-group sewing constraints); then
  2. define a restricted BdG closure that projects the many-field self-consistency problem onto a fixed winding pattern in that internal space, exactly as in the four-site toy model.

In the current qttree materials-study configuration language, the second step is conceptually straightforward once the basis supplies the required onsite singlet pairing fields. One would introduce a closure whose singlet channel coefficients impose the winding texture. Schematic example (field names illustrative):

 1{
 2  "name": "lanix2_internal_winding_plus",
 3  "metadata": {"expected_trsb": true, "label": "Internal winding (Q=+pi/2)"},
 4  "channels": [
 5    {
 6      "name": "s_winding",
 7      "field_names": ["A_s_ud","A_s_du","B_s_ud","B_s_du","C_s_ud","C_s_du","D_s_ud","D_s_du"],
 8      "coefficients": [ 1,-1,  "1j","-1j",  -1,1,  "-1j","1j" ],
 9      "coupling": 2.5,
10      "seed": 0.25
11    }
12  ]
13}

This is the direct materials analogue of the four-site winding classification: the closure forces a fixed internal phase texture and then asks whether that constrained winding sector can compete thermodynamically once the normal state is genuinely DFT/Wannier-faithful.

Retrospective lesson from the early LaNiGa bilayer toy model

An earlier stage of this project already pointed in the same direction, even though its basis was too reduced to support a materials claim. The first LaNiGa exploratory model isolated a single Ni bilayer and a very small orbital sector, then tuned that toy normal state to imitate planar cuts of the electronic structure. The numerics of that exercise were internally consistent, but the reduction itself was too aggressive: it could imitate some coarse outer-sheet geometry, yet it would not reproduce the decisive inner-sheet opening or the correct low-energy band sticking.

In retrospect, that failure was useful rather than embarrassing. It already showed that LaNiGa is not a system where one can guess a short-range bilayer bond model, adjust a few hoppings, and expect the essential low-energy physics to survive. The real obstacle was exactly what the later literature and the present chapter now emphasize: the low-energy manifold is constrained by multiorbital hybridization and nonsymmorphic symmetry, so the correct response is to import a symmetry-faithful Wannier basis rather than to keep retuning an ad hoc toy reduction. [50, 47]

One useful continuity with that early calculation is that the old impurity-linecut observable can now be regenerated on the live materials code path rather than only in the legacy bilayer notes. Using the aligned LaNiGa singlet-control closure on the dense four-orbital Wannier basis, the current qttree workflow can build the impurity T-matrix linecut directly from the solved BdG state. That does not yet make the figure a final materials prediction, because the impurity is still treated as a simple local scalar scatterer and the surrounding gap is not recomputed self-consistently. But it does put the same diagnostic on the correct symmetry-faithful basis, which is the important conceptual upgrade.

Impurity-induced local spectral linecut for the aligned LaNiGa singlet-control closure, taken along the second lattice direction away from a pointlike scalar impurity. This is the current qttree analogue of the legacy bilayer \hat z linecut observable; impurity strength (V=1.21) and spectral broadening (\eta=0.1).

Dense shared-basis Wannier follow-up in qttree

The codebase can now carry out the first part of this materials programme inside the general qttree framework rather than through chapter-local ad hoc scripts. The new layer introduces three reusable abstractions:

  1. a shared material normal-state basis imported directly from DFT/Wannier output;
  2. several competing self-consistent BdG closures defined on that same basis;
  3. a common observable-comparison layer that reports the same diagnostics for every candidate branch.

The canonical study for this result bundle is generated through the shared qttree materials-study API together with the native wrapper materials_native_figures.py. This thesis copy should therefore remain a thin conceptual/results shell around that shared machinery, rather than regaining a separate chapter-local materials engine. The generator supports three modes: proxy, wannier, and auto. In the present run it is operating in auto mode on the actual Wannier90 outputs produced for this chapter, with the import path configured through materials_wannier_study_config.json. Example schemas are still retained in materials_wannier_study_config.example.json and materials_tbmodels_study_config.example.json.

The canonical AiiDA/QE/Wannier90 workflow tooling lives in tools/workflows/aiida. [126, 127, 125] The denser 10\times10\times8 follow-up exports and workflow products belong to the broader materials programme and are not duplicated in this thesis chapter. The imported shared bases are summarized in lanix2_basis_manifest.json: the LaNiC dense follow-up model contains four spinful Wannier orbitals with 951 retained hoppings, while the LaNiGa dense follow-up model contains four spinful Wannier orbitals with 847 retained hoppings. Both imports pass the shared qttree basis validation with zero Hermiticity error.

At this point the distinction between the literature DFT calculation and the present qttree workflow should be stated explicitly. The calculation reported by Zhang \emph{et al.} is a first-principles electronic-structure calculation, [49] with the band structure and Fermi surfaces obtained directly from the DFT problem and then used for de Haas–van Alphen analysis. The present chapter is not rerunning that DFT solve inside qttree. Instead, it imports a reduced Wannier interpolation derived from the broader AiiDA/QE/Wannier90 workflow [126, 127, 125] and then uses that normal-state Hamiltonian as the starting point for later BdG modelling. So the current LaNiC object is best described as a Wannier tight-binding model, which becomes a BdG model only after pairing is added.

The current LaNiC replication now has two distinct levels. First, the literature-facing band-path comparison can be drawn directly on the Zhang path through the shared qttree materials plotter, which is the minimal proof that the imported Wannier model and the published DFT panel are at least being compared on the same k-space trajectory. Second, the broader replication contract still rests on the quantitative checks recorded in lanic2_dft_replication_report.md: multiple bands near , mixed Ni/C character in the near-Fermi window, and nontrivial spin mixing consistent with a noncentrosymmetric SOC-bearing basis. What still remains for a stronger audit is not path support but quantitative DFT-to-Wannier agreement near . The chapter now includes a small regression-style mismatch report, lanix2_qe_direct_vs_wannier_report.md, which compares the QE-direct eigenvalues (on the same k-point list) to the imported reduced Wannier basis and reports a weighted near- RMSE. The current reduced LaNiC basis deviates at the eV level in that metric depending on SOC and path, which is adequate for qualitative BdG closure comparisons but not yet strong enough to advertise the basis as a materials-faithful interpolation of the DFT bands.

Common observable comparison on the dense Fermi-aligned Wannier bases

The dense follow-up compares the same candidate closures as before, but now on shared Wannier bases whose onsite energies are aligned to the QE Fermi level recorded in each export manifest. That alignment matters: the raw dense hr.dat imports carry an absolute DFT energy offset, so leaving the chapter-local qttree solve at \mu=0 places the calculation far above the intended low-energy window. In the corrected import path the LaNiC basis is shifted by 9.3076 eV and the LaNiGa basis by 12.5215 eV before the mean-field closures are solved.

This section is the thesis-facing result of the chapter. The earlier parts of the chapter set the modelling discipline; the aligned dense follow-up tests what that discipline does to the candidate superconducting stories on a shared materials basis.

The aligned comparison again uses an onsite singlet control and a seeded mixed-parity branch for LaNiC, and an onsite singlet control plus interorbital unitary and interorbital nonunitary TRSB branches for LaNiGa. The same observable summary is then extracted from every converged solution:

  1. the minimum quasiparticle gap;
  2. the zero-energy spectral weight;
  3. a nonunitary score;
  4. the interorbital pairing fraction;
  5. the translated-pairing fraction.
MaterialClosureConvergedMin gapZero-energy weightNonunitary scoreInterorbital fractionTranslated pair fraction
LaNiCsinglet controlyes2.36410.01890.00000.00000.0000
LaNiCseeded mixed-parity branchyes2.36410.01890.00000.00000.0000
LaNiGasinglet controlyes1.92650.02120.00000.00000.0000
LaNiGainterorbital unitaryyes1.55300.02790.00001.00000.0000
LaNiGainterorbital TRSByes0.60380.08561.00001.00000.0000

What the aligned dense Wannier follow-up now says

The thesis-facing message of the aligned dense follow-up is now sharper than before, and it is primarily a constraint story rather than a confirmation story.

First, the framework is now doing the right type of calculation on real imported material bases with the right energy reference. The same normal-state basis is reused across multiple candidate closures, the same observable extraction layer is applied to all of them, and the importer now carries the QE Fermi reference into the qttree solve rather than silently treating the absolute Wannier onsite energies as though they were already measured from zero.

Second, on the aligned LaNiC dense basis the seeded mixed-parity branch does not survive as a distinct state. Its triplet channels relax to zero at the solved point, the nonunitary and translated-pairing diagnostics vanish at chapter precision, and the free-energy split from the singlet control is only at the 10^{-6} level in the generated comparison table. So for the present reduced four-orbital closure family, LaNiC behaves as a conventional singlet solution on the dense shared basis rather than as a robust mixed-parity competitor.

Third, the LaNiGa story changes qualitatively once the basis is Fermi-aligned. The singlet control is now the lowest-free-energy branch, the interorbital unitary state sits about 1.20 model units higher, and the interorbital TRSB branch about 3.55 higher. That thermodynamic ranking is echoed by the coarse spectral diagnostics: the unitary branch already has a smaller gap and larger zero-energy weight than the singlet control, while the TRSB branch is much softer still, with min_gap = 0.6038 and w_0 = 0.0856. The channel labels remain cleanly separated, but they are no longer nearly degenerate.

That outcome is more useful than the earlier apparent near-degeneracy. The dense follow-up now says that basis fidelity was not the only issue; the energy reference mattered just as much. Once the imported Wannier Hamiltonians are solved at the intended low-energy alignment, the present closure set points toward a singlet-like LaNiC solution and a clearly singlet-favoured LaNiGa ranking.

For the thesis, that is already a substantive result. It means the materials chapter is no longer just a future-work manifesto. It establishes a concrete negative constraint: within the present symmetry-faithful dense bases and the present reduced closure families, robust TRSB competitors do not emerge as thermodynamic winners. Any later materials-faithful TRSB explanation must therefore earn its mechanism more carefully, either through a better low-energy orbital reduction, richer pairing closures, or a different microscopic route than the ones tested here.

This appendix collects derivations supporting the conventional-superconductivity background chapter. They are standard results, kept here so the background chapter can focus on the physical structure used later in the thesis.

Cooper Instability

Consider two electrons above a filled Fermi sea with opposite momenta and energies

Take the Hamiltonian

Assume

Expand the eigenstate as

Then the self-consistency condition becomes

Approximating the density of states by across the shell gives

Define

Then in the weak-coupling limit,

Thus an arbitrarily weak attractive interaction in the Cooper channel produces a bound state in the presence of the Fermi sea [61].

BCS Variational State and Pseudospins

For each pair define the empty and occupied pair states

A variational state at fixed is

The BCS ground state is

Minimisation of yields the gap equation and the coherence factors [18, 61].

The same structure can be written in terms of Anderson pseudospins,

Then the reduced BCS interaction takes the schematic form

This representation makes explicit that superconductivity is a collective pseudospin-ordering problem rather than a sum of independent two-body bound states.

Geometric Form of GL Theory

A compact reformulation treats as a section of a complex line bundle over the sample, with electromagnetic coupling described by a connection one-form . Gauge transformations act as

The covariant derivative

is gauge-covariant, and the magnetic field is the curvature

Flux quantisation can then be understood as a statement about holonomy and consistency around nontrivial loops [128].

This appendix records the minimal point-group bookkeeping used later when discussing orthorhombic multiorbital Hamiltonians. It is a local point-group guide, not a replacement for a full space-group or little-group analysis of a nonsymmorphic material [87, 88].

The conventional assignments for the coordinate axes used in this thesis are

irreptypical basis functions
, , ,
,
,
,

Thus polar-vector components transform as

while axial-vector components transform as

Spin components transform in the same way as angular momentum,

Because is Abelian, all irreducible representations are one-dimensional. Direct products can therefore be computed by multiplying the inversion parity and the three labels. Useful examples are

and

For an onsite interorbital SOC term of the form

the invariant condition is

Therefore an onsite term is allowed only if

Equivalently, if the two retained orbitals transform as and , then the corresponding interorbital matrix element is allowed when

For a momentum-dependent term,

the condition becomes

For example, a term has and is allowed if

Since , this requires

The same logic applies to all Pauli-matrix terms in an effective Hamiltonian. The caveat is that nonsymmorphic space groups, including , can enforce additional momentum-dependent degeneracies and compatibility relations. Those require the full little-group representation at the relevant , not only the local multiplication table.

This appendix records the compact derivations behind the loop-supercurrent results chapter. The purpose is not to reproduce the research notebooks, but to keep the analytic steps that make the thesis claims checkable.

Phase-Only Threshold

With four equal-amplitude components (\Delta_j=d e^{i\phi_j}) and a uniform phase step (\phi_{j+1}-\phi_j=\theta), the frustrated Josephson part of the free energy is

Stationarity gives

The time-reversal-symmetric branch has (\theta=\pi). The winding branch has

and exists only for (J_d>J/2). The corresponding minimum energy is

Thus the analytic backbone has a continuous phase-only boundary at (J_d=J/2). Microscopic BdG calculations can shift the practical boundary because the amplitudes, quasiparticle spectrum, Hartree/Fock fields, and staggered competitors are no longer frozen.

Relative-Phase Curvature

Expanding about a stationary solution (\theta_0),

with

For the TRS branch,

so the relative-phase mode softens at the same (J_d=J/2) line. For the TRSB branch,

In the full four-phase problem the Hessian has one zero global-(U(1)) mode and three relative-phase modes. The Leggett-response diagnostics in the chapter are the microscopic version of this curvature analysis.

Microscopic Current

The phase-only model defines a coarse Josephson current by differentiating an assumed free energy:

The BdG calculation instead uses the hopping current associated with the normal-state bond:

These currents need not match unless the phase-only coupling has been derived from the same microscopic Hamiltonian and the phases are self-consistently minimized in that Hamiltonian. The Results chapter therefore uses phase-only currents as design intuition and BdG hopping currents for microscopic magnetic response.

Four-Site Block Limit

In the analytically solvable four-site ring with only intracell hopping (t_{\rm intra}), define orbital Fourier modes

The normal-state energies are

For a common pairing magnitude (d), each sector gives a (2\times2) BdG block

with eigenvalues

This block limit is not the full microscopic model. It is the reference that explains why the four-component problem naturally organizes into relative phase sectors before hopping, diagonal frustration, and self-consistency are restored.

Selection-Rule Algebra

For the C3 molecule, the winding phases ((1,\omega,\omega^2)) satisfy

Any central anomalous amplitude proportional to the phase sum is therefore suppressed in the winding branches and finite in the uniform branch. This is the cleanest microscopic selection rule.

For the baseline C4 molecule the central sum is less selective. Both winding ((1,i,-1,-i)) and staggered ((1,-1,1,-1)) patterns can cancel a single central site. Split-centre or screw geometries replace the central penalty by diagonal-channel sums,

so winding can regain a selective energetic advantage over the staggered competitor. This is the algebraic reason the thesis treats C4 as a geometry problem rather than as a trivial extension of C3.

Introduction

This appendix collects the semiclassical and catastrophe-theory material associated with phase and collective-mode propagation. Its role is supplementary. The main text needs only the fact that inhomogeneous phase dynamics may be described semiclassically by rays and that these ray families can develop focusing singularities. The more detailed optics-style machinery is recorded here.

The central objects are caustics: singular envelopes of ray families where geometrical theory predicts diverging intensity and where the correct wave description is given by universal uniform approximations.

Definition of a caustic

A caustic is the envelope of a family of rays or classical trajectories for which the Jacobian of the mapping from initial conditions to observation point vanishes. In geometrical optics or stationary-phase theory this produces a divergence in the naive intensity. Wave mechanics regularises the divergence into universal interference patterns.

The simplest structurally stable cases are:

  • the fold, with Airy-type regularisation;
  • the cusp, with Pearcey-type regularisation.

This is the standard framework of catastrophe optics. [6,11]

Why caustics arise in phase dynamics

Many Josephson and collective-mode problems admit:

  • a classical or mean-field limit in which phase variables obey Hamiltonian-like equations;
  • a semiclassical approximation for wavepackets, correlators, or mode envelopes.

When several stationary points of the action coalesce, ordinary stationary phase fails. The correct local description is then a uniform approximation controlled by catastrophe theory. This is relevant for:

  • Josephson-junction phase dynamics;
  • sine-Gordon-type equations in long junctions or coupled condensates;
  • bosonic Josephson-junction quenches;
  • semiclassical quasiparticle propagation in superconductors. [7–10]

Eikonal structure for superconducting collective modes

Many collective modes in inhomogeneous superconductors can be described by a wave equation

where is the local dispersion relation.

In the short-wavelength limit, use the WKB ansatz

At leading order this yields the Hamilton–Jacobi equation

Defining

one obtains ray equations generated by the Hamiltonian :

The caustic is the locus where the corresponding ray map ceases to be locally invertible. [6,11]

What “intensity” means in superconducting problems

The focused quantity depends on the field being propagated:

  • Josephson plasma waves: enhanced local phase oscillation and supercurrent response;
  • bulk plasma-like modes: enhanced electromagnetic energy density;
  • Leggett waves: enhanced relative-phase oscillation, limited by damping if overlaps the pair-breaking continuum;
  • semiclassical quasiparticle trajectories: enhanced local density-of-states or current patterns in the clean limit. [2,4,9]

Thus the optics language of “intensity” is system-dependent, but the underlying mathematics of focusing is the same.

Fold and cusp catastrophes

The generic fold and cusp are the most common structurally stable singularities in low-dimensional ray problems.

Fold

At a fold, two stationary points coalesce. The universal wave regularisation is the Airy function. Across a fold caustic the number of geometrical rays through a point changes by two.

Cusp

At a cusp, folds themselves meet and the stationary point becomes more degenerate. The universal regularisation is the Pearcey function. Cusps are the natural next singularity after folds in two-parameter families of rays.

Ocean-wave caustics as a model example

A standard visual example of caustics is the bright moving network produced by sunlight refracting through a rippled water surface. The water surface acts as a lens, and the focused brightness on the floor of a pool or on the seafloor is the caustic pattern. [11–14]

This example is useful because it makes the main structural point transparent: a smooth map from initial ray labels to observation coordinates becomes singular, and wave theory then regularises the apparent divergence.

Snell-law ray map

Consider light incident from air with refractive index onto water with refractive index across an interface

The local unit normal is

If the incident direction is , the transmitted direction is given by vector Snell refraction:

where

If the observation plane is , then the ray starting at arrives at transverse coordinates

This defines the ray map

The caustic is the singular set of this map:

Generically gives folds, and fold intersections generate cusps. [6,11]

Oscillatory integral and cusp reduction

A standard semiclassical wavefield on the observation plane has the form

where stationary points of correspond to geometrical rays.

Near a cusp, one may reduce the local phase to the canonical normal form

This corresponds to a higher-order stationary point in which the lower derivatives vanish at the singular point.

Pearcey uniform approximation

With the cusp normal form, the leading uniform approximation is the Pearcey integral

The observable intensity is

This is the universal wave regularisation of a cusp caustic. The detailed physical system enters only through the mapping of its local control parameters to the scaled variables and . [6,11]

Relevance to superconducting phase dynamics

The same catastrophe structure can appear in superconducting settings whenever collective-mode propagation or phase evolution admits a short-wavelength or semiclassical description. The specific physical field may be:

  • a Josephson phase wave in an inhomogeneous junction;
  • a relative-phase oscillation in a multicomponent condensate;
  • a plasma-like collective mode;
  • a semiclassical quasiparticle envelope.

The common structure is the same: a ray family, a singular projection map, and a wave-uniform approximation near the singular set.

Summary

This appendix records the additional semiclassical machinery associated with focusing phenomena in phase dynamics:

  • caustics are singular envelopes of ray families;
  • folds and cusps are the main structurally stable cases used here;
  • their wave regularisations are the Airy and Pearcey forms;
  • in superconducting settings, these structures arise naturally in inhomogeneous phase and collective-mode propagation.

Figures

Fold and cusp caustics as envelopes of ray families. Geometrical theory predicts divergences at the caustic; wave theory regularises them into universal interference patterns.

Ocean-wave light caustics. Inset: a vertical slice showing Snell-law refraction by a rippled air–water interface focusing onto a screen. Main panel: the corresponding 2D observation-plane intensity near a cusp, described by the universal Pearcey form.

References (URLs)

Hund’s Rule: Microscopic Origin and Role in Multi-Orbital Metals

Overview

Hund’s rule is the tendency of electrons occupying different orbitals of the same atom to align their spins whenever possible. In its simplest form, Hund’s first rule says:

For a given electronic configuration, the lowest-energy atomic state is usually the one with the largest total spin.

For example, if two electrons occupy two different degenerate orbitals, the parallel-spin configuration

is favored over the antiparallel-spin configuration

The energetic preference for parallel spins is described by the Hund exchange coupling, usually denoted by

This rule is not arbitrary. It follows from the Coulomb interaction together with fermion antisymmetry: parallel spins require an antisymmetric spatial wavefunction, which reduces the probability of finding two electrons close together and therefore lowers their Coulomb repulsion.

1. Atomic origin of Hund’s rule

1.1 Microscopic Coulomb interaction

For electrons in atomic orbitals, the interaction begins with the repulsive Coulomb Hamiltonian

where

Here:

SymbolMeaning
atomic orbitals
spin indices
wavefunction of orbital
creates an electron in orbital with spin
Coulomb matrix element

For two different orbitals and , two important matrix elements appear.

The first is the direct inter-orbital repulsion:

The second is the exchange integral:

For ordinary atomic orbitals interacting through the Coulomb repulsion, this exchange integral is positive:

This positive exchange integral is the microscopic origin of the usual Hund coupling .

1.2 Two electrons in two orbitals

Consider two electrons occupying two different orbitals and .

Because electrons are fermions, the full two-electron wavefunction must be antisymmetric under exchange of the two particles. This means that the symmetry of the spin part and the symmetry of the spatial part are linked.

Triplet state: parallel spins

The spin triplet has a symmetric spin wavefunction. Therefore, its spatial wavefunction must be antisymmetric:

[ \Psi_T(\mathbf r_1,\mathbf r_2)= \frac{1}{\sqrt{2}} \left[ \phi_a(\mathbf r_1)\phi_b(\mathbf r_2) ————————————–

\phi_b(\mathbf r_1)\phi_a(\mathbf r_2) \right]. ] This corresponds to a high-spin configuration, such as

Singlet state: antiparallel spins

The spin singlet has an antisymmetric spin wavefunction. Therefore, its spatial wavefunction must be symmetric:

This corresponds to a low-spin configuration, such as

Evaluating the Coulomb energy gives

while

Therefore,

Since , the triplet state is lower in energy:

Thus, the parallel-spin state is energetically favored.

1.3 Physical intuition: the exchange hole

Parallel spins force the spatial wavefunction to be antisymmetric. An antisymmetric spatial wavefunction vanishes when the two electron coordinates coincide:

This means that parallel-spin electrons avoid each other more effectively in space. Their reduced probability of being close together lowers the Coulomb repulsion.

The mechanism can be summarized as:

 1parallel spins
 2 3symmetric spin wavefunction
 4 5antisymmetric spatial wavefunction
 6 7electrons avoid each other more effectively
 8 9lower Coulomb repulsion
1011Hund's first rule

This correlation hole created by exchange symmetry is often called the exchange hole.

2. Effective spin form of Hund’s coupling

At the level of an effective atomic or lattice model, the preference for spin alignment is often written as a local spin-exchange term:

Here is the spin operator for orbital .

Because of the minus sign, the energy is lowered when spins align:

Thus,

The term is often called ferromagnetic local exchange because it favors parallel spin alignment on the same atom.

3. Hund’s rule in multi-orbital Hubbard models

Hund’s rule becomes especially important in materials with several active orbitals near the Fermi level, such as transition-metal compounds with partially filled orbitals.

A common low-energy model is the multi-orbital Hubbard Hamiltonian:

The kinetic part describes electron hopping between lattice sites and orbitals:

The symbols are:

SymbolMeaning
lattice sites
orbitals, for example , ,
spin
hopping amplitude from orbital on site to orbital on site
intra-orbital Hubbard repulsion
inter-orbital repulsion
Hund exchange coupling
electronic bandwidth

The local interaction acts on electrons occupying the same atom or lattice site.

4. Kanamori interaction

For several near-degenerate orbitals, the local interaction is often written in Kanamori form. A representative version is

Different conventions distribute numerical factors differently among the exchange, spin-flip, and density-density terms. The physical content is the same: intra-orbital repulsion, inter-orbital repulsion, Hund exchange, spin-flip processes, and pair hopping.

4.1 Hubbard : penalizes double occupancy

The intra-orbital Hubbard interaction is

It penalizes two electrons occupying the same orbital:

This is the usual interaction responsible for Mott physics. If is large compared with the bandwidth , charge motion can be blocked and the system may become a Mott insulator.

4.2 Inter-orbital repulsion

The inter-orbital repulsion is

It penalizes electrons occupying different orbitals on the same atom.

For rotationally invariant orbitals, the standard relation is

Thus Hund’s coupling also modifies the effective repulsion between electrons in different orbitals.

4.3 Hund exchange: the central term

The Hund exchange term is

For , this term lowers the energy when spins in different orbitals align.

For two electrons in two orbitals:

ConfigurationSpin stateEnergy tendency
Opposite spinsLow spinHigher
Parallel spinsHigh spinLower by Hund exchange

Thus the local atom tends to form a robust magnetic moment.

4.4 Spin-flip and pair-hopping terms

A rotationally invariant multi-orbital interaction also contains spin-flip and pair-hopping terms.

A spin-flip term has the structure

A pair-hopping term has the structure

These terms allow local spin and orbital configurations to fluctuate while preserving rotational symmetry.

For the basic intuition behind Hund’s rule and Hund’s metals, the most important term remains

5. From Hund’s rule to Hund’s metals

A Hund’s metal is a correlated metal in which Hund’s coupling plays a central role in suppressing coherent electron motion.

The kinetic term favors delocalization:

where is a hopping amplitude.

The local Hund term favors high-spin atomic configurations:

A Hund’s metal typically occurs in a regime where

so the material is not necessarily a Mott insulator, but its electrons are still strongly correlated.

The mechanism is:

 1multiple active orbitals
 2 3Hund's coupling aligns spins locally
 4 5large local magnetic moments form
 6 7electron hopping must respect this local spin structure
 8 9coherent motion is suppressed
1011the metal becomes heavy, incoherent, and strongly correlated

Consequences include:

  • reduced quasiparticle weight ,
  • enhanced effective mass ,
  • slow spin fluctuations,
  • low coherence temperature,
  • incoherent metallic behavior above the coherence scale.

6. Atomic example: two orbitals and two electrons

Take two orbitals and two electrons.

Without Hund’s coupling, the singlet and triplet configurations can be close in energy.

With Hund’s coupling:

The local ground state becomes high spin:

In a lattice, itinerant electrons move through sites that tend to carry these slow local moments. The electron’s motion becomes entangled with local spin dynamics, which reduces coherence and produces a strongly correlated metallic state.

7. Contrast with a Mott system

A single-band Mott system is controlled mainly by the ratio

Large blocks charge motion and can produce an insulating state.

A Hund’s metal is controlled by a multi-orbital combination of parameters:

The key point is that can make a metal strongly correlated even when alone is not large enough to localize the electrons.

SystemMain control parameterTypical effect
Single-band Mott systemCharge localization and possible insulating behavior
Hund’s metal, , orbital fillingStrong correlations while remaining metallic

8. Hund exchange versus antiferromagnetic superexchange

The word exchange appears in more than one context, so it is important to distinguish local Hund exchange from superexchange.

Local Hund exchange

Local Hund exchange acts between electrons in different orbitals on the same atom:

It usually favors parallel spins.

Its origin is the intra-atomic Coulomb exchange integral.

Antiferromagnetic superexchange

Antiferromagnetic superexchange acts between spins on different sites and arises from virtual hopping processes. A typical scale is

It often favors antiparallel spins.

MechanismTypical spin alignmentOrigin
Local Hund exchange Parallel spinsIntra-atomic Coulomb exchange
Antiferromagnetic superexchange Antiparallel spinsVirtual hopping between sites

A model in which opposite spins are locally favored is possible, but it usually describes a different microscopic mechanism, such as strong antiferromagnetic exchange, crystal-field singlet formation, or electron-phonon pairing. It is not the usual intra-atomic Hund exchange.

9. Compact Hamiltonian summary

A minimal multi-orbital model for a Hund-correlated metal can be written schematically as

The essential term is

It favors high-spin local atomic states. Hopping remains active, so the system can stay metallic, but electron motion is strongly affected by slowly fluctuating Hund moments.

10. Bottom line

Hund’s rule is the tendency of electrons in different orbitals of the same atom to align their spins. Microscopically, this follows from the Coulomb exchange integral and the antisymmetry of fermionic wavefunctions.

For two electrons in different orbitals,

so

Since the usual intra-atomic exchange integral gives , the parallel-spin state is lower in energy.

In multi-orbital materials, this same local tendency can produce Hund’s metals: metallic systems whose electrons remain itinerant but become heavy, incoherent, and strongly correlated because their motion is entangled with local high-spin configurations.

LaNiC2 DFT Replication Check

This report is generated by the shared qttree LaNiC2 normal-state replication benchmark.

Source

  • Basis: lanic2_wannier_basis
  • Source: Wannier90 import from /home/henry/Projects/Research/Notebook/content/unconventional-superconductivity/materials-faithful-modelling-lanix2/exports/LaNiC2_10x10x8; aligned to manifest Fermi energy 9.307600 eV

Literature-Facing Contract

  • Multiple bands near : yes
  • Mixed Ni/C2 character near : yes
  • Spin-mixing / SOC structure present: yes

Quantitative Summary

  • Fermi-crossing electron bands on the sampled Brillouin-zone mesh: (1, 2)
  • States within the near- window: 1615
  • Mean Ni weight in that window: 0.318
  • Mean C2 weight in that window: 0.682
  • Spin-flip hopping count: 4312
  • Maximum spin-flip hopping amplitude: 0.063707

Interpretation

The current reduced Wannier basis reproduces the main qualitative DFT-facing claims used in the LaNiC2 chapter: multiband low-energy structure, mixed Ni/C2 character near the Fermi level, and nontrivial spin-mixing consistent with a noncentrosymmetric SOC-bearing model.

Limitation

This now includes a shared-code Wannier band plot on the literature high-symmetry path, but it remains a qualitative replication check. The repo does not yet bundle a raw QE band dataset for a direct DFT-vs-Wannier interpolation error curve or RMS band mismatch.

Next Step

The present LaNiC2 basis used in this chapter is a reduced Wannier follow-up suitable for shared-code BdG closure comparisons. A stronger normal-state replication would rerun the LaNiC2 export with a larger spinor Wannier subspace (spanning the full mixed low-energy manifold) and then repeat the same replication checks and closure comparison on that larger basis.

Literature

  • Subedi and Singh, Phys. Rev. B 79, 020506 (2009), doi:10.1103/PhysRevB.79.020506
  • Quintanilla et al., Phys. Rev. B 82, 174511 (2010), doi:10.1103/PhysRevB.82.174511
materialclosure_labelconvergedmin_gapzero_energy_weightnonunitary_scoreinterorbital_fractiontranslated_pair_fraction
LaNiC2LaNiC2 singlet controlyes2.36410.01890.00000.00000.0000
LaNiC2LaNiC2 seeded mixed-parity branchyes2.36410.01890.00000.00000.0000
LaNiGa2LaNiGa2 singlet controlyes1.92650.02120.00000.00000.0000
LaNiGa2LaNiGa2 interorbital unitaryyes1.55300.02790.00001.00000.0000
LaNiGa2LaNiGa2 interorbital TRSByes0.60380.08561.00001.00000.0000

QE-direct vs Wannier Near- Band Mismatch

This report compares QE-direct bands (DFT reference) to the imported Wannier basis used by qttree. The comparison is computed on exactly the QE-direct k-point list and weights energies near .

Metric definition

  • For each k-point, sort QE-direct and basis energies.
  • Take the n_compare=4 energies closest to (by absolute value).
  • Compute a weighted RMSE for with a quadratic shoulder to .
  • The overlay plots below show the selected near- bands only.

LaNiC2

  • lanic2_nosoc_bands: RMSE=0.2970 eV, mean|ΔE|=0.2345 eV (weight=1009)

LaNiGa2

  • laniga2_nosoc_bands: missing qe_bands_aligned.json (QE-direct export incomplete; rerun bands with scratch outdir)

Wannier reduction report (LaNiX2)

This report answers two practical questions for building reduced models:

  1. Which real-space translations contribute most to the dispersion near ?
  2. Are there a few recurring orbital-mixing patterns across translations (PCA components)?

The translation ranking is computed with a near- window of eV.

LaNiC2

Top translations by near- RMS shift

| rank | R | near- RMS shift (eV) | max band shift (eV) | Frobenius ||T(R)|| | |—:|:—:|—:|—:|—:| | 1 | (+0,+0,-1) | 0.1041 | 0.2226 | 0.2811 | | 2 | (+1,+0,+0) | 0.0305 | 0.0588 | 0.0788 | | 3 | (+0,-1,-1) | 0.0299 | 0.0798 | 0.0985 | | 4 | (-1,+1,-1) | 0.0273 | 0.0539 | 0.0657 | | 5 | (+1,-1,+0) | 0.0242 | 0.0445 | 0.0610 | | 6 | (+0,-1,+0) | 0.0226 | 0.0826 | 0.1012 | | 7 | (-1,+0,-1) | 0.0187 | 0.0386 | 0.0511 | | 8 | (+0,+1,-1) | 0.0174 | 0.0684 | 0.0790 | | 9 | (+0,+1,+0) | 0.0098 | 0.0413 | 0.1012 | | 10 | (+0,+0,-2) | 0.0093 | 0.0198 | 0.0277 | | 11 | (+1,-1,-1) | 0.0092 | 0.0221 | 0.0260 | | 12 | (+0,-2,-1) | 0.0084 | 0.0206 | 0.0254 | | 13 | (+0,-2,+0) | 0.0084 | 0.0186 | 0.0221 | | 14 | (-1,+2,-1) | 0.0081 | 0.0179 | 0.0247 |

PCA summary

The first 3 PCA components explain 0.738 of the translation-to-translation variance in the hopping matrices (after removing the mean and excluding onsite).

LaNiGa2

Top translations by near- RMS shift

| rank | R | near- RMS shift (eV) | max band shift (eV) | Frobenius ||T(R)|| | |—:|:—:|—:|—:|—:| | 1 | (+1,-1,-1) | 0.2585 | 0.3706 | 0.5739 | | 2 | (-1,-1,+0) | 0.1063 | 0.1824 | 0.2801 | | 3 | (+1,+1,+0) | 0.1063 | 0.1826 | 0.2801 | | 4 | (-1,+1,+1) | 0.1008 | 0.3127 | 0.5739 | | 5 | (+2,+0,-1) | 0.0702 | 0.1365 | 0.1774 | | 6 | (+0,-2,-1) | 0.0412 | 0.0983 | 0.1384 | | 7 | (-2,+0,+1) | 0.0276 | 0.0885 | 0.1774 | | 8 | (+1,+0,+0) | 0.0244 | 0.0425 | 0.0430 | | 9 | (+0,+2,+1) | 0.0232 | 0.0760 | 0.1384 | | 10 | (+0,-1,-1) | 0.0216 | 0.0360 | 0.0392 | | 11 | (-1,+0,+0) | 0.0203 | 0.0286 | 0.0430 | | 12 | (+0,+1,+0) | 0.0165 | 0.0262 | 0.0341 | | 13 | (+0,-1,+0) | 0.0159 | 0.0270 | 0.0341 | | 14 | (-1,-1,+1) | 0.0154 | 0.0812 | 0.1196 |

PCA summary

The first 3 PCA components explain 0.816 of the translation-to-translation variance in the hopping matrices (after removing the mean and excluding onsite).

#A.

Can you explain how Josephson Junctions acquire a node in the normal channel, and whether Pi/2 Junctions do too?

Show moreShow less

#A.

I’ll treat “node” as a zero of the induced superconducting pair amplitude or Andreev-channel wavefunction in the nonsuperconducting weak link. I’ll also distinguish an imposed phase-biased SNS junction from a true π-junction whose equilibrium phase shift is π.

Core idea

A Josephson junction does not automatically have a node in the normal channel. A node appears when the superconducting pair amplitudes induced from the two leads cancel somewhere in the weak link.

For a symmetric SNS junction, write the induced anomalous/pair amplitude in the normal region schematically as

where is the superconducting phase difference. At the midpoint of a symmetric junction, , so

Thus:

That zero is the “node” in the normal channel. It is destructive interference between the Cooper-pair amplitudes leaking in from the two superconductors. Equivalently, the proximity-induced minigap in an SNS junction shrinks with phase and closes at . PMC+1

True π-junctions

A π-junction is a junction whose lowest-energy phase difference is , often because the critical current is effectively negative or because the pair amplitude changes sign across a ferromagnetic or unconventional weak link. In SFS junctions, the pair wavefunction in the ferromagnet can oscillate and change sign, enabling 0–π transitions. arXiv+1

So a π-junction can have a node/sign reversal in the weak link, but with a caveat:

  • In a symmetric SNS-like π phase bias, the node is naturally at the middle.

  • In an SFS π-junction, the node comes from the oscillatory pair amplitude in the ferromagnet and may be shifted, multiple, or smeared depending on thickness, disorder, spin-orbit coupling, interfaces, and transparency.

  • In a π-junction made from unconventional superconductors, the π shift can come from order-parameter symmetry rather than a simple spatial zero in the normal channel.

What about π/2 junctions?

Usually, no exact node is forced for a π/2 junction.

Using the same symmetric SNS estimate:

⚠️ Math rendering failed: template: _markup/render-passthrough.html:186:31: executing "_markup/render-passthrough.html" at <transform.ToMath>: error calling ToMath: KaTeX parse error: Unexpected character: '' at position 89: …≈2fcos(π/4)=2​f̲=0.

A phase drop means the two induced pair amplitudes are partly out of phase, not opposite. They interfere, but they do not fully cancel.

A π/2 junction, or more generally a -junction, has an equilibrium phase difference , often due to broken inversion and time-reversal symmetries, for example spin-orbit coupling plus magnetic field. These junctions can have a finite ground-state phase different from both 0 and π. ResearchGate+1

Bottom line

Junction / phase

Node in normal channel?

Reason

Ordinary 0-junction at equilibrium

Usually no

Pair amplitudes add constructively

SNS junction biased to

Yes, in ideal symmetric case

Left/right induced pair amplitudes cancel

True π-junction

Often yes, but model-dependent

Ground state has sign reversal or negative coupling

π/2 or junction

Not generically

Phase mismatch is 90°, not 180°, so no full cancellation

A π/2 junction can still have phase winding, reduced proximity strength, spin texture, or accidental zeros, but it does not acquire a symmetry-enforced node in the normal channel the way an ideal π phase difference does.

#Q.

How could a \pi/2 junction acquire a node? Would it be topological?

Show moreShow less

#A.

A junction can acquire a node, but not because itself enforces one. It needs an additional mechanism that makes the local relative phase in the normal channel become , or makes different pairing channels cancel.

Node condition

For the induced pair amplitude in the weak link,

A node requires

A global junction phase of only supplies half of that destructive phase. So a node can appear only if the junction supplies another effective phase shift somewhere in the channel.

Ways a junction could get a node

1. Extra spin-orbit/Zeeman phase accumulation

In a -junction, spin-orbit coupling plus a Zeeman field can shift the current-phase relation away from 0 or . This is the usual route to an anomalous phase shift: both time-reversal and spatial parity/inversion symmetries must be broken, and Rashba spin-orbit coupling plus a Zeeman field is a standard mechanism. Nature

Then the phase in the channel is not just the terminal phase . It can look schematically like

A node appears where

For , that means the internal spin-orbit/Zeeman phase must contribute another . This node would usually be spin- or mode-dependent, not a universal scalar node of the whole condensate.

2. Ferromagnetic/exchange-field oscillations

In an SFS-like junction, the pair amplitude inside the ferromagnet oscillates because spin-up and spin-down electrons acquire different phases. This is the same physics behind 0– transitions in ferromagnetic Josephson junctions: the Cooper-pair wavefunction can oscillate and change sign in the ferromagnetic weak link. levitation.physics.tamu.edu

Then even if the imposed phase is only , the exchange field can supply the missing phase:

A zero occurs when the cosine vanishes. This is a real spatial node, but it is usually not topological. It is controlled by exchange energy, thickness, disorder, and interface transparency.

3. Multiband or multimode cancellation

A junction can have several Andreev channels:

Even if no single channel has a node, the total induced pair amplitude can vanish if the vector sum of complex amplitudes cancels. This can happen in multiband superconductors, spin-split channels, or junctions with strong mode mixing.

That kind of node is usually accidental. Small changes in gate voltage, disorder, channel occupancy, or interface transparency can move or remove it.

4. Nonuniform phase along the junction

In a wide or planar junction, magnetic flux or orbital effects can make the phase vary transverse to the current direction:

Even if the average phase bias is , some line across the junction may locally satisfy . That can create a line of suppressed minigap, suppressed pair amplitude, or a Josephson-current node. Experiments on planar InAs/Al Josephson junctions have seen phase shifts up to , attributed at low fields to Zeeman coupling to highly transmissive Andreev bound states via Rashba spin-orbit interaction. Research Collection

Would the node be topological?

Not automatically. A node in the pair amplitude is not, by itself, a topological object. It becomes topological only if it is tied to a protected zero-energy state or to a change in a topological invariant.

A useful distinction:

Node type

Topological?

Why

Pair-amplitude cancellation from

Usually no

Can be shifted or removed by perturbations

SFS oscillatory node

Usually no

Comes from exchange-induced phase winding

Multichannel cancellation

No, generally

Accidental vector cancellation

Local gap closing/reopening with invariant change

Possibly yes

Indicates a topological phase transition

Majorana zero mode at a phase/domain wall

Yes, if protected

Bound to a topological defect or boundary

For topological-insulator Josephson junctions, the special phase is usually , not . Fu and Kane showed that superconducting junctions mediated by a topological-insulator surface can form a 1D Majorana system, and later work identifies gapless 1D Majorana modes in the junction channel when the phase difference is . arXiv arXiv

So a junction could become topological only if the effective mass/gap term changes sign somewhere. For example:

and if orbital, Zeeman, or spin-orbit effects make pass through , then a domain wall can bind a protected low-energy or Majorana mode.

Key takeaway

A junction gets a node only if the normal channel contributes additional phase, structure, or channel interference so that the local effective phase difference reaches or the total pair amplitude cancels.

That node is not generically topological. It is topological only when the zero is tied to a protected gap closing, gap reopening, or Majorana/domain-wall mode. A plain anomalous phase shift is not enough.

#A.

Clarify how to engineer a majorana pi/2 junction. Has it already been done?

#A.

What “Majorana (\pi/2) junction” should mean

A clean Majorana Josephson junction is usually special near an effective phase difference

[ \varphi_{\rm eff}=\pi \pmod{2\pi}, ]

not near (\pi/2). So a “Majorana (\pi/2) junction” would need to mean:

[ \varphi_{\rm ext}=\pi/2,\qquad \varphi_{\rm eff}=\varphi_{\rm ext}+\varphi_0+\varphi_{\rm orb}(y)\approx \pi. ]

That is: the device is externally biased at (\pi/2), but an internal anomalous phase shift supplies the missing (\pi/2).

Engineering route

1. Use a phase-controllable planar Josephson junction

The best-developed architecture is:

[ S\text{–}2DEG\text{–}S ]

with strong spin-orbit coupling, usually InAs/Al, InSb/Al, HgTe/Al, or a topological-insulator surface junction. The normal region must be high transparency and strongly proximitized.

For planar 2DEG junctions, theory predicts that a spin-orbit-coupled 2DEG with an in-plane Zeeman field can host a 1D topological superconducting phase in the junction channel, with Majorana bound states at the ends. The phase difference across the superconductors is a control knob, and (\varphi=\pi) is especially favorable: Pientka et al. found that at phase difference (\pi), the topological phase is obtained over a broad range of Zeeman field and chemical potential. (arXiv)

2. Add a tunable anomalous phase shift

Make the junction a (\phi_0)-junction:

[ I(\varphi)\approx I_c\sin(\varphi-\phi_0). ]

A nonzero (\phi_0) requires broken time-reversal symmetry and broken inversion/parity symmetry. Practically, that means:

  • strong Rashba spin-orbit coupling,
  • an in-plane Zeeman field,
  • asymmetric interfaces, gates, or geometry.

This has already been demonstrated experimentally. Bi(_2)Se(_3) Josephson junctions showed an anomalous phase shift caused by spin-orbit coupling plus an in-plane magnetic field; the paper states that intermediate (\phi_0) values require both time-reversal and parity breaking, and reports observed anomalous phase shifts in topological-insulator junctions. (Nature)

In InAs/Al junctions, gate-controlled anomalous Josephson shifts have also been observed. The device platform combines epitaxial Al, InAs, strong spin-orbit coupling, large (g)-factor, high transparency, and gate tunability, all directly relevant to topological Josephson-junction designs. (ar5iv)

3. Tune to (\phi_0\approx\pi/2)

Then operate at:

[ \varphi_{\rm ext}=\pi/2,\qquad \phi_0\approx\pi/2, ]

so that

[ \varphi_{\rm eff}\approx\pi. ]

At that point the device is nominally a (\pi/2)-biased junction, but the Majorana physics sees an effective (\pi)-junction.

This is the cleanest meaning of a “Majorana (\pi/2) junction.”

4. Create a topological domain wall or end mode

There are two common variants:

VariantHow Majoranas appear
Uniform effective (\pi) phaseThe whole junction channel becomes a 1D topological superconductor; Majoranas localize at the junction ends.
Spatially varying phaseA local point/line satisfies (\varphi_{\rm eff}(y)=\pi); this creates a Josephson vortex or topological domain wall that can bind a Majorana mode.

For a topological-insulator Josephson junction, the Fu–Kane logic is especially direct: the gap closes at odd multiples of (\pi), and if phase varies spatially, the point where the local phase equals (\pi) is a Josephson-vortex core that can bind a Majorana zero mode. A 2024 TI-junction experiment reported robust gap closing at ((2n+1)\pi), local gap closing at Josephson-vortex cores where the local phase is (\pi), and interpreted the gap closing/reopening as topological in origin. (arXiv)

Has it already been done?

The ingredients: yes

Major pieces have been demonstrated:

  • Phase-biased planar Josephson junctions with Majorana-like signatures have been reported. In 2019, InAs/Al planar junctions showed phase-dependent zero-bias conductance peaks, with (\varphi\approx\pi) reducing the critical field for zero-bias peaks relative to (\varphi=0). (arXiv)
  • HgTe/Al phase-controlled junctions have also shown conductance behavior consistent with tuning between trivial and topological superconducting states by phase bias and in-plane magnetic field. (arXiv)
  • Large anomalous phase shifts near (\pi/2) have been observed in planar InAs/Al devices. One 2023 study reports low-field, gate-dependent phase shifts up to (\phi_0=0.5\pi), consistent with Zeeman coupling to highly transmissive Andreev bound states through Rashba spin-orbit interaction. (Research Collection)
  • Topological-insulator Josephson junctions have reported robust phase-driven gap closing/reopening at odd (\pi), including local gap closing at Josephson-vortex cores. (arXiv)

A fully established “Majorana (\pi/2) junction”: not really

I would not say a protected, unambiguous Majorana (\pi/2) junction has been established as a standard experimental object.

What has been done is closer to:

  1. Majorana-compatible phase-biased junctions near (\pi).
  2. (\phi_0)-junctions with tunable anomalous shifts, including shifts around (\pi/2).
  3. Experiments showing phase-controlled gap closing and Majorana-consistent zero-energy states.

But a single device where the external bias is deliberately (\pi/2), the anomalous shift is calibrated to (\pi/2), and the resulting (\varphi_{\rm eff}=\pi) state is shown to host protected Majoranas with decisive evidence has not, to my knowledge, been conclusively demonstrated.

The practical recipe

A credible device would look like this:

  1. Material: epitaxial InAs/Al or a high-quality topological-insulator/Al or TI/Nb junction.
  2. Geometry: planar Josephson junction embedded in a SQUID loop, so (\varphi_{\rm ext}) is flux-controlled.
  3. Spin-orbit + Zeeman: apply an in-plane field along the direction that maximizes the anomalous phase shift.
  4. Gate tuning: tune density and Rashba coupling until (\phi_0\approx\pi/2).
  5. Phase setting: set external flux so (\varphi_{\rm ext}=\pi/2).
  6. Topological test: look for a gap closing/reopening as (\varphi_{\rm eff}) crosses (\pi), then zero-energy end modes or vortex-core modes.
  7. Controls: verify nonlocality, end localization, robustness to gate voltage, and ideally parity signatures. Simple zero-bias peaks are not enough, because trivial Andreev states can mimic them.

Key point

A Majorana (\pi/2) junction is not made topological by (\pi/2) itself. It becomes plausible only if

[ \boxed{\varphi_{\rm ext}+\phi_0+\varphi_{\rm orb}(y)=\pi} ]

at the relevant location. The (\pi/2) part is an engineering trick: it lets the lab-frame phase bias be (\pi/2) while the Majorana channel experiences an effective (\pi) junction.

Topological superconductivity in a 2D Weyl—SSH model (archive note)

This detailed reproduction note is now maintained in the canonical Notebook bundle:

~/Projects/Research/Notebook/content/unconventional-superconductivity/2D-SSH-model-with-impurities-to-walls

The PhD tree now keeps the thesis-facing chapter text, figure assets, and stable outputs only. The active reproduced and self-consistent QTT workflows live in src/qttree/examples/studies/weyl_ssh_mean_field/; the old chapter-local weyl_ssh_native_figures.py driver has been removed so the Weyl–SSH calculation has one maintained implementation path.

They are two different levels of description of the same physical idea.

1. Phase-only current: current from an assumed Josephson energy

The phase-only model ignores the electrons and keeps only the superconducting phases

It assumes that the three superconducting components are connected by effective Josephson couplings,

Then the current between components and is defined as the derivative of this phenomenological energy with respect to the phase difference:

For one bond,

So this current is a coarse-grained Josephson current. It says:

Given these assumed Josephson couplings , what current would flow between superconducting components with phases and ?

It does not know about:

  • the band structure,
  • the Fermi surface,
  • orbital weights,
  • quasiparticles,
  • hybridisation details,
  • whether the phases are self-consistent in the full microscopic Hamiltonian.

In our calculation, the symmetric phase-only model gave

That large value mainly reflects the chosen phenomenological scale .

2. BdG hopping current: current from microscopic electron motion

The BdG hopping current is computed directly from the microscopic tight-binding Hamiltonian. If the normal-state Hamiltonian has hopping between components and ,

then the corresponding electronic current is

This is a microscopic charge current. It asks:

Given the actual BdG quasiparticle wavefunctions, how much electronic current flows along the internal hopping bond ?

This current depends on:

  • the hopping ,
  • the BdG eigenvectors,
  • the Fermi surface,
  • the superconducting phases,
  • the orbital content of the occupied states,
  • the temperature.

In our calculation, the BdG current was much smaller:

So

That means the microscopic quasiparticle structure strongly suppresses the actual electronic current compared with the simple phase-only estimate.

The key difference

QuantityWhat it meansFormulaStatus
Phase-only currentCurrent predicted by an assumed Josephson free energy$I_{ab}\propto J_{ab}\Delta_a\Delta_b\sin(\phi_a-\phi_b)$Phenomenological
BdG hopping currentActual electronic current on a hopping bondMicroscopic

So the phase-only current is like a macroscopic circuit-model current, while the BdG hopping current is the current carried by the microscopic electronic states.

Why they do not have to match

They would match only if the phase-only Josephson coupling were derived from the same microscopic Hamiltonian and the phases were self-consistently minimised in the BdG free energy.

In our current calculation, they are not matched:

  1. The phase-only model used effective couplings

2. The BdG model used microscopic hoppings

3. The phase configuration

was imposed from the phase-only minimum, not obtained by minimising the BdG free energy.

Therefore the BdG result is telling us:

The phase-only model correctly predicts that a winding phase texture can produce loop currents, but the actual microscopic current is much smaller and not yet fully self-consistent.

Why current conservation matters

In the symmetric phase-only model, the currents satisfy

Therefore current flows around the loop without accumulating anywhere.

But the BdG currents were unequal:

That gives a nonzero node residual, for example

We found

That is comparable to the current itself, so the imposed phases are not yet a stationary microscopic solution.

The interpretation is:

The full BdG Hamiltonian probably wants slightly different phases from exactly .

What we should do next

We should minimise the BdG free energy over the two independent relative phases:

Then we will find the true microscopic optimum:

After that, we recompute

If the state is self-consistent, the residuals should become small:

That will tell us whether the loop-current state is genuinely selected by the microscopic BdG theory, rather than merely imposed from the phase-only model.

Background and idea—Superconducting qubits are engineered nonlinear circuits whose usable two-level manifold is selected by a combination of Josephson nonlinearity and biasing. In flux-type qubits, a convenient operating point is a symmetry-point sweet spot with ; however, realizing a robust flux degree of freedom often motivates large inductances or superinductances. Here we propose an alternative route in which the qubit basis is not imposed phenomenologically, but emerges as conjugate orbital-supercurrent chiralities selected by frustration in a multi-island Josephson loop [1-5].

Frustrated chirality coordinate and TRSB double well—Consider a four-island loop with edge and diagonal Josephson couplings. In the frustrated regime, the low-energy sector is organized by a collective chirality coordinate with an effective potential of the form

where and are effective edge and diagonal phase-coupling scales (in frequency units). Stationarity gives

so time-reversal-symmetry-breaking (TRSB) minima occur at with

The two minima correspond to opposite orbital-supercurrent circulation (chirality), producing a classical bistable regime and, upon quantization, a lowest chirality doublet.

Quantization and two-level reduction—Quantizing the chirality coordinate (with charging energy scale ) and projecting to the two lowest eigenstates yields the standard persistent-current two-level form

Near the symmetry point (degeneracy of the two circulating branches), flux detuning produces a tilt

so the spectroscopy signature is

In this language, is controlled primarily by the barrier knob (diagonal-coupler tuning, which changes ), while is controlled by loop flux and trim asymmetries. The loop-current operator in the chirality subspace is

enabling inductive/dispersive readout of chirality.

Readout co-design and representative numbers—Coupling the loop magnetic dipole to a resonator or SQUID provides inductive/dispersive readout. In the dispersive regime one expects with , so increasing and mutual inductance improves contrast, subject to Purcell and dephasing constraints [6-8]. For a representative design point ( GHz, GHz, GHz in the reduced quantized model) we obtain:

  1. barrier height GHz,
  2. tunnel splitting GHz,
  3. persistent current nA,
  4. dispersive shift MHz at pH with a Purcell scaling estimate s under typical resonator parameters (Supplemental Material).

These values fall in a conventional microwave-control window while retaining chirality contrast for MHz-scale dispersive readout.

Robustness and experimental protocol (summary)—The key experimental signature is symmetry-point spectroscopy: fit around to extract and verify the sweet-spot derivative structure. A minimum evidence boundary also includes demonstration of a robust bistable TRSB region (branch-resolved phase map) and quantitative sensitivity to flux and coupler-noise channels [9,10]. A Monte Carlo uncertainty analysis (8–10% Gaussian spreads in effective couplings and charging energy) yields a TRSB-valid fraction near unity and broad but favorable distributions of ; details and acceptance-test checklists are provided in Supplemental Material draft.

Beyond the reduced model, a minimal four-island charge-basis diagonalization resolves the multi-mode spectrum and provides explicit leakage gaps and control-operator matrix elements; we additionally verify stability versus charge cutoff in the Supplemental Material. In the nominal parameter point, the chirality-like manifold identified by flux-operator coupling can be accompanied by a nearby mode within MHz separation, making leakage quantification and design spacing a first-order requirement.

Relation to established qubit families—The present device is flux-qubit-like in its two-level structure (persistent-current basis, symmetry-point sweet spot, avoided crossing), but differs in physical origin: the double well is generated by frustration-selected chirality in a multi-island loop. Unlike transmon-style qubits [5] and fluxonium-type devices [11], it is designed to retain a sizable loop-current dipole for inductive readout without requiring a superinductance chain to form the operative double well.

Conclusion—Frustration in a four-island Josephson loop produces a TRSB chirality doublet that can be quantized into a tunable, symmetry-point qubit with inductive/dispersive readout. The reduced quantized chirality model yields representative operating points with GHz-scale splitting and tens-of-nA persistent current, suggesting a viable route to a chirality-based superconducting qubit architecture. Connections to protected encodings and noise-biased operation can be explored within established circuit-model frameworks [12]. The experimental go/no-go protocol and robustness analyses are summarized in Supplemental Material draft.

Data availability—This draft is built from the sources in this repository. The figure shown is generated upstream in the same project tree; see the referenced script and figure path in the caption. An archival snapshot will be deposited at Zenodo (Ref. [13]).

References

  1. J. E. Mooij et al., Science 285, 1036 (1999), doi:10.1126/science.285.5430.1036.
  2. J. R. Friedman et al., Nature 406, 43-46 (2000), doi:10.1038/35017505.
  3. C. H. van der Wal et al., Science 290, 773-777 (2000), doi:10.1126/science.290.5492.773.
  4. J. Clarke and F. K. Wilhelm, Nature 453, 1031-1042 (2008), doi:10.1038/nature07128.
  5. J. Koch et al., Phys. Rev. A 76, 042319 (2007), doi:10.1103/PhysRevA.76.042319.
  6. A. Blais et al., Phys. Rev. A 69, 062320 (2004), doi:10.1103/PhysRevA.69.062320.
  7. A. Blais et al., Rev. Mod. Phys. 93, 025005 (2021), doi:10.1103/RevModPhys.93.025005.
  8. E. M. Purcell, Phys. Rev. 69, 681 (1946), doi:10.1103/PhysRev.69.681.
  9. S. Yoshihara et al., Phys. Rev. Lett. 97, 167001 (2006), doi:10.1103/PhysRevLett.97.167001.
  10. G. Ithier et al., Phys. Rev. B 72, 134519 (2005), doi:10.1103/PhysRevB.72.134519.
  11. V. E. Manucharyan et al., Science 326, 113-116 (2009), doi:10.1126/science.1175552.
  12. P. Brooks, A. Kitaev, and J. Preskill, Phys. Rev. A 87, 052306 (2013), doi:10.1103/PhysRevA.87.052306.
  13. Code and data archive for this work (Zenodo, 2026), doi:10.5281/zenodo.XXXXXXX.

Time-reversal symmetry breaking (TRSB) in superconductors is commonly discussed in terms of multicomponent order parameters with frustrated relative-phase constraints, where the ground state chooses a chiral compromise rather than a purely pattern \cite{SigristUeda1991,StanevTesanovic2010,Ghosh2021}. Experimentally, TRSB signals have been reported in several multicomponent candidates, including LaNiC and LaNiGa \cite{Hillier2009,Hillier2012}. In multiband materials the frustration structure is often formulated in an effective Ginzburg–Landau (GL) functional for condensate components \cite{GL1950}; in engineered Josephson networks it arises from competing couplings between islands with tunable link energies \cite{FazioZant2001,Tinkham2004}. In both settings, phase-only reasoning is frequently used to infer when frustration should stabilize a TRSB state.

For both materials interpretation and device design, the central quantitative question is therefore: how large must diagonal frustration actually be, once microscopic dispersion and amplitude relaxation are included and the state is selected by the full mean-field free energy?

We study a minimal four-component ( basis) BdG free-energy model with onsite singlet pairing fields and an explicit frustrated-Josephson sector written directly in the free energy,

with

where and are repulsive intercomponent Josephson couplings on the edges and diagonals of the four-site loop (the phase-only reduction below makes the geometry explicit). In an island-network realization, such repulsive couplings correspond to -junction (negative Josephson energy) links on edges and diagonals \cite{Golubov2004}. The BdG quasiparticle contribution is standard \cite{Tinkham2004,deGennes1999}; the added frustrated-Josephson sector should be viewed as a minimal effective ingredient (natural in Josephson-island networks, and in multiband materials as the Josephson sector of a multicomponent GL functional) whose coupling strengths can be varied independently to probe design-relevant thresholds. We emphasize that is used here as an effective free-energy functional (not a single microscopic Hamiltonian): the BdG term sets the dispersion-dependent condensation energy while encode additional intercomponent couplings. The quasiparticle energies come from the usual BdG matrix built from a four-orbital tight-binding normal block and diagonal onsite pairing (details and parameter conventions in Supplemental Material).

Four-site plaquette schematic with edge couplings and diagonal couplings . The uniform phase-step ansatz used in the phase-only reduction is annotated on the nodes.

Analytic backbone (fixed-amplitude phase-only limit). For equal amplitudes and uniform phase step , the frustration sector reduces to

so TRSB solutions exist for with , while is the TRS stationary point. The TRS curvature softens as and vanishes at , i.e. a soft relative-phase (Leggett) mode at the frustration boundary \cite{Leggett1966}.

Generic renormalization from amplitude relaxation. To see why relaxing the amplitude can shift the phase-only backbone generically, consider the minimal GL-like reduction

where . Minimization over gives (for )

so phase selection depends on the interplay of frustration and the amplitude sector (through ), rather than on alone.

Renormalized TRSB threshold in BdG free energy. In the full microscopic model, TRSB selection is determined by comparing minimized free energies of competing branches: for each we minimize over a common amplitude within a TRS candidate (uniform step) and within a winding/TRSB candidate (uniform step), and define the crossing by . Figure 2 summarizes the main result: at a representative parameter set and , the TRSB crossing occurs at

far above the phase-only guide (a factor enhancement). Moreover, scanning and hopping ratios in the neighborhood , , and shows that this upward shift persists across the explored neighborhood, with

corresponding to a upward shift relative to and keeping rather than . Scanning at fixed microscopic parameters yields (Supplemental Material, Fig.~S7), confirming that the renormalized onset remains beyond the single cut shown in Fig.~2(b).

Summary: (a) phase-only TRSB existence criterion ; (b) BdG branch-crossing cut showing a strongly renormalized onset ; (c) the renormalized remains well above across scans in and hopping ratios. Baseline parameters for (b,c): and .

Mechanism: energy-balance renormalization. The shift reflects competition between the explicit Josephson frustration energy (which favors winding once at fixed amplitude) and the dispersion-dependent BdG condensation-energy part (which can penalize the winding branch once amplitudes are relaxed). Figure 3 decomposes the branchwise free-energy difference into these pieces and shows that near the phase-only boundary the BdG contribution offsets the Josephson gain, pushing the crossing upward. The same decomposition shows accompanying branch-dependent amplitude relaxation , which is absent in the phase-only backbone.

Mechanism: decomposition of the branchwise free-energy difference into the explicit Josephson sector and the BdG condensation-energy part shows that the BdG contribution penalizes the winding branch near the phase-only boundary, shifting the TRS-to-TRSB crossing upward. This is accompanied by branch-dependent amplitude relaxation . Parameters: and .

Validations beyond branchwise templates. Self-consistent k-space BdG iterations from both TRS and winding seeds, real-space simulations, hybrid global searches over unrestricted phases/amplitudes, and the additional -scaling check confirm that the renormalized crossing is not an artifact of the branch templates (Supplemental Material, Figs.~S2–S7).

Interpretation and implication. The fixed-amplitude criterion remains the correct backbone for frustration-driven TRSB in the reduced phase sector, but the BdG functional selects the state by balancing phase frustration against band-structure-dependent condensation energy and amplitude relaxation. In this minimal setting that balance renormalizes the practical TRS-to-TRSB onset upward to , and this shift persists across a nontrivial neighborhood of microscopic parameters. As a result, translating phase-only frustration criteria into quantitative requirements for multiband superconductors or engineered Josephson networks can substantially underestimate the diagonal coupling required to stabilize a TRSB/winding minimum \cite{GhoshNJP2021}.

\begin{thebibliography}{99} \bibitem{SigristUeda1991} M.~Sigrist and K.~Ueda, Rev.\ Mod.\ Phys.\ \textbf{63}, 239 (1991), doi:10.1103/RevModPhys.63.239. \bibitem{StanevTesanovic2010} V.~Stanev and Z.~Tesanovic, Phys.\ Rev.\ B \textbf{81}, 134522 (2010), doi:10.1103/PhysRevB.81.134522. \bibitem{Ghosh2021} S.~K.~Ghosh, J.~F.~Annett, and J.~Quintanilla, J.\ Phys.: Condens.\ Matter \textbf{33}, 335702 (2021), doi:10.1088/1361-648X/ac17ba. \bibitem{Hillier2009} A.~D.~Hillier, J.~Quintanilla, and R.~Cywinski, Phys.\ Rev.\ Lett.\ \textbf{102}, 117007 (2009), doi:10.1103/PhysRevLett.102.117007. \bibitem{Hillier2012} A.~D.~Hillier, J.~Quintanilla, B.~Mazidian, J.~F.~Annett, and R.~Cywinski, Phys.\ Rev.\ Lett.\ \textbf{109}, 097001 (2012), doi:10.1103/PhysRevLett.109.097001. \bibitem{GL1950} V.~L.~Ginzburg and L.~D.~Landau, Zh.\ Eksp.\ Teor.\ Fiz.\ \textbf{20}, 1064 (1950). \bibitem{FazioZant2001} R.~Fazio and H.~van der Zant, Phys.\ Rep.\ \textbf{355}, 235 (2001), doi:10.1016/S0370-1573(01)00022-9. \bibitem{Tinkham2004} M.~Tinkham, \textit{Introduction to Superconductivity}, 2nd ed.\ (Dover, Mineola, 2004). \bibitem{Golubov2004} A.~A.~Golubov, M.~Yu.~Kupriyanov, and E.~Il’ichev, Rev.\ Mod.\ Phys.\ \textbf{76}, 411 (2004), doi:10.1103/RevModPhys.76.411. \bibitem{deGennes1999} P.~G.~de Gennes, \textit{Superconductivity of Metals and Alloys} (Westview Press, Boulder, 1999). \bibitem{Leggett1966} A.~J.~Leggett, Prog.\ Theor.\ Phys.\ \textbf{36}, 901 (1966), doi:10.1143/PTP.36.901. \bibitem{GhoshNJP2021} S.~K.~Ghosh, J.~F.~Annett, and J.~Quintanilla, New J.\ Phys.\ \textbf{23}, 083018 (2021), doi:10.1088/1367-2630/ac17ba. \end{thebibliography}

INT self-consistency paper archive

This directory is a curated thesis-local snapshot of the PRB-style manuscript for the internally antisymmetric nonunitary triplet pairing project.

Canonical manuscript source:

1~/Workspaces/henry/publications/int-self-consistency-prb

Snapshot provenance:

  • publication commit: 1ca438f
  • QuLab material/figure commits: be000508, f7ecd88c, fc00ed3e
  • thesis import target: content/results/spin-triplet-multiorbital-theory/

Included files:

  • main.tex
  • main.pdf
  • references.bib
  • mainNotes.bib
  • Makefile
  • CHANGELOG.md
  • figures/*.png

Excluded files:

  • LaTeX build artifacts such as .aux, .bbl, .blg, .fdb_latexmk, .fls, and .log
  • caches and temporary build outputs

The thesis chapter is the readable PhD narrative. This archive is retained for reviewer/coauthor provenance and should not be treated as the source of truth for future paper edits unless the repository ownership is explicitly changed.

Workflow Bundles (Thesis-Vendored)

These small JSON+XSF bundles define reproducible QE-direct and Wannier90 inputs for the LaNiX2 materials chapter.

They are intentionally small and stable:

  • The bundle JSON contains the minimal qe_template and recommended projection metadata used by src/qttree/materials/qe_kent.py.
  • The XSF file is the crystal structure used to generate CELL_PARAMETERS and ATOMIC_POSITIONS.

The canonical staging command is:

1tools/workflows/aiida/stage_kent_raw_qe_case.sh <variant> '<remote rundir>' [qe_kent.py flags...]

Important:

  • These bundles do not guarantee a bit-for-bit replication of published DFT figures. Different codes (QE vs WIEN2k), pseudopotential sets, and smearing schemes can all shift the bands.
  • They do guarantee that our “QE-direct reference” is generated from a fully explicit, replayable input set under version control.

Loop-supercurrent PRB manuscript archive

This directory is a thesis-local snapshot of the PRB-style manuscript for the loop-Josephson-current / winding loop-supercurrent project.

Canonical manuscript source:

1~/Workspaces/henry/publications/ljc-loop-supercurrent-prb

Snapshot provenance:

  • publication commit: 1ca438f
  • thesis import target: content/results/loop-supercurrent/

Included files:

  • ljc-loop-supercurrent-prb.pdf

Excluded files:

  • LaTeX source and build artifacts
  • figure-generation scripts and cached numerical data
  • temporary preview figures and local build outputs

The thesis chapter is the readable PhD narrative. This PDF is retained for publication provenance and should not be treated as the source of truth for future paper edits unless the repository ownership is explicitly changed.

Supplemental Material: Model, Conventions, and Additional Validations

This Supplemental Material provides (i) full k-space phase maps, (ii) marked-point self-consistency trajectories and converged solutions, (iii) relative-phase (Leggett-channel) stiffness proxies, and (iv) global-search diagnostics bounding missed-minimum failure cases. The rendered figures and tabulated data are retained here, while the live regeneration pipeline now lives in the canonical Notebook bundle (see the Reproducibility Pointers).

\renewcommand{\thefigure}{S\arabic{figure}} \renewcommand{\thetable}{S\arabic{table}} \setcounter{figure}{0} \setcounter{table}{0}

S0. Model and Extraction of

The mean-field functional used in the PRL letter is

with

and BdG quasiparticles obtained from the usual block structure with a four-orbital tight-binding and onsite singlet pairing .

In the fixed-amplitude phase-only reduction on the four-site loop, gives

so TRSB exists for with .

In the microscopic BdG model, the practical TRS-to-TRSB onset at fixed is extracted from the free-energy crossing between a TRS candidate (uniform step) and a winding/TRSB candidate (uniform step). Specifically, for each we minimize over a common amplitude within each branch and form

with defined by (linear interpolation on a scan grid).

S1. Full Phase Map (k-space)

Publication-style k-space unit-cell phase diagram in at fixed using analytic with branchwise minimization over common amplitude . The dashed line is the phase-only backbone .

S2. Marked-Point Self-Consistency (k-space iterations)

Marked-point verification: (a) the map with representative points A (TRS sector) and B (TRSB sector); (b) a complementary map at fixed ; (c,d) self-consistent free-energy trajectories versus iteration from TRS and winding seeds for points A and B. Unconverged traces are labeled and not used for thermodynamic claims.

Converged complex order parameters at marked points A and B from self-consistent k-space iterations, shown as phase and magnitude on the basis.

S3. Relative-Phase (Leggett-Channel) Stiffness Proxy

Relative-phase Hessian eigenvalues at marked points A and B (fixed-amplitude local analysis). Soft/negative eigenvalues indicate proximity to a phase instability in the reduced relative-phase sector.

S4. Global-Search Diagnostics (Missing-Minimum Checks)

Hybrid global-search cross-check on the cut at comparing restricted template minima against an unconstrained complex-order-parameter search. The state labels match across the sampled points, and is numerically zero within tolerance.

Hybrid global-search validation on a grid at fixed , comparing restricted-template vs hybrid-global minima and showing .

S5. Scaling Check: Varying

Generality check: scanning at fixed microscopic parameters shows that the renormalized onset remains , with approximately constant and well above the phase-only value . Parameters: , .

S6. Reproducibility Pointers

The canonical research bundle and live supplemental-figure drivers are maintained in ~/Projects/Research/Notebook/content/unconventional-superconductivity/frustration-mediated-loop-supercurrent.

The relevant drivers there are code_14_publication_phase_diagram_J_Jd.py, code_26_frustrated_self_consistency_marked_points.py, code_27_plot_solutions_A_B.py, code_32_leggett_modes_ab.py, code_34_hybrid_global_branch_search.py, code_36_global_branch_search_mu_Jd.py, fig_prl_00_plaquette_schematic.py, fig_prl_01_summary.py, fig_prl_02_mechanism.py, and fig_prl_03_j_scaling.py. This thesis copy keeps the rendered supplemental figures only.

\begin{thebibliography}{99} \bibitem{SigristUeda1991} M.~Sigrist and K.~Ueda, Rev.\ Mod.\ Phys.\ \textbf{63}, 239 (1991). \bibitem{Leggett1966} A.~J.~Leggett, Prog.\ Theor.\ Phys.\ \textbf{36}, 901 (1966). \bibitem{StanevTesanovic2010} V.~Stanev and Z.~Tesanovic, Phys.\ Rev.\ B \textbf{81}, 134522 (2010). \bibitem{Ghosh2021} S.~K.~Ghosh, J.~F.~Annett, and J.~Quintanilla, J.\ Phys.: Condens.\ Matter \textbf{33}, 335702 (2021). \bibitem{GL1950} V.~L.~Ginzburg and L.~D.~Landau, Zh.\ Eksp.\ Teor.\ Fiz.\ \textbf{20}, 1064 (1950). \end{thebibliography}

A Wannier Hamiltonian is the real-space tight-binding representation of the DFT bands:

which is then Fourier transformed into the Bloch Hamiltonian used in the superconductivity code,

For our project, the goal is to replace the toy model

with a DFT-derived spinful Wannier Hamiltonian for LaNiGa or LaNiC.

Workflow

1. Run a spin-orbit-coupled DFT calculation

Use Quantum ESPRESSO, VASP, Wien2k, Elk, or another DFT code with a Wannier90 interface. For our purposes, the calculation should be:

  • nonmagnetic;
  • fully relativistic / spin-orbit coupled;
  • converged in charge density;
  • dense enough to resolve the Fermi surface;
  • performed using the experimental crystal structure.

For Quantum ESPRESSO, the usual sequence is:

1pw.x < scf.in > scf.out
2pw.x < nscf.in > nscf.out
3wannier90.x -pp material
4pw2wannier90.x < pw2wan.in > pw2wan.out
5wannier90.x material

The pw2wannier90.x interface reads the .nnkp file generated by wannier90.x -pp and writes the overlaps, projections, eigenvalues, and related quantities used by Wannier90. ([Quantum Espresso][1])

2. Choose the Wannier orbital manifold

For LaNiGa or LaNiC, we should not guess a two-orbital model immediately. Instead, inspect the DFT band structure and projected density of states near .

A practical starting basis would likely include:

1Ni 3d orbitals
2Ga 4p orbitals, or C/Ni/La-derived states if they cross EF
3possibly La 5d orbitals if they contribute near EF

The actual set should be chosen by comparing the DFT orbital-projected bands to the Fermi-level bands. The goal is to include all bands crossing or close to , plus enough nearby bands to obtain well-localised Wannier functions.

The projections block in seedname.win defines the initial local orbitals used to construct the Wannier functions. Wannier90 supports site- and angular-momentum-resolved projection functions, which are used as the initial guess for the Wannierisation. ([wannier90.readthedocs.io][2])

Example:

1begin projections
2Ni:d
3Ga:p
4end projections

For a spin-orbit-coupled calculation, the Wannier Hamiltonian will be spinful. If there are spatial Wannier orbitals, the final Hamiltonian dimension is usually

because of spin.

3. Set the energy windows

For metals, the bands of interest are often entangled with other bands. Wannier90 handles this using an outer disentanglement window and an inner frozen window. The disentanglement procedure extracts an optimal subspace from entangled bands. ([wannier.org][3])

A typical strategy is:

1dis_win_min  = -5.0
2dis_win_max  =  5.0
3dis_froz_min = -1.0
4dis_froz_max =  1.0

relative to the Fermi energy, then adjust.

For our superconductivity calculation, the frozen window should at least include all bands crossing . The outer window should be large enough to produce localised orbitals but not so large that irrelevant high-energy states degrade the fit.

4. Run Wannier90 and generate *_hr.dat

After convergence, Wannier90 writes the real-space Hamiltonian file, typically:

1material_hr.dat

This file contains the real-space hopping matrices

Wannier90 has routines for writing the Hamiltonian in a Wannier basis, including the real-space Hamiltonian format used by downstream tight-binding tools. ([wannier.org][4])

WannierTools, for example, reads the standard wannier90_hr.dat format directly as its tight-binding Hamiltonian input. ([wannier-tools.readthedocs.io][5])

5. Validate the Wannier Hamiltonian

Before using it for superconductivity, compare:

  1. DFT bands;
  2. Wannier-interpolated bands;
  3. Fermi surfaces;
  4. orbital weights near .

The Wannier model is acceptable only if it reproduces the DFT bands near the Fermi level.

For this chapter, the validation figure should be:

1Add a DFT/Wannier overlay figure, using the available validated path and
2actual filename once the input data are present.

A second useful figure is:

1Add a Wannier Fermi-surface/orbital-weight figure after the corresponding
2data are generated.

Minimal seedname.win structure

A typical Wannier90 input file would look like this:

 1num_bands = 80
 2num_wann  = 20
 3
 4spinors = true
 5
 6begin projections
 7Ni:d
 8Ga:p
 9end projections
10
11dis_win_min  = -6.0
12dis_win_max  =  6.0
13dis_froz_min = -1.0
14dis_froz_max =  1.0
15
16num_iter = 1000
17dis_num_iter = 1000
18
19write_hr = true
20write_tb = true
21
22begin kpoints
23...
24end kpoints

The exact values of num_bands, num_wann, and the energy windows depend on the DFT band structure.

For a spin-orbit-coupled calculation, spinors = true is important because our superconducting gap acts in orbital-spin space.

How it enters our Python code

Once we have material_hr.dat, we replace the toy h0(kx, ky, kz, p) function with a Wannier Fourier transform.

The Wannier Hamiltonian is stored as real-space hoppings:

The Bloch Hamiltonian is then

where is the degeneracy factor listed in the Wannier90 file.

The replacement Python structure is:

 1class WannierHamiltonian:
 2    def __init__(self, hr_file):
 3        self.nwann, self.rvecs, self.degeneracies, self.hr = read_hr(hr_file)
 4
 5    def h0(self, k_frac):
 6        Hk = np.zeros((self.nwann, self.nwann), dtype=complex)
 7
 8        for R, deg, HR in zip(self.rvecs, self.degeneracies, self.hr):
 9            phase = np.exp(2j * np.pi * np.dot(k_frac, R))
10            Hk += phase * HR / deg
11
12        return 0.5 * (Hk + Hk.conj().T)

Then all of our existing code changes from:

1hk = h0(kx, ky, kz, model)

to:

1hk = wannier.h0(k_frac)

The BdG Hamiltonian becomes:

Important complication: defining the INT channel

In the toy model, the orbital structure was simply

In a realistic Wannier basis, there may be many orbitals. So we must define which pair of orbitals forms the internally antisymmetric triplet channel.

For example, if the active orbitals are and , then the orbital-antisymmetric matrix is

The INT pairing matrix becomes

Then the gap equation should test all important orbital pairs:

rather than assuming a single two-orbital channel.

That is probably where the real microscopic result will come from: identifying which Wannier orbital pair gives the largest INT susceptibility.

Practical plan for our project

Step 1: Build the DFT/Wannier model

Generate:

1LaNiGa2_hr.dat

or

1LaNiC2_hr.dat

with spin-orbit coupling included.

Step 2: Validate the Wannier fit

Produce:

1Add a DFT/Wannier band-comparison figure after the DFT and Wannier bands are
2available in the same plotting format.

The Wannier fit must reproduce the DFT bands near .

Step 3: Replace the toy Hamiltonian

Modify the Python scripts so that

comes from *_hr.dat.

Step 4: Recompute pairing susceptibilities

For each candidate orbital pair and spin-triplet direction :

Then compare channels.

Step 5: Recompute BdG observables

Once the leading INT channel is identified, recompute:

1DOS
2spin-resolved DOS
3minimum Fermi-surface gap
4specific heat
5condensate magnetisation

This will tell us whether the material-specific orbital structure removes the near-nodes found in the toy model.

Thesis framing

The transition from the toy model to the Wannier model can be written as:

1The minimal two-orbital model established that the internally antisymmetric nonunitary triplet state has the correct algebraic structure and produces the expected spin-resolved signatures, but it did not produce a robust nodeless spectrum. The next step is therefore to replace the analytic two-orbital Hamiltonian by a DFT-derived Wannier Hamiltonian. This retains the full material-specific orbital content, hybridisation structure, spin-orbit coupling, and Fermi-surface geometry. The same pairing-channel projection and BdG analysis can then be repeated without changing the superconducting formalism.

The Wannier Hamiltonian is the clean way to test whether the failure of the toy model is due to the simplified Fermi surface rather than the INT mechanism itself.

References

  1. F. Bloch, �Ber die quantenmechanik der elektronen in kristallgittern, Zeitschrift f�r Physik, vol. 52, pp. 555–600, 1929. doi:10.1007/bf01339455 (↩︎)
  2. C. Kittel, Introduction to solid state physics. Wiley, 2005. [Online]. Available: https://openlibrary.org/books/OL22152400M/Introduction_to_solid_state_physics (↩︎)
  3. B. Bradlyn, L. Elcoro, J. Cano, M. Vergniory, Z. Wang, C. Felser, M. Aroyo, and B. Bernevig, Topological quantum chemistry, Nature, vol. 547, pp. 298–305, 2017. doi:10.1038/nature23268 (↩︎)
  4. J. Cano, B. Bradlyn, Z. Wang, L. Elcoro, M. Vergniory, C. Felser, M. Aroyo, and B. Bernevig, Building blocks of topological quantum chemistry: Elementary band representations, Physical Review B, vol. 97, p. 035139, 2018. doi:10.1103/physrevb.97.035139 (↩︎)
  5. A. Altland and M. Zirnbauer, Nonstandard symmetry classes in mesoscopic normal-superconducting hybrid structures, Physical Review B, vol. 55, no. 2, pp. 1142–1161, 1997. doi:10.1103/PhysRevB.55.1142 (↩︎)
  6. L. LANDAU, The theory of phase transitions, Nature, vol. 138, pp. 840–841, 1936. doi:10.1038/138840a0 (↩︎)
  7. P. Chaikin and T. Lubensky, Principles of condensed matter physics. Cambridge University Press, 1995. doi:10.1017/cbo9780511813467 (↩︎)
  8. A. Kitaev, V. Lebedev, and M. Feigel’man, Periodic table for topological insulators and superconductors, In Proc. ADVANCES IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS: Landau memorial conference, 2009, pp. 22–30. doi:10.1063/1.3149495 (↩︎)
  9. S. Ryu, A. Schnyder, A. Furusaki, and A. Ludwig, Topological insulators and superconductors: Tenfold way and dimensional hierarchy, New Journal of Physics, vol. 12, p. 065010, 2010. doi:10.1088/1367-2630/12/6/065010 (↩︎)
  10. W. Su, J. Schrieffer, and A. Heeger, Solitons in polyacetylene, Phys. Rev. Lett., vol. 42, pp. 1698–1701, 1979. doi:10.1103/PhysRevLett.42.1698 (↩︎)
  11. C. Li, Topological states in two-dimensional su-schrieffer-heeger models, Frontiers in Physics, vol. 10, 2022. doi:10.3389/fphy.2022.861242 (↩︎)
  12. P. Rosenberg and E. Manousakis, Topological Superconductivity in a two-dimensional Weyl SSH model, arXiv:2203.12004, 2022. [Online]. Available: https://arxiv.org/abs/2203.12004 (↩︎)
  13. H. Sheehy, QuLab research module for two-dimensional SSH soft walls, 2026. (↩︎)
  14. J. Hubbard, Electron correlations in narrow energy bands, Proceedings of the Royal Society of London. Series A. Mathematical and Physical Sciences, vol. 276, pp. 238–257, 1963. doi:10.1098/rspa.1963.0204 (↩︎)
  15. R. Micnas, J. Ranninger, and S. Robaszkiewicz, Superconductivity in narrow-band systems with local nonretarded attractive interactions, Reviews of Modern Physics, vol. 62, pp. 113–171, 1990. doi:10.1103/revmodphys.62.113 (↩︎)
  16. J. Kanamori, Electron correlation and ferromagnetism of transition metals, Progress of Theoretical Physics, vol. 30, pp. 275–289, 1963. doi:10.1143/ptp.30.275 (↩︎)
  17. K. Kugel’ and D. Khomskii, The jahn-teller effect and magnetism: Transition metal compounds, Uspekhi Fizicheskih Nauk, vol. 136, p. 621, 1982. doi:10.3367/ufnr.0136.198204c.0621 (↩︎)
  18. J. Bardeen, L. Cooper, and J. Schrieffer, Theory of superconductivity, Phys. Rev., vol. 108, no. 5, pp. 1175–1204, 1957. doi:10.1103/PhysRev.108.1175 (↩︎)
  19. L. Gor’kov, Microscopic derivation of the ginzburg–landau equations in the theory of superconductivity, Soviet Physics JETP, vol. 9, no. 6, pp. 1364–1367, 1959. (↩︎)
  20. J. Quintanilla and B. Gyorffy, Finite range model interaction potential for d-wave superconductors: Tc vs. Doping in the cuprates, Physica B: Condensed Matter, vol. 284–288, pp. 421–422, 2000. doi:10.1016/S0921-4526(99)01991-2 (↩︎)
  21. J. Quintanilla and B. Gyorffy, Cooper pairing with finite angular momentum: BCS vs bose limits, J. Phys. A: Math. Gen. 36, 9379-9390 (2003), 2003. doi:10.1088/0305-4470/36/35/322 (↩︎)
  22. S. Ghosh, J. Annett, and J. Quintanilla, Time-reversal symmetry breaking in superconductors through loop supercurrent order, New Journal of Physics, vol. 23, no. 8, p. 083018, 2021. doi:10.1088/1367-2630/ac17ba (↩︎)
  23. P. Anderson, Random-phase approximation in the theory of superconductivity, Physical Review, vol. 112, pp. 1900–1916, 1958. doi:10.1103/physrev.112.1900 (↩︎)
  24. L. Landau and E. Lifshitz, CHAPTER XIV - PHASE TRANSITIONS OF THE SECOND KIND AND CRITICAL PHENOMENA, in Statistical Physics (Third Edition), L. Landau and E. Lifshitz, Eds. Oxford: Butterworth-Heinemann, 1980, pp. 446–516.doi:10.1016/B978-0-08-057046-4.50021-X (↩︎)
  25. M. Sigrist and K. Ueda, Phenomenological theory of unconventional superconductivity, Reviews of Modern Physics, vol. 63, pp. 239–311, 1991. doi:10.1103/revmodphys.63.239 (↩︎)
  26. A. Hillier, J. Quintanilla, and R. Cywinski, Evidence for time-reversal symmetry breaking in the noncentrosymmetric superconductor LaNiC 2, Phys. Rev. Lett., vol. 102, no. 11, p. 117007, 2009. doi:10.1103/PhysRevLett.102.117007 (↩︎)
  27. A. Hillier, J. Quintanilla, B. Mazidian, J. Annett, and R. Cywinski, Non-unitary triplet pairing in the centrosymmetric superconductor LaNiGa, 2012. doi:10.1103/PhysRevLett.109.097001 (↩︎)
  28. Z. Weng, J. Zhang, M. Smidman, T. Shang, J. Quintanilla, J. Annett, M. Nicklas, G. Pang, L. Jiao, W. Jiang, Y. Chen, F. Steglich, and H. Yuan, Two-gap superconductivity in LaNiGa with non-unitary triplet pairing and even parity gap symmetry, Phys. Rev. Lett. 117, 027001 (2016), 2016. doi:10.1103/PhysRevLett.117.027001 (↩︎)
  29. S. Sundar, S. Dunsiger, S. Gheidi, K. Akella, A. Côté, H. Özdemir, N. Lee-Hone, D. Broun, E. Mun, F. Honda, Y. Sato, T. Koizumi, R. Settai, Y. Hirose, I. Bonalde, and J. Sonier, Two-gap time reversal symmetry breaking superconductivity in non-centrosymmetric LaNiC2, Phys. Rev. B, vol. 103, no. 1, p. 014511, 2021. doi:10.1103/PhysRevB.103.014511 (↩︎)
  30. S. Ghosh, G. Csire, P. Whittlesea, J. Annett, M. Gradhand, B. Újfalussy, and J. Quintanilla, Quantitative theory of triplet pairing in the unconventional superconductor LaNiGa 2, Phys. Rev. B, vol. 101, no. 10, p. 100506, 2020. doi:10.1103/PhysRevB.101.100506 (↩︎)
  31. P. Whittlesea, Unconventional superconductivity: A theoretical study of equal-spin triplet-pairing in LaNiGa2 and the potential application of topological transitions to quench prevention. University of Kent,, 2019. doi:10.22024/UniKent/01.02.76180 (↩︎)
  32. S. Ghosh, M. Smidman, T. Shang, J. Annett, A. Hillier, J. Quintanilla, and H. Yuan, Recent progress on superconductors with time-reversal symmetry breaking, J. Phys.: Condens. Matter 33 033001 (2020), 2020. doi:10.1088/1361-648X/abaa06 (↩︎)
  33. [missing reference] (↩︎)
  34. [missing reference] (↩︎)
  35. [missing reference] (↩︎)
  36. [missing reference] (↩︎)
  37. J. Quintanilla, A. Hillier, J. Annett, and R. Cywinski, Relativistic analysis of the pairing symmetry of the noncentrosymmetric superconductor LaNiC, Phys. Rev. B 82, 174511 (2010), 2010. doi:10.1103/PhysRevB.82.174511 (↩︎)
  38. J. Quintanilla, Two-gap superconductivity in LaNiGa_2 with non-unitary triplet pairing and even parity gap symmetry, 2016. [Online]. Available: https://blogs.kent.ac.uk/strongcorrelations/2016/06/16/laniga2-prl-2016/ (↩︎)
  39. P. Sherpa, I. Vinograd, Y. Shi, S. Sreedhar, C. Chaffey, T. Kissikov, M. Jung, A. Botana, A. Dioguardi, R. Yamamoto, M. Hirata, G. Conti, S. Nemsak, J. Badger, P. Klavins, I. Vishik, V. Taufour, and N. Curro, Absence of strong magnetic fluctuations or interactions in the normal state of LaNiGa2, Physical Review B, vol. 109, p. 125113, 2024. doi:10.1103/physrevb.109.125113 (↩︎)
  40. T. Shang, S. Ghosh, M. Smidman, D. Gawryluk, C. Baines, A. Wang, W. Xie, Y. Chen, M. Ajeesh, M. Nicklas, E. Pomjakushina, M. Medarde, M. Shi, J. Annett, H. Yuan, J. Quintanilla, and T. Shiroka, Spin-triplet superconductivity in weyl nodal-line semimetals, npj Quantum Materials, vol. 7, 2022. doi:10.1038/s41535-022-00442-w (↩︎)
  41. Materials Project, Materials data on LaNiC by materials project, OSTI Data Explorer, 2017. doi:10.17188/1350127 (↩︎)
  42. [missing reference] (↩︎)
  43. V. Romaka, Y. Grin, Y. Yarmolyuk, R. Skolozdra, and A. Yartys’, Magnetic and crystallographic characteristics of compounds RNiGa (r = rare-earth metal), Ukrainskii Fizicheskii Zhurnal, vol. 28, pp. 227–230, 1983. (↩︎)
  44. H. Pan, A. Ganose, M. Horton, M. Aykol, K. Persson, N. Zimmermann, and A. Jain, Benchmarking coordination number prediction algorithms on inorganic crystal structures, Inorganic Chemistry, vol. 60, pp. 1590–1603, 2021. doi:10.1021/acs.inorgchem.0c02996 (↩︎)
  45. Y. Grin’ and Y. Yarmolyuk, Crystal structures of the RGani compounds (r = la, ce, pr, nd, sm, gd), Dopovidi Akademii Nauk Ukrains’koi RSR, Seriya A: Fiziko-Matematichni ta Tekhnichni Nauki, vol. 3, pp. 69–72, 1982. (↩︎)
  46. Pymatgen.analysis namespace documentation, 2025. [Online]. Available: https://pymatgen.org/pymatgen.analysis.html (↩︎)
  47. J. Badger, Y. Quan, M. Staab, S. Sumita, A. Rossi, K. Devlin, K. Neubauer, D. Shulman, J. Fettinger, P. Klavins, S. Kauzlarich, D. Aoki, I. Vishik, W. Pickett, and V. Taufour, Dirac lines and loop at the fermi level in the time-reversal symmetry breaking superconductor LaNiGa2, Communications Physics, vol. 5, 2022. doi:10.1038/s42005-021-00771-5 (↩︎)
  48. G. Mikitik and E. Brandt, Flux-line pinning by point defects in anisotropic biaxial type-II superconductors, Physical Review B, vol. 79, p. 020506, 2009. doi:10.1103/physrevb.79.020506 (↩︎)
  49. [missing reference] (↩︎)
  50. D. Singh, Electronic structure and fermiology of superconducting LaNiGa2, Physical Review B, vol. 86, p. 174507, 2012. doi:10.1103/physrevb.86.174507 (↩︎)
  51. H. Tütüncü and G. Srivastava, Origin of superconductivity in layered centrosymmetric LaNiGa2, Applied Physics Letters, vol. 104, 2014. doi:10.1063/1.4862329 (↩︎)
  52. G. Csire, B. Újfalussy, and J. Annett, Nonunitary triplet pairing in the noncentrosymmetric superconductor LaNiC2, The European Physical Journal B, vol. 91, 2018. doi:10.1140/epjb/e2018-90095-7 (↩︎)
  53. S. Ghosh, J. Annett, M. Gradhand, and J. Quintanilla, Supplemental material to quantitative theory of triplet pairing in the unconventional superconductor LaNiGa2, 2020. [Online]. Available: https://journals.aps.org/prb/supplemental/10.1103/PhysRevB.101.100506/SM_LaNiGa2_ESP_version04.pdf (↩︎)
  54. [missing reference] (↩︎)
  55. J. Garaud, M. Silaev, and E. Babaev, Thermoelectric signatures of time-reversal symmetry breaking states in multiband superconductors, Physical Review Letters, vol. 116, p. 097002, 2016. doi:10.1103/physrevlett.116.097002 (↩︎)
  56. T. Bojesen, E. Babaev, and A. Sudbø, Time reversal symmetry breakdown in normal and superconducting states in frustrated three-band systems, Physical Review B, vol. 88, p. 220511, 2013. doi:10.1103/physrevb.88.220511 (↩︎)
  57. J. Sonier, J. Brewer, and R. Kiefl, μSR studies of the vortex state in type-II superconductors, Reviews of Modern Physics, vol. 72, pp. 769–811, 2000. doi:10.1103/revmodphys.72.769 (↩︎)
  58. A. Yaouanc and P. Dalmas de Réotier, Muon spin rotation, relaxation, and resonance: Applications to condensed matter. Oxford University Press, 2011. (↩︎)
  59. J. Xia, Y. Maeno, P. Beyersdorf, M. Fejer, and A. Kapitulnik, High resolution polar kerr effect measurements of Sr2RuO4: Evidence for broken time-reversal symmetry in the superconducting state, Physical Review Letters, vol. 97, p. 167002, 2006. doi:10.1103/physrevlett.97.167002 (↩︎)
  60. A. Hollowed and S. Sundby, Change is coming to the northern oceans, Science, vol. 344, pp. 1084–1085, 2014. doi:10.1126/science.1251166 (↩︎)
  61. M. Tinkham, Introduction to superconductivity. Mineola, NY: Dover Publications, 2004. (↩︎)
  62. J. Clarke and F. Wilhelm, Superconducting quantum bits, Nature, vol. 453, pp. 1031–1042, 2008. doi:10.1038/nature07128 (↩︎)
  63. G. Luke, Y. Fudamoto, K. Kojima, M. Larkin, J. Merrin, B. Nachumi, Y. Uemura, Y. Maeno, Z. Mao, Y. Mori, H. Nakamura, and M. Sigrist, Time-reversal symmetry-breaking superconductivity in Sr2RuO4, Nature, vol. 394, pp. 558–561, 1998. doi:10.1038/29038 (↩︎)
  64. R. Joynt and L. Taillefer, The superconducting phases of UPt3, Reviews of Modern Physics, vol. 74, pp. 235–294, 2002. doi:10.1103/revmodphys.74.235 (↩︎)
  65. H. Onnes, Further experiments with liquid helium. D. On the change of electric resistance of pure metals at very low temperatures, etc. IV. The resistance of pure mercury at helium temperatures, Communications from the Physical Laboratory of the University of Leiden, vol. 120b, 1911. (↩︎)
  66. S. Simon, The oxford solid state basics. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2013. [Online]. Available: https://cds.cern.ch/record/1581455 [Accessed: . 6, 2023]. (↩︎)
  67. F. London, H. London, and F. Lindemann, The electromagnetic equations of the supraconductor, Proceedings of the Royal Society of London. Series A - Mathematical and Physical Sciences, vol. 149, no. 866, pp. 71–88, 1997. doi:10.1098/rspa.1935.0048 (↩︎)
  68. V. Ginzburg and L. Landau, On the theory of superconductivity, Zh. Eksp. Teor. Fiz., vol. 20, pp. 1064–1082, 1950. doi:10.1016/B978-0-08-010586-4.50035-3 (↩︎)
  69. W. Meissner and R. Ochsenfeld, Ein neuer Effekt bei Eintritt der Supraleitfähigkeit, Naturwissenschaften, vol. 21, no. 44, pp. 787–788, 1933. doi:10.1007/BF01504252 (↩︎)
  70. C. Kittel, Introduction to solid state physics. Wiley, 1976. [Online]. Available: https://books.google.com?id=iwFRAAAAMAAJ (↩︎)
  71. N. Ashcroft, N. Mermin, and S. Rodriguez, Solid state physics, American Journal of Physics, vol. 46, no. 1, pp. 116–117, 1978. doi:10.1119/1.11117 (↩︎)
  72. A. Abrikosov, On the magnetic properties of superconductors of the second group, Soviet Physics JETP, vol. 5, no. 6, pp. 1174–1182, 1957. (↩︎)
  73. R. Doll and M. Näbauer, Experimental proof of magnetic flux quantization in a superconducting ring, Physical Review Letters, vol. 7, pp. 51–52, 1961. doi:10.1103/physrevlett.7.51 (↩︎)
  74. B. Deaver and W. Fairbank, Experimental evidence for quantized flux in superconducting cylinders, Physical Review Letters, vol. 7, pp. 43–46, 1961. doi:10.1103/physrevlett.7.43 (↩︎)
  75. N. Byers and C. Yang, Theoretical Considerations Concerning Quantized Magnetic Flux in Superconducting Cylinders, Physical Review Letters, vol. 7, pp. 46–49, 1961. doi:10.1103/PhysRevLett.7.46 (↩︎)
  76. C. Gough, M. Colclough, E. Forgan, R. Jordan, M. Keene, C. Muirhead, A. Rae, N. Thomas, J. Abell, and S. Sutton, Flux Quantization in a High-Tc Superconductor, Nature, vol. 326, p. 855, 1987. doi:10.1038/326855a0 (↩︎)
  77. I. Giaever, Energy gap in superconductors measured by electron tunneling, Physical Review Letters, vol. 5, pp. 147–148, 1960. doi:10.1103/physrevlett.5.147 (↩︎)
  78. P. Gennes, Superconductivity of metals and alloys. Boca Raton: CRC Press, 2019. doi:10.1201/9780429497032 (↩︎)
  79. A. Andreev, The thermal conductivity of the intermediate state in superconductors, Soviet Physics JETP, vol. 19, no. 5, pp. 1228–1231, 1964. (↩︎)
  80. L. Hebel and C. Slichter, Nuclear spin relaxation in normal and superconducting aluminum, Physical Review, vol. 113, pp. 1504–1519, 1959. doi:10.1103/physrev.113.1504 (↩︎)
  81. E. Maxwell, Isotope effect in the superconductivity of mercury, Physical Review, vol. 78, pp. 477–477, 1950. doi:10.1103/physrev.78.477 (↩︎)
  82. C. Reynolds, B. Serin, W. Wright, and L. Nesbitt, Superconductivity of isotopes of mercury, Physical Review, vol. 78, pp. 487–487, 1950. doi:10.1103/physrev.78.487 (↩︎)
  83. P. Anderson, Plasmons, gauge invariance, and mass, Physical Review, vol. 130, pp. 439–442, 1963. doi:10.1103/physrev.130.439 (↩︎)
  84. P. Higgs, Broken symmetries and the masses of gauge bosons, Physical Review Letters, vol. 13, pp. 508–509, 1964. doi:10.1103/physrevlett.13.508 (↩︎)
  85. Y. Nambu, Quasi-particles and gauge invariance in the theory of superconductivity, Physical Review, vol. 117, pp. 648–663, 1960. doi:10.1103/physrev.117.648 (↩︎)
  86. J. Goldstone, Field theories with « superconductor » solutions, Il Nuovo Cimento, vol. 19, pp. 154–164, 1961. doi:10.1007/bf02812722 (↩︎)
  87. [missing reference] (↩︎)
  88. [missing reference] (↩︎)
  89. [missing reference] (↩︎)
  90. [missing reference] (↩︎)
  91. C. Chiu, J. Teo, A. Schnyder, and S. Ryu, Classification of topological quantum matter with symmetries, Reviews of Modern Physics, vol. 88, p. 035005, 2016. doi:10.1103/revmodphys.88.035005 (↩︎)
  92. A. Schnyder, S. Ryu, A. Furusaki, and A. Ludwig, Classification of topological insulators and superconductors in three spatial dimensions, Physical Review B, vol. 78, p. 195125, 2008. doi:10.1103/physrevb.78.195125 (↩︎)
  93. J. Teo and C. Kane, Topological defects and gapless modes in insulators and superconductors, Physical Review B, vol. 82, p. 115120, 2010. doi:10.1103/physrevb.82.115120 (↩︎)
  94. A. Schnyder and P. Brydon, Topological surface states in nodal superconductors, Journal of Physics: Condensed Matter, vol. 27, p. 243201, 2015. doi:10.1088/0953-8984/27/24/243201 (↩︎)
  95. N. Armitage, E. Mele, and A. Vishwanath, Weyl and dirac semimetals in three-dimensional solids, Reviews of Modern Physics, vol. 90, p. 015001, 2018. doi:10.1103/revmodphys.90.015001 (↩︎)
  96. V. Kozii, J. Venderbos, and L. Fu, Three-dimensional majorana fermions in chiral superconductors, Science Advances, vol. 2, 2016. doi:10.1126/sciadv.1601835 (↩︎)
  97. B. Chen, Two-dimensional extended su–schrieffer–heeger model. National Taiwan Normal University, 2018. doi:10.6345/THE.NTNU.DP.008.2018.B04 (↩︎)
  98. P. Hohenberg and W. Kohn, Inhomogeneous electron gas, Physical Review, vol. 136, pp. B864–B871, 1964. doi:10.1103/physrev.136.b864 (↩︎)
  99. W. Kohn and L. Sham, Self-consistent equations including exchange and correlation effects, Physical Review, vol. 140, pp. A1133–A1138, 1965. doi:10.1103/physrev.140.a1133 (↩︎)
  100. N. Mermin, Thermal properties of the inhomogeneous electron gas, Physical Review, vol. 137, pp. A1441–A1443, 1965. doi:10.1103/physrev.137.a1441 (↩︎)
  101. L. Oliveira, E. Gross, and W. Kohn, Density-functional theory for superconductors, Physical Review Letters, vol. 60, pp. 2430–2433, 1988. doi:10.1103/physrevlett.60.2430 (↩︎)
  102. G. Binnig and H. Rohrer, Scanning tunneling microscopy—from birth to adolescence, Rev. Mod. Phys., vol. 59, no. 3, pp. 615–625, 1987. doi:10.1103/RevModPhys.59.615 (↩︎)
  103. G. Green, An essay on the application of mathematical analysis to the theories of electricity and magnetism. Nottingham: T. Wheelhouse, 1828. [Online]. Available: https://arxiv.org/abs/0807.0088 (↩︎)
  104. L. Gor’kov, On the energy spectrum of superconductors, Soviet Physics JETP, vol. 7, no. 3, pp. 505–508, 1958. [Online]. Available: https://www.jetp.ras.ru/cgi-bin/dn/e_007_03_0505.pdf (↩︎)
  105. A. Marmodoro, Everything in everything: Anaxagoras’s metaphysics. Oxford University Press, 2017. [Online]. Available: https://books.google.com?id=a6X_DQAAQBAJ (↩︎)
  106. E. Fermi, Nuclear physics: A course given by enrico fermi at the university of chicago. Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press, 1974. [Online]. Available: https://press.uchicago.edu/ucp/books/book/chicago/N/bo3631242.html [Accessed: . 7, 2023]. (↩︎)
  107. J. Bardeen, Tunnelling from a many-particle point of view, Phys. Rev. Lett., vol. 6, no. 2, pp. 57–59, 1961. doi:10.1103/PhysRevLett.6.57 (↩︎)
  108. M. Cohen, L. Falicov, and J. Phillips, Superconductive tunneling, Phys. Rev. Lett., vol. 8, no. 8, pp. 316–318, 1962. doi:10.1103/PhysRevLett.8.316 (↩︎)
  109. D. Griffiths and D. Schroeter,
    1. The WKB approximation; introduction to quantum mechanics
    ,
    Higher Education from Cambridge University Press; Cambridge University Press, . 16, 2018. doi:10.1017/9781316995433 (↩︎)
  110. J. Hoffman, A search for alternative electronic order in the high temperature superconductor Bi2212 by scanning tunneling microscopy, 2003. [Online]. Available: https://ui.adsabs.harvard.edu/abs/2003PhDT.......204H [Accessed: . 5, 2023]. (↩︎)
  111. J. Hoffman, K. McElroy, D. Lee, K. Lang, H. Eisaki, S. Uchida, and J. Davis, Imaging quasiparticle interference in Bi2Sr2CaCu2O8+δ, Science, vol. 297, pp. 1148–1151, 2002. doi:10.1126/science.1072640 (↩︎)
  112. K. McElroy, R. Simmonds, J. Hoffman, D. Lee, J. Orenstein, H. Eisaki, S. Uchida, and J. Davis, Relating atomic-scale electronic phenomena to wave-like quasiparticle states in superconducting Bi2Sr2CaCu2O8+δ, Nature, vol. 422, pp. 592–596, 2003. doi:10.1038/nature01496 (↩︎)
  113. K. Gomes, A. Pasupathy, A. Pushp, S. Ono, Y. Ando, and A. Yazdani, Visualizing pair formation on the atomic scale in the high-tc superconductor Bi2Sr2CaCu2O8+δ, Nature, vol. 447, pp. 569–572, 2007. doi:10.1038/nature05881 (↩︎)
  114. P. Sprau, A. Kostin, A. Kreisel, A. Böhmer, V. Taufour, P. Canfield, S. Mukherjee, P. Hirschfeld, B. Andersen, and J. Davis, Discovery of orbital-selective cooper pairing in FeSe, Science, vol. 357, pp. 75–80, 2017. doi:10.1126/science.aal1575 (↩︎)
  115. M. Hamidian, S. Edkins, S. Joo, A. Kostin, H. Eisaki, S. Uchida, M. Lawler, E. Kim, A. Mackenzie, K. Fujita, J. Lee, and J. Davis, Detection of a cooper-pair density wave in Bi2Sr2CaCu2O8+x, Nature, vol. 532, pp. 343–347, 2016. doi:10.1038/nature17411 (↩︎)
  116. J. Palmer, Review of in : S, 2017. [Online]. Available: https://ndpr.nd.edu/reviews/everything-in-everything-anaxagorass-metaphysics/ [Accessed: . 5, 2023]. (↩︎)
  117. B. Josephson, Possible new effects in superconductive tunnelling, Physics Letters, vol. 1, pp. 251–253, 1962. doi:10.1016/0031-9163(62)91369-0 (↩︎)
  118. A. Leggett, Number-phase fluctuations in two-band superconductors, Progress of Theoretical Physics, vol. 36, pp. 901–930, 1966. doi:10.1143/ptp.36.901 (↩︎)
  119. T. Kamatani, S. Kitamura, N. Tsuji, R. Shimano, and T. Morimoto, Optical response of the leggett mode in multiband superconductors in the linear response regime, Physical Review B, vol. 105, p. 094520, 2022. doi:10.1103/physrevb.105.094520 (↩︎)
  120. G. Blumberg, A. Mialitsin, B. Dennis, M. Klein, N. Zhigadlo, and J. Karpinski, Observation of leggett’s collective mode in a multiband MgB2 superconductor, Physical Review Letters, vol. 99, p. 227002, 2007. doi:10.1103/physrevlett.99.227002 (↩︎)
  121. M. Berry, Waves and thom’s theorem, Advances in Physics, vol. 25, pp. 1–26, 1976. doi:10.1080/00018737600101342 (↩︎)
  122. D. O’Dell, Quantum catastrophes and ergodicity in the dynamics of bosonic josephson junctions, Physical Review Letters, vol. 109, p. 150406, 2012. doi:10.1103/physrevlett.109.150406 (↩︎)
  123. [missing reference] (↩︎)
  124. Wannier90 user guide: projections, 2026. [Online]. Available: https://wannier90.readthedocs.io/en/latest/user_guide/wannier90/projections/ (↩︎)
  125. [missing reference] (↩︎)
  126. [missing reference] (↩︎)
  127. [missing reference] (↩︎)
  128. M. Nakahara, Geometry, topology and physics. Boca Raton: Taylor & Francis, 2003. (↩︎)

QuantaLumin Workspace

You’re connecting to your QuantaLumin workspace on members.quantalumin.com.